build: Bump version to 1.8.1

If invalid data is reached, instead of stopping it will now insert a `.byte 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00` "instruction"

.github/FUNDING.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# Sponsor links
+
+patreon: werwolv
+custom: https://werwolv.net/donate
+github: WerWolv

.github/workflows/build.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+name: Build
+
+on:
+  push:
+  pull_request:
+
+env:
+  BUILD_TYPE: Release
+
+jobs:
+
+  linux:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
+    name: 🐧 Ubuntu 20.04
+    steps:
+
+    - name: 🧰 Checkout
+      uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      with:
+        fetch-depth: 0
+        submodules: recursive
+
+    - name: ⬇️ Install dependencies
+      run: |
+        sudo apt-get update
+        sudo bash dist/get_deps_debian.sh
+
+    - name: ✋ Build
+      run: |
+        # Get path to magic db
+        MAGICDB_PATH=$(file --version | grep -oP "(?<=magic file from ).+")
+
+        mkdir build
+        cd build
+        CC=gcc-10 CXX=g++-10 cmake \
+          -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=$BUILD_TYPE \
+          -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX="$PWD/install" \
+          -DEXTRA_MAGICDBS="$MAGICDB_PATH" \
+          ..
+        make -j 4 install
+
+    - name: 📦 Upload ELF
+      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
+      with:
+        name: Linux ELF
+        path: |
+          build/install/*
+
+  win:
+    runs-on: windows-latest
+    name: 🟦 Windows MINGW64
+    defaults:
+      run:
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+    steps:
+
+    - name: 🧰 Checkout
+      uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      with:
+        fetch-depth: 0
+        submodules: recursive
+    - name: 🟦 Install msys2
+      uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
+    - name: ⬇️ Install dependencies
+      run: |
+          bash dist/get_deps_msys2.sh
+
+    - name: ✋ Build
+      run: |
+        mkdir build
+        cd build
+        # Get path to mingw python library
+        PYTHON_LIB_NAME=$(pkg-config --libs-only-l python3 | sed 's/^-l//')
+        PYTHON_LIB_PATH=$(cygpath -m $(which lib${PYTHON_LIB_NAME}.dll))
+
+        # Get path to magic db
+        MAGICDB_PATH=$(cygpath -m $(file --version | grep -oP "(?<=magic file from ).+"))
+
+        echo Python_LIBRARY: $PYTHON_LIB_PATH
+        echo MagicDB Path: $MAGICDB_PATH
+
+        cmake -G "MinGW Makefiles" \
+          -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=$BUILD_TYPE \
+          -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX="$PWD/install" \
+          -DCREATE_PACKAGE=ON \
+          -DPython_LIBRARY="$PYTHON_LIB_PATH" \
+          -DEXTRA_MAGICDBS="$MAGICDB_PATH" \
+          ..
+        mingw32-make -j4
+        mingw32-make install
+        cpack
+
+    - name: 📦 Upload Portable ZIP
+      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
+      with:
+        name: Windows Portable ZIP
+        path: |
+          build/install/*
+
+    - name: 📦 Upload Windows Installer
+      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
+      with:
+        name: Windows Installer
+        path: |
+          build/*.msi
+
+  macos-build:
+    runs-on: macos-11.0
+    name: 🍎 macOS 11.0
+    steps:
+
+    - name: 🧰 Checkout
+      uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      with:
+        fetch-depth: 0
+        submodules: recursive
+
+    - name: ⬇️ Install dependencies
+      run: |
+        brew bundle --no-lock --file dist/Brewfile
+
+    - name: ✋ Build
+      run: |
+        mkdir build
+        cd build
+        CC=$(brew --prefix llvm)/bin/clang \
+        CXX=$(brew --prefix llvm)/bin/clang++ \
+        PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$(brew --prefix openssl)/lib/pkgconfig":"$(brew --prefix)/lib/pkgconfig" \
+        cmake \
+          -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=$BUILD_TYPE \
+          -DCREATE_BUNDLE=ON \
+          -DCREATE_PACKAGE=ON \
+          ..
+        make -j 4 package
+
+    - name: 📦 Upload DMG
+      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2
+      with:
+        name: macOS DMG
+        path: build/*.dmg

.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.vscode/
+.idea/
 
 cmake-build-debug/
 
@@ -8,3 +10,4 @@ build/
 
 *.mgc
 imgui.ini
+.DS_Store

.gitmodules

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+[submodule "external/nativefiledialog"]
+	path = external/nativefiledialog
+	url = https://github.com/btzy/nativefiledialog-extended
+[submodule "external/yara/yara"]
+	path = external/yara/yara
+	url = https://github.com/VirusTotal/yara
+	ignore = dirty
+[submodule "external/xdgpp"]
+	path = external/xdgpp
+	url = https://git.sr.ht/~danyspin97/xdgpp
+[submodule "external/fmt"]
+	path = external/fmt
+	url = https://github.com/fmtlib/fmt
+[submodule "external/curl"]
+	path = external/curl
+	url = https://github.com/curl/curl

.idea/.name

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+imhex

.idea/imhex.iml

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<module classpath="CMake" type="CPP_MODULE" version="4" />

.idea/modules.xml

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 <project version="4">
   <component name="ProjectModuleManager">
     <modules>
-      <module fileurl="file://$PROJECT_DIR$/.idea/HexEditor.iml" filepath="$PROJECT_DIR$/.idea/HexEditor.iml" />
+      <module fileurl="file://$PROJECT_DIR$/.idea/imhex.iml" filepath="$PROJECT_DIR$/.idea/imhex.iml" />
     </modules>
   </component>
 </project>

.idea/vcs.xml

@@ -2,5 +2,10 @@
 <project version="4">
   <component name="VcsDirectoryMappings">
     <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$" vcs="Git" />
+    <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$/external/curl" vcs="Git" />
+    <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$/external/fmt" vcs="Git" />
+    <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$/external/nativefiledialog" vcs="Git" />
+    <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$/external/xdgpp" vcs="Git" />
+    <mapping directory="$PROJECT_DIR$/external/yara/yara" vcs="Git" />
   </component>
 </project>

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,32 +1,71 @@
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
-project(HexEditor)
+
+# Updating the version here will update it throughout ImHex as well
+set(IMHEX_VERSION "1.8.1")
+project(imhex VERSION ${IMHEX_VERSION})
 
 set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 20)
+set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/modules")
+include("${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/build_helpers.cmake")
+setDefaultBuiltTypeIfUnset()
 
-find_package(PkgConfig REQUIRED)
-pkg_search_module(GLFW REQUIRED glfw3)
-find_package(OpenGL REQUIRED)
+# List plugin names here. Project name must match folder name
+set(PLUGINS
+        builtin
+        # example
+        )
 
-include_directories(include ${GLFW_INCLUDE_DIRS} libs/ImGui/include libs/glad/include)
-SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -DIMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD")
+# List extra magic databases to compile here
+set(MAGICDBS
+        magic_dbs/nintendo_magic
+        )
 
-if (WIN32)
-    SET(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -static-libstdc++ -static-libgcc -static")
-endif (WIN32)
+findLibraries()
 
-add_executable(ImHex
+detectOS()
+detectArch()
+
+if (NOT USE_SYSTEM_LLVM)
+    add_subdirectory(external/llvm)
+else()
+    find_package(LLVM REQUIRED Demangle)
+endif()
+if (NOT USE_SYSTEM_YARA)
+    add_subdirectory(external/yara)
+else()
+    find_package(PkgConfig REQUIRED)
+    pkg_check_modules(YARA REQUIRED IMPORTED_TARGET yara)
+endif()
+
+# Add bundled dependencies
+add_subdirectory(plugins/libimhex)
+
+# Add include directories
+include_directories(include ${MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${CAPSTONE_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${MAGIC_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${Python_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+if (USE_SYSTEM_LLVM)
+    include_directories(include ${LLVM_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+endif()
+if (USE_SYSTEM_YARA)
+    include_directories(include ${YARA_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+endif()
+
+addVersionDefines()
+configurePackageCreation()
+
+add_executable(imhex ${application_type}
         source/main.cpp
         source/window.cpp
-        source/utils.cpp
-        source/crypto.cpp
 
-        source/lang/preprocessor.cpp
-        source/lang/lexer.cpp
-        source/lang/parser.cpp
-        source/lang/validator.cpp
-        source/lang/evaluator.cpp
+        source/init/splash_window.cpp
+        source/init/tasks.cpp
 
-        source/provider/file_provider.cpp
+        source/helpers/patches.cpp
+        source/helpers/project_file_handler.cpp
+        source/helpers/loader_script_handler.cpp
+        source/helpers/plugin_manager.cpp
+        source/helpers/encoding_file.cpp
+
+        source/providers/file_provider.cpp
 
         source/views/view_hexeditor.cpp
         source/views/view_pattern.cpp
@@ -37,25 +76,24 @@ add_executable(ImHex
         source/views/view_tools.cpp
         source/views/view_strings.cpp
         source/views/view_data_inspector.cpp
+        source/views/view_disassembler.cpp
+        source/views/view_bookmarks.cpp
+        source/views/view_patches.cpp
+        source/views/view_command_palette.cpp
+        source/views/view_settings.cpp
+        source/views/view_data_processor.cpp
+        source/views/view_yara.cpp
 
-        libs/glad/source/glad.c
-
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui_draw.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui_widgets.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui_demo.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/ImGuiFileBrowser.cpp
-        libs/ImGui/source/TextEditor.cpp
-
-        resource.rc
+        ${imhex_icon}
         )
 
-if (WIN32)
-    target_link_libraries(ImHex libglfw3.a libgcc.a libstdc++.a libmagic.a libgnurx.a libtre.a libintl.a libiconv.a shlwapi.lib ws2_32.lib libcrypto.a libwinpthread.a)
-endif (WIN32)
+set_target_properties(imhex PROPERTIES CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
+target_link_directories(imhex PRIVATE ${CAPSTONE_LIBRARY_DIRS} ${MAGIC_LIBRARY_DIRS})
 
-if (UNIX)
-    target_link_libraries(ImHex libglfw.so libmagic.so libcrypto.so libdl.so)
-endif (UNIX)
+if (WIN32)
+    target_link_libraries(imhex magic ${CMAKE_DL_LIBS} capstone LLVMDemangle libimhex ${Python_LIBRARIES} wsock32 ws2_32 libyara)
+else ()
+    target_link_libraries(imhex magic ${CMAKE_DL_LIBS} capstone LLVMDemangle libimhex ${Python_LIBRARIES} dl pthread libyara)
+endif ()
+
+createPackage()

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.

README.md

@@ -1,7 +1,207 @@
-# ImHex
+<h1 align="center">:mag: ImHex</h1>
 
-A Hex editor written in C++ using OpenGL, GLFW and Dear ImGui
+<p align="center">A Hex Editor for Reverse Engineers, Programmers and people that value their eye sight when working at 3 AM.</p>
+
+<p align="center">
+  <a title="'Build' workflow Status" href="https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex/actions?query=workflow%3ABuild"><img alt="'Build' workflow Status" src="https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/WerWolv/ImHex/Build?longCache=true&style=for-the-badge&label=Build&logoColor=fff&logo=GitHub%20Actions"></a>
+   <a title="Discord Server" href="https://discord.gg/X63jZ36xBY"><img alt="Discord Server" src="https://img.shields.io/discord/789833418631675954?label=Discord&logo=Discord&style=for-the-badge"></a>
+</p>
+
+## Supporting
+
+If you like my work, please consider supporting me on GitHub Sponsors, Patreon or PayPal. Thanks a lot!
+
+<p align="center">
+<a href="https://github.com/sponsors/WerWolv"><img src="https://werwolv.net/assets/github_banner.png" alt="GitHub donate button" /> </a>
+<a href="https://www.patreon.com/werwolv"><img src="https://c5.patreon.com/external/logo/become_a_patron_button.png" alt="Patreon donate button" /> </a>
+<a href="https://werwolv.net/donate"><img src="https://werwolv.net/assets/paypal_banner.png" alt="PayPal donate button" /> </a>
+</p>
+
+## Features
+
+- Featureful hex view
+  - Byte patching
+  - Patch management
+  - Copy bytes as feature
+    - Bytes
+    - Hex string
+    - C, C++, C#, Rust, Python, Java & JavaScript array
+    - ASCII-Art hex view
+    - HTML self contained div
+  - String and hex search
+  - Colorful highlighting
+  - Goto from start, end and current cursor position
+- Custom C++-like pattern language for parsing highlighting a file's content
+  - Automatic loading based on MIME type
+  - arrays, pointers, structs, unions, enums, bitfields, using declarations, little and big endian support, conditionals and much more!
+  - Useful error messages, syntax highlighting and error marking
+- Data importing
+  - Base64 files
+  - IPS and IPS32 patches
+- Data exporting
+  - IPS and IPS32 patches
+- Data inspector allowing interpretation of data as many different types (little and big endian)
+- Huge file support with fast and efficient loading
+- String search
+  - Copying of strings
+  - Copying of demangled strings
+- File hashing support
+  - CRC16 and CRC32 with custom initial values and polynomials
+  - MD4, MD5
+  - SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512
+- Disassembler supporting many different architectures
+  - ARM32 (ARM, Thumb, Cortex-M, AArch32)
+  - ARM64
+  - MIPS (MIPS32, MIPS64, MIPS32R6, Micro)
+  - x86 (16-bit, 32-bit, 64-bit)
+  - PowerPC (32-bit, 64-bit)
+  - SPARC
+  - IBM SystemZ
+  - xCORE
+  - M68K
+  - TMS320C64X
+  - M680X
+  - Ethereum
+- Bookmarks
+  - Region highlighting
+  - Comments
+- Data Analyzer
+  - File magic-based file parser and MIME type database
+  - Byte distribution graph
+  - Entropy graph
+  - Highest and average entropy
+  - Encrypted / Compressed file detection
+- Helpful tools
+  - Itanium and MSVC demangler
+  - ASCII table
+  - Regex replacer
+  - Mathematical expression evaluator (Calculator)
+  - Hexadecimal Color picker
+- Built-in cheat sheet for pattern language and Math evaluator
+- Doesn't burn out your retinas when used in late-night sessions
 
 ## Screenshots
 
-![](https://i.imgur.com/ClEsNwL.png)
+![](https://i.imgur.com/xH7xJ4g.png)
+![](https://i.imgur.com/fhVJYEa.png)
+
+## Pattern Language
+
+The custom C-like Pattern Language developed and used by ImHex is easy to read, understand and learn. A guide with all features of the language can be found [in the wiki](https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex/wiki/Pattern-Language-Guide) or a simpler version in ImHex under `Help -> Pattern Language Cheat Sheet`
+
+## Additional Files
+
+For format patterns, includable libraries and magic files, check out the [ImHex-Patterns](https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex-Patterns) repository. Feel free to PR your own files there as well!
+
+## Nightly builds
+
+Nightlies are available via GitHub Actions [here](https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex/actions?query=workflow%3ABuild).
+
+- Windows • __x86_64__
+  - [MSI Installer](https://nightly.link/WerWolv/ImHex/workflows/build/master/Windows%20Installer.zip)
+  - [Portable ZIP](https://nightly.link/WerWolv/ImHex/workflows/build/master/Windows%20Portable%20ZIP.zip)
+- MacOS • __x86_64__
+  - [DMG](https://nightly.link/WerWolv/ImHex/workflows/build/master/macOS%20DMG.zip)
+- Linux • __x86_64__
+  - [ELF](https://nightly.link/WerWolv/ImHex/workflows/build/master/Linux%20ELF.zip)
+
+## Compiling
+
+You need a C++20 compatible compiler such as GCC 10.2.0 to compile ImHex. Moreover, the following dependencies are needed for compiling ImHex:
+
+- GLFW3
+- libmagic, libgnurx, libtre, libintl, libiconv
+- libmbedtls
+- capstone
+- Python3
+- freetype2
+- Brew (macOS only)
+- Xcode (macOS only)
+
+### Windows
+
+On Windows, ImHex is built through msys2 / mingw. To install all dependencies, open a mys2 window and run the PKGCONFIG script in the (dist/msys2)[dist/msys2] folder.
+After all the dependencies are installed, run the following commands to build ImHex:
+
+```sh
+mkdir build
+cd build
+cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ..
+make -j
+```
+
+---
+
+To create a standalone zipfile on Windows, get the Python standard library (e.g. from https://github.com/python/cpython/tree/master/Lib) and place the files and folders in `lib/python3.8` next to your built executable. Don't forget to also copy the `libpython3.8.dll` and `libwinpthread-1.dll` from your mingw setup next to the executable.
+
+- Copy the files from `python_libs` in the `lib` folder next to your built executable.
+- Place your magic databases in the `magic` folder next to your built executable
+- Place your patterns in the `pattern` folder next to your built executable
+- Place your include pattern files in the `include` folder next to your built executable
+
+### macOS
+
+To build ImHex on macOS, run the following commands:
+
+```sh
+brew bundle --no-lock --file dist/Brewfile
+mkdir build
+cd build
+CC=$(brew --prefix llvm)/bin/clang CXX=$(brew --prefix llvm)/bin/clang++ PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$(brew --prefix openssl)/lib/pkgconfig":"$(brew --prefix)/lib/pkgconfig" cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ..
+make -j
+```
+
+Install the ImHex executable as well as libimhex.dylib to wherever ImHex should be installed.
+
+All other files belong in `~/Library/Application Support/imhex`:
+```
+Patterns: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/patterns
+Pattern Includes: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/includes
+Magic files: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/magic
+Python: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/lib/pythonX.X
+Plugins: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/plugins
+Configuration: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/config
+Resources: ~/Library/Application Support/imhex/resources
+```
+
+### Linux
+
+Dependency installation scripts are available for many common Linux distributions in the (/dist)[dist] folder.
+After all the dependencies are installed, run the following commands to build ImHex:
+
+```sh
+mkdir build
+cd build
+cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ..
+make -j
+```
+
+---
+
+Put the ImHex executable into the `/usr/bin` folder.
+Put libimhex.so into the `/usr/lib` folder.
+Configuration files go to `/etc/xdg/imhex` or `~/.config/imhex`.
+All other files belong in `/usr/share/imhex` or `~/.local/share/imhex`:
+
+```
+Patterns: /usr/share/imhex/patterns
+Pattern Includes: /usr/share/imhex/includes
+Magic files: /usr/share/imhex/magic
+Python: /usr/share/imhex/lib/pythonX.X
+Plugins: /usr/share/imhex/plugins
+Configuration: /etc/xdg/imhex/config
+Resources: /usr/share/imhex/resources
+```
+
+All paths follow the XDG Base Directories standard, and can thus be modified
+with the environment variables `XDG_CONFIG_HOME`, `XDG_CONFIG_DIRS`,
+`XDG_DATA_HOME` and `XDG_DATA_DIRS`.
+
+## Credits
+
+- Thanks a lot to ocornut for their amazing [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) which is used for building the entire interface
+  - Thanks to orconut as well for their hex editor view used as base for this project.
+  - Thanks to BalazsJako for their incredible [ImGuiColorTextEdit](https://github.com/BalazsJako/ImGuiColorTextEdit) used for the pattern language syntax highlighting
+  - Thanks to AirGuanZ for their amazing [imgui-filebrowser](https://github.com/AirGuanZ/imgui-filebrowser) used for loading and saving files
+- Thanks to nlohmann for their [json](https://github.com/nlohmann/json) library used for project files
+- Thanks to aquynh for [capstone](https://github.com/aquynh/capstone) which is the base of the disassembly window

cmake/build_helpers.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+macro(addVersionDefines)
+    if (IS_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/.git")
+        # Get the current working branch
+        execute_process(
+                COMMAND git rev-parse --abbrev-ref HEAD
+                WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}
+                OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_BRANCH
+                OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
+        )
+
+        # Get the latest abbreviated commit hash of the working branch
+        execute_process(
+                COMMAND git log -1 --format=%h
+                WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}
+                OUTPUT_VARIABLE GIT_COMMIT_HASH
+                OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
+        )
+
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DGIT_COMMIT_HASH=\"\\\"${GIT_COMMIT_HASH}\"\\\"")
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DGIT_BRANCH=\"\\\"${GIT_BRANCH}\"\\\"")
+    endif()
+
+    set(CMAKE_RC_FLAGS "${CMAKE_RC_FLAGS} -DPROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR=${PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR} -DPROJECT_VERSION_MINOR=${PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR} -DPROJECT_VERSION_PATCH=${PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH} ")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE} -DRELEASE -DIMHEX_VERSION=\"\\\"${PROJECT_VERSION}\"\\\"")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_DEBUG} -DDEBUG -DIMHEX_VERSION=\"\\\"${PROJECT_VERSION}-Debug\"\\\"")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO} -DRELEASE -DIMHEX_VERSION=\"\\\"${PROJECT_VERSION}-ReleaseWithDebugInfo\"\\\"")
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_MINSIZEREL} -DRELEASE -DIMHEX_VERSION=\"\\\"${PROJECT_VERSION}-ReleaseMinimumSize\"\\\"")
+endmacro()
+
+macro(findLibraries)
+    set(CMAKE_FIND_PACKAGE_SORT_ORDER NATURAL)
+    set(CMAKE_FIND_PACKAGE_SORT_DIRECTION DEC)
+
+    # Enforce that we use non system Python 3 on macOS.
+    set(Python_FIND_FRAMEWORK NEVER)
+
+    # Find packages
+    find_package(PkgConfig REQUIRED)
+
+    find_package(mbedTLS REQUIRED)
+
+    pkg_search_module(CAPSTONE REQUIRED capstone)
+
+    find_package(OpenGL REQUIRED)
+
+    find_package(Python COMPONENTS Development REQUIRED)
+    if(Python_VERSION LESS 3)
+        message(STATUS ${PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR})
+        message(FATAL_ERROR "No valid version of Python 3 was found.")
+    endif()
+
+    string(REPLACE "." ";" PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR ${Python_VERSION})
+
+    list(LENGTH PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR PYTHON_VERSION_COMPONENT_COUNT)
+
+    if (PYTHON_VERSION_COMPONENT_COUNT EQUAL 3)
+        list(REMOVE_AT PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR 2)
+    endif ()
+    list(JOIN PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR "." PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR)
+
+    set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -DPYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR=\"\\\"${PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR_MINOR}\"\\\"")
+
+    pkg_search_module(MAGIC libmagic)
+    if(NOT MAGIC_FOUND)
+        find_library(MAGIC magic REQUIRED)
+    else()
+        set(MAGIC_INCLUDE_DIRS ${MAGIC_INCLUDEDIR})
+    endif()
+endmacro()
+
+# Detect current OS / System
+macro(detectOS)
+    if (WIN32)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DOS_WINDOWS")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR ".")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR ".")
+        set(PLUGINS_INSTALL_LOCATION "plugins")
+        set(MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION "magic")
+        set(RESOURCES_INSTALL_LOCATION "resources")
+    elseif(APPLE)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DOS_MACOS")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR ".")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR ".")
+        set(PLUGINS_INSTALL_LOCATION "plugins")
+        set(MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION "magic")
+        set(RESOURCES_INSTALL_LOCATION "resources")
+    elseif(UNIX AND NOT APPLE)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DOS_LINUX")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR "bin")
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR "lib")
+        set(PLUGINS_INSTALL_LOCATION "share/imhex/plugins")
+        set(MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION "share/imhex/magic")
+        set(RESOURCES_INSTALL_LOCATION "share/imhex/resources")
+    else()
+        message(FATAL_ERROR "Unknown / unsupported system!")
+    endif()
+endmacro()
+
+# Detect 32 vs. 64 bit system
+macro(detectArch)
+    if(CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P EQUAL 8)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DARCH_64_BIT")
+    elseif(CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P EQUAL 4)
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DARCH_32_BIT")
+    endif()
+endmacro()
+
+
+macro(configurePackageCreation)
+    option (CREATE_PACKAGE "Create a package with CPack" OFF)
+
+    if (APPLE)
+        option (CREATE_BUNDLE "Create a bundle on macOS" OFF)
+    endif()
+
+    if (WIN32)
+        if (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE EQUAL "DEBUG")
+            set(application_type WIN32)
+        else ()
+            set(application_type)
+        endif ()
+        set(imhex_icon "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/res/resource.rc")
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -Wl,--allow-multiple-definition")
+        set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE} -Wl,-subsystem,windows")
+
+        if (CREATE_PACKAGE)
+            set(CPACK_GENERATOR "WIX")
+            set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "ImHex")
+            set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "WerWolv")
+            set(CPACK_WIX_UPGRADE_GUID "05000E99-9659-42FD-A1CF-05C554B39285")
+            set(CPACK_WIX_PRODUCT_ICON "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/res/icon.ico")
+            set(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "ImHex")
+            set_property(INSTALL "$<TARGET_FILE_NAME:imhex>"
+                    PROPERTY CPACK_START_MENU_SHORTCUTS "ImHex"
+                    )
+            set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/res/LICENSE.rtf")
+        endif()
+    elseif (APPLE)
+        set (imhex_icon "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/res/mac/AppIcon.icns")
+
+        if (CREATE_BUNDLE)
+            set(application_type MACOSX_BUNDLE)
+            set_source_files_properties(${imhex_icon} PROPERTIES MACOSX_PACKAGE_LOCATION Resources)
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_ICON_FILE "AppIcon.icns")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_INFO_STRING "WerWolv")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_BUNDLE_NAME "ImHex")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_BUNDLE_VERSION "${PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR}.${PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR}.${PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH}")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_GUI_IDENTIFIER "WerWolv.ImHex")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_LONG_VERSION_STRING "${PROJECT_VERSION}-${GIT_COMMIT_HASH}")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_SHORT_VERSION_STRING "${PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR}.${PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR}")
+            set(MACOSX_BUNDLE_COPYRIGHT "Copyright © 2020 WerWolv and Thog. All rights reserved." )
+            if ("${CMAKE_GENERATOR}" STREQUAL "Xcode")
+                set ( bundle_path "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}/imhex.app" )
+            else ()
+                set ( bundle_path "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/imhex.app" )
+            endif()
+        endif()
+    endif()
+endmacro()
+
+macro(createPackage)
+    file(MAKE_DIRECTORY "plugins")
+    foreach (plugin IN LISTS PLUGINS)
+        add_subdirectory("plugins/${plugin}")
+        set_target_properties(${plugin} PROPERTIES RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/plugins)
+        install(TARGETS ${plugin} RUNTIME DESTINATION ${PLUGINS_INSTALL_LOCATION})
+        add_dependencies(imhex ${plugin})
+    endforeach()
+
+    set_target_properties(libimhex PROPERTIES RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR})
+    install(TARGETS libimhex RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR})
+
+    if (WIN32)
+        # Install binaries directly in the prefix, usually C:\Program Files\ImHex.
+        set(CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR ".")
+
+        # Grab all dynamically linked dependencies.
+        INSTALL(CODE "set(CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR \"${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}\")")
+        INSTALL(CODE "get_filename_component(PY_PARENT ${Python_LIBRARIES} DIRECTORY)")
+        INSTALL(CODE "LIST(APPEND DEP_FOLDERS \${PY_PARENT})")
+        install(CODE [[
+        file(GET_RUNTIME_DEPENDENCIES
+            EXECUTABLES $<TARGET_FILE:imhex>
+            RESOLVED_DEPENDENCIES_VAR _r_deps
+            UNRESOLVED_DEPENDENCIES_VAR _u_deps
+            CONFLICTING_DEPENDENCIES_PREFIX _c_deps
+            DIRECTORIES ${DEP_FOLDERS}
+            POST_EXCLUDE_REGEXES ".*system32/.*\\.dll"
+        )
+
+        if(_u_deps)
+            message(WARNING "There were unresolved dependencies for binary $<TARGET_FILE:imhex>: \"${_u_deps}\"!")
+        endif()
+        if(_c_deps_FILENAMES)
+            message(WARNING "There were conflicting dependencies for library $<TARGET_FILE:imhex>: \"${_c_deps}\"!")
+        endif()
+
+        foreach(_file ${_r_deps})
+            file(INSTALL
+                DESTINATION "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}"
+                TYPE SHARED_LIBRARY
+                FOLLOW_SYMLINK_CHAIN
+                FILES "${_file}"
+                )
+        endforeach()
+    ]])
+    endif()
+
+    if (UNIX AND NOT APPLE)
+        string(REPLACE ":" ";" EXTRA_MAGICDBS "${EXTRA_MAGICDBS}")
+    endif ()
+
+    if (NOT EXTRA_MAGICDBS STREQUAL "")
+        list(GET EXTRA_MAGICDBS -1 EXTRA_MAGICDBS)
+
+        if (NOT EXTRA_MAGICDBS STREQUAL "NOTFOUND")
+            if (EXTRA_MAGICDBS MATCHES ".*\\.mgc")
+                install(FILES "${EXTRA_MAGICDBS}" DESTINATION ${MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION})
+            else ()
+                install(FILES "${EXTRA_MAGICDBS}.mgc" DESTINATION ${MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION})
+            endif ()
+        endif ()
+    endif ()
+
+    # Compile the imhex-specific magicdb
+    add_custom_target(magic_dbs ALL
+            SOURCES ${MAGICDBS}
+            )
+    add_custom_command(TARGET magic_dbs
+            COMMAND file -C -m ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/magic_dbs
+            )
+
+
+    # Install the magicdb files.
+    install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/magic_dbs.mgc DESTINATION ${MAGIC_INSTALL_LOCATION} RENAME imhex.mgc)
+
+    # Install resources
+    install(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/res/resources/ DESTINATION ${RESOURCES_INSTALL_LOCATION})
+
+
+    if (CREATE_BUNDLE)
+        include(PostprocessBundle)
+
+        # Fix rpath
+        add_custom_command(TARGET imhex POST_BUILD COMMAND ${CMAKE_INSTALL_NAME_TOOL} -add_rpath "@executable_path/../Frameworks/" $<TARGET_FILE:imhex>)
+
+        # FIXME: Remove this once we move/integrate the plugins directory.
+        add_custom_target(build-time-make-plugins-directory ALL COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E make_directory "${bundle_path}/Contents/MacOS/plugins")
+
+        # Update library references to make the bundle portable
+        postprocess_bundle(imhex)
+
+        # Enforce DragNDrop packaging.
+        set(CPACK_GENERATOR "DragNDrop")
+
+        install(TARGETS imhex BUNDLE DESTINATION .)
+    else()
+        install(TARGETS imhex RUNTIME DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR})
+    endif()
+
+
+    if (CREATE_PACKAGE)
+        include(apple)
+        include(CPack)
+    endif()
+endmacro()
+
+function(JOIN OUTPUT GLUE)
+    set(_TMP_RESULT "")
+    set(_GLUE "") # effective glue is empty at the beginning
+    foreach(arg ${ARGN})
+        set(_TMP_RESULT "${_TMP_RESULT}${_GLUE}${arg}")
+        set(_GLUE "${GLUE}")
+    endforeach()
+    set(${OUTPUT} "${_TMP_RESULT}" PARENT_SCOPE)
+endfunction()
+
+macro(setDefaultBuiltTypeIfUnset)
+    if (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE AND NOT CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES)
+        set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE "Release" CACHE STRING "Using Release build type as it was left unset" FORCE)
+        set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY STRINGS "Debug" "Release")
+    endif()
+endmacro()

cmake/modules/FindmbedTLS.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# - Try to find mbedTLS
+# Once done this will define
+#
+# Read-Only variables
+#  MBEDTLS_FOUND - system has mbedTLS
+#  MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR - the mbedTLS include directory
+#  MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_DIR - the mbedTLS library directory
+#  MBEDTLS_LIBRARIES - Link these to use mbedTLS
+#  MBEDTLS_LIBRARY - path to mbedTLS library
+#  MBEDX509_LIBRARY - path to mbedTLS X.509 library
+#  MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY - path to mbedTLS Crypto library
+
+# Copyright (c) 2004-2007 Sara Golemon <sarag@libssh2.org>
+# Copyright (c) 2005,2006 Mikhail Gusarov <dottedmag@dottedmag.net>
+# Copyright (c) 2006-2007 The Written Word, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2007 Eli Fant <elifantu@mail.ru>
+# Copyright (c) 2009-2019 Daniel Stenberg
+# Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Simon Josefsson
+# All rights reserved.
+
+
+FIND_PATH(MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR mbedtls/version.h)
+
+SET(MBEDTLS_FIND_QUIETLY TRUE)
+
+FIND_LIBRARY(MBEDTLS_LIBRARY NAMES mbedtls libmbedtls libmbedx509)
+FIND_LIBRARY(MBEDX509_LIBRARY NAMES mbedx509 libmbedx509)
+FIND_LIBRARY(MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY NAMES mbedcrypto libmbedcrypto)
+
+IF(MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR AND MBEDTLS_LIBRARY AND MBEDX509_LIBRARY AND MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY)
+    SET(MBEDTLS_FOUND TRUE)
+ENDIF()
+
+IF(MBEDTLS_FOUND)
+    # split mbedTLS into -L and -l linker options, so we can set them for pkg-config
+    GET_FILENAME_COMPONENT(MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_DIR ${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY} PATH)
+    GET_FILENAME_COMPONENT(MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY} NAME_WE)
+    GET_FILENAME_COMPONENT(MBEDX509_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDX509_LIBRARY} NAME_WE)
+    GET_FILENAME_COMPONENT(MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY} NAME_WE)
+    STRING(REGEX REPLACE "^lib" "" MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_FILE})
+    STRING(REGEX REPLACE "^lib" "" MBEDX509_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDX509_LIBRARY_FILE})
+    STRING(REGEX REPLACE "^lib" "" MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY_FILE ${MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY_FILE})
+    SET(MBEDTLS_LIBRARIES "-L${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_DIR} -l${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_FILE} -l${MBEDX509_LIBRARY_FILE} -l${MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY_FILE}")
+
+    IF(NOT MBEDTLS_FIND_QUIETLY)
+        MESSAGE(STATUS "Found mbedTLS:")
+        FILE(READ ${MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR}/mbedtls/version.h MBEDTLSCONTENT)
+        STRING(REGEX MATCH "MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING +\"[0-9|.]+\"" MBEDTLSMATCH ${MBEDTLSCONTENT})
+        IF (MBEDTLSMATCH)
+            STRING(REGEX REPLACE "MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING +\"([0-9|.]+)\"" "\\1" MBEDTLS_VERSION ${MBEDTLSMATCH})
+            MESSAGE(STATUS "  version ${MBEDTLS_VERSION}")
+        ENDIF(MBEDTLSMATCH)
+        MESSAGE(STATUS "  TLS: ${MBEDTLS_LIBRARY}")
+        MESSAGE(STATUS "  X509: ${MBEDX509_LIBRARY}")
+        MESSAGE(STATUS "  Crypto: ${MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY}")
+    ENDIF(NOT MBEDTLS_FIND_QUIETLY)
+ELSE(MBEDTLS_FOUND)
+    IF(MBEDTLS_FIND_REQUIRED)
+        MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find mbedTLS")
+    ENDIF(MBEDTLS_FIND_REQUIRED)
+ENDIF(MBEDTLS_FOUND)
+
+MARK_AS_ADVANCED(
+        MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR
+        MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_DIR
+        MBEDTLS_LIBRARIES
+        MBEDTLS_LIBRARY
+        MBEDX509_LIBRARY
+        MBEDCRYPTO_LIBRARY
+)

cmake/modules/PostprocessBundle.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# Adapted from the Dolphin project: https://dolphin-emu.org/
+# This module can be used in two different ways.
+#
+# When invoked as `cmake -P PostprocessBundle.cmake`, it fixes up an
+# application folder to be standalone. It bundles all required libraries from
+# the system and fixes up library IDs. Any additional shared libraries, like
+# plugins, that are found under Contents/MacOS/ will be made standalone as well.
+#
+# When called with `include(PostprocessBundle)`, it defines a helper
+# function `postprocess_bundle` that sets up the command form of the
+# module as a post-build step.
+
+if(CMAKE_GENERATOR)
+	# Being called as include(PostprocessBundle), so define a helper function.
+	set(_POSTPROCESS_BUNDLE_MODULE_LOCATION "${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_FILE}")
+	function(postprocess_bundle target)
+		add_custom_command(TARGET ${target} POST_BUILD
+			COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -DBUNDLE_PATH="$<TARGET_FILE_DIR:${target}>/../.." -DCODE_SIGN_CERTIFICATE_ID="${CODE_SIGN_CERTIFICATE_ID}"
+				-P "${_POSTPROCESS_BUNDLE_MODULE_LOCATION}"
+		)
+	endfunction()
+	return()
+endif()
+
+get_filename_component(BUNDLE_PATH "${BUNDLE_PATH}" ABSOLUTE)
+message(STATUS "Fixing up application bundle: ${BUNDLE_PATH}")
+
+
+# Make sure to fix up any additional shared libraries (like plugins) that are
+# needed.
+file(GLOB_RECURSE extra_libs "${BUNDLE_PATH}/Contents/MacOS/*.dylib")
+
+message(STATUS "Fixing up application bundle: ${extra_dirs}")
+
+# BundleUtilities doesn't support DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH behavior, which
+# makes it sometimes break on libraries that do weird things with @rpath. Specify
+# equivalent search directories until https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/cmake/issues/16625
+# is fixed and in our minimum CMake version.
+set(extra_dirs "/usr/local/lib" "/lib" "/usr/lib")
+
+# BundleUtilities is overly verbose, so disable most of its messages
+function(message)
+	if(NOT ARGV MATCHES "^STATUS;")
+		_message(${ARGV})
+	endif()
+endfunction()
+
+include(BundleUtilities)
+set(BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS ON)
+fixup_bundle("${BUNDLE_PATH}" "${extra_libs}" "${extra_dirs}" IGNORE_ITEM "Python")
+
+if (CODE_SIGN_CERTIFICATE_ID)
+	# Hack around Apple Silicon signing bugs by copying the real app, signing it and moving it back.
+	# IMPORTANT: DON'T USE ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory HERE (this follow symbolic links).
+	execute_process(COMMAND cp -R "${BUNDLE_PATH}" "${BUNDLE_PATH}.temp")
+	execute_process(COMMAND codesign --deep --force --sign "${CODE_SIGN_CERTIFICATE_ID}" "${BUNDLE_PATH}.temp")
+	execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E remove_directory "${BUNDLE_PATH}")
+	execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E rename "${BUNDLE_PATH}.temp" "${BUNDLE_PATH}")
+endif()

cmake/modules/apple.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+set (CPACK_BUNDLE_NAME "ImHex")
+set (CPACK_BUNDLE_ICON "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/res/mac/AppIcon.icns" )
+set (CPACK_BUNDLE_PLIST "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/ImHex.app/Contents/Info.plist")

dist/Brewfile

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+brew "glfw3"
+brew "mbedtls"
+brew "capstone"
+brew "nlohmann-json"
+brew "glm"
+brew "cmake"
+brew "python3"
+brew "freetype2"
+brew "libmagic"
+brew "pkg-config"
+
+# TODO: Remove this when XCode version of clang will support the same level as LLVM 10
+brew "llvm"

dist/ImHex-9999.ebuild

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# app-editors/ImHex
+# Copyright 2020 Gentoo Authors
+# Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
+
+EAPI=7
+
+DESCRIPTION="A hex editor for reverse engineers, programmers, and eyesight"
+HOMEPAGE="https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex"
+SRC_URI=""
+EGIT_REPO_URI="https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex.git"
+
+PYTHON_COMPAT=( python3_{6,7,8,9} )
+
+inherit git-r3 python-single-r1 cmake
+
+LICENSE="GPL-2"
+SLOT="0"
+KEYWORDS="~amd64"
+IUSE=""
+
+REQUIRED_USE="${PYTHON_REQUIRED_USE}"
+
+DEPEND=""
+RDEPEND="${DEPEND}
+		${PYTHON_DEPS}
+		media-libs/glfw
+		sys-apps/file
+		dev-libs/mbedtls
+		dev-libs/capstone
+		dev-cpp/nlohmann_json
+		media-libs/glm
+		x11-libs/gtk+
+		"
+BDEPEND="${DEPEND}"

dist/get_deps_archlinux.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+
+pacman -S --needed \
+  cmake \
+  gcc \
+  glfw \
+  file \
+  mbedtls \
+  capstone \
+  glm \
+  python3 \
+  freetype2 \
+  gtk3

dist/get_deps_debian.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+
+echo "As of 2020-12, Debian stable does not include g++-10, needs debian testing or unstable."
+
+# Tested on 2020-12-09 with Docker image bitnami/minideb:unstable
+
+# Install pkgconf (adds minimum dependencies) only if the equivalent pkf-config is not already installed.
+if !which pkg-config
+then
+    PKGCONF="pkgconf"
+fi
+
+apt install -y \
+  build-essential       \
+  gcc-10                \
+  g++-10                \
+  ${PKGCONF:-}          \
+  cmake                 \
+  make                  \
+  libglfw3-dev          \
+  libglm-dev            \
+  libmagic-dev          \
+  libmbedtls-dev        \
+  libcapstone-dev       \
+  python3-dev           \
+  libfreetype-dev       \
+  libgtk-3-dev          \
+
+echo "Please consider this before running cmake (useful on e.g. Ubuntu 20.04):"
+echo "export CXX=g++-10"

dist/get_deps_fedora.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+
+dnf install \
+  cmake \
+  gcc-c++ \
+  capstone-devel \
+  file-devel \
+  glfw-devel \
+  glm-devel \
+  mesa-libGL-devel \
+  mbedtls-devel \
+  python-devel \
+  freetype-devel \
+  gtk3

dist/get_deps_msys2.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+
+pacman -S --needed --noconfirm \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-cmake \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-make \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-capstone \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-glfw \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-glm \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-file \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-mbedtls \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-python \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-freetype \
+  mingw-w64-x86_64-dlfcn

dist/msys2/PKGBUILD

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+_realname=ImHex
+pkgbase=mingw-w64-${_realname}
+pkgname="${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-${_realname}"
+pkgver=ci
+pkgrel=1
+pkgdesc="${_realname}: a Hex Editor for Reverse Engineers, Programmers and people that value their eye sight when working at 3 AM (mingw-w64)"
+arch=('any')
+url="https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex"
+license=('GPLv2')
+depends=("${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-python")
+makedepends=("${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-gcc"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-cmake"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-make"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-dlfcn"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-capstone"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-glfw"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-glm"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-file"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-mbedtls"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-polly"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-python"
+             "${MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX}-freetype")
+
+source=()
+sha256sums=()
+
+build() {
+  cd "${srcdir}"/../..
+  mkdir build
+  cd build
+  export BUILD_TYPE='Release'
+  MSYS2_ARG_CONV_EXCL=- cmake \
+    -G "MinGW Makefiles" \
+    -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX="${MINGW_PREFIX}" \
+    ../../
+  mingw32-make
+}
+
+package() {
+  cd "${srcdir}"/../../build
+  mingw32-make DESTDIR="${pkgdir}" install
+
+  _licenses="${pkgdir}${MINGW_PREFIX}/share/licenses/${_realname}"
+  mkdir -p "${_licenses}"
+  install -m 644 ../LICENSE "${_licenses}"
+}

external/ImGui/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
+project(imgui)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
+
+find_package(PkgConfig REQUIRED)
+find_package(Freetype REQUIRED)
+pkg_search_module(GLM REQUIRED glm)
+pkg_search_module(GLFW REQUIRED glfw3)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+
+add_library(imgui STATIC
+        source/imgui.cpp
+        source/imgui_demo.cpp
+        source/imgui_draw.cpp
+        source/imgui_freetype.cpp
+        source/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+        source/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+        source/imgui_tables.cpp
+        source/imgui_widgets.cpp
+
+        source/TextEditor.cpp
+
+        source/imgui_imhex_extensions.cpp
+
+        source/imnodes.cpp
+
+        source/implot.cpp
+        source/implot_items.cpp
+        source/implot_demo.cpp
+
+        fonts/fontawesome_font.c
+)
+
+add_compile_definitions(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD)
+
+add_subdirectory(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../glad ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/external/glad)
+
+target_include_directories(imgui PUBLIC include fonts ${FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${GLFW_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+
+target_link_directories(imgui PUBLIC ${GLM_INCLUDE_DIRS} ${GLFW_LIBRARY_DIRS})
+
+if (WIN32)
+    target_link_libraries(imgui Freetype::Freetype glad glfw3)
+elseif (UNIX)
+    target_link_libraries(imgui Freetype::Freetype glad glfw)
+endif()

external/ImGui/include/imconfig.h

@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
 //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
 
-//---- Unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined, use the much faster STB sprintf library implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from the default C library.
-// Note that stb_sprintf.h is meant to be provided by the user and available in the include path at compile time. Also, the compatibility checks of the arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf.
+//---- Use stb_printf's faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined)
+// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf.
 // #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
 
 //---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.

external/ImGui/include/imgui.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.80 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.80
 // (headers)
 
 // Help:
@@ -19,28 +19,25 @@
 /*
 
 Index of this file:
-// Header mess
-// Forward declarations and basic types
-// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API)
-// Flags & Enumerations
-// Memory allocations macros
-// ImVector<>
-// ImGuiStyle
-// ImGuiIO
-// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload)
-// Obsolete functions
-// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
-// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
-// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
-// Platform interface for multi-viewport support (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
-
-// FIXME-TABLE: Add ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn and ImGuiTableSortSpecs in "Misc data structures" section above (we don't do it right now to facilitate merging various branches)
+// [SECTION] Header mess
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
+// [SECTION] Platform interface for multi-viewport support (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
 
 */
 
 #pragma once
 
-// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename)
+// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system')
 #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
 #endif
@@ -51,7 +48,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Header mess
+// [SECTION] Header mess
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Includes
@@ -62,11 +59,12 @@ Index of this file:
 
 // Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
-#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.80 WIP"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           17906
+#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.80"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18000
 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
-#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT          1 // Viewport WIP branch
-#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK              1 // Docking WIP branch
+#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT          // Viewport WIP branch
+#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK              // Docking WIP branch
 
 // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
 // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
@@ -85,16 +83,18 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR))))     // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
 #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)(_VAR))                              // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
-#if (__cplusplus >= 201100)
+#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100)
 #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER)                    // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11
 #else
 #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER))           // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro.
 #endif
+
+// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
 #if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))     // Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
 #elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__MINGW32__)
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
 #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
 #else
 #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
@@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward declarations and basic types
+// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Forward declarations
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData;       // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSiz
 struct ImGuiStorage;                // Helper for key->value storage
 struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
 struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs;         // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
-struct ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn;   // Sorting specification for one column of a table
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs;   // Sorting specification for one column of a table
 struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
 struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
 struct ImGuiViewport;               // Viewport (generally ~1 per window to output to at the OS level. Need per-platform support to use multiple viewports)
@@ -196,10 +196,10 @@ typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: f
 typedef void* ImTextureID;          // User data for rendering backend to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details.
 #endif
 typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;       // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string.
-typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data);
-typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);
+typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data);    // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
+typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);             // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
 
-// Decoded character types
+// Character types
 // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
 typedef unsigned short ImWchar16;   // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
 typedef unsigned int ImWchar32;     // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
@@ -244,8 +244,8 @@ struct ImVec2
 // 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors)
 struct ImVec4
 {
-    float                                   x, y, z, w;
-    ImVec4()                                { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
+    float                                           x, y, z, w;
+    ImVec4()                                        { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
     ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w)  { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
 #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
     IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ struct ImVec4
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API
-// (This is a namespace. You can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
+// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
+// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 namespace ImGui
@@ -276,19 +276,19 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
 
     // Demo, Debug, Information
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
-    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
     IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc.
+    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
     IMGUI_API bool          ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);       // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowFontSelector(const char* label);        // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
     IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
-    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION)
+    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp)
 
     // Styles
     IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);    // new, recommended style (default)
-    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
     IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);   // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
 
     // Windows
     // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
@@ -351,20 +351,21 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
 
     // Content region
-    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+    // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful.
+    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                        // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                    // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                    // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
     IMGUI_API float         GetWindowContentRegionWidth();                                  //
 
     // Windows Scrolling
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x
-    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
-    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x
+    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y
     IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
     IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
     IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
@@ -373,32 +374,34 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Parameters stacks (shared)
     IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                         // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
     IMGUI_API void          PopFont();
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);                        // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);                     // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
+    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);             // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
     IMGUI_API void          PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
     IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus);              // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
     IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
     IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                  // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
     IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();
-    IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
-    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
-    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col);                                         // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
 
     // Parameters stacks (current window)
-    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width,
+    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width,
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemWidth();
-    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
     IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
     IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f);                 // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
     IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();
 
+    // Style read access
+    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
+    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col);                                         // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
+
     // Cursor / Layout
     // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
     // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
@@ -475,7 +478,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
     IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);                    // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
     IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);           // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
-    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
+    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                       // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
 
     // Widgets: Combo Box
@@ -577,7 +580,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                          // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
     IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                        // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
     IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);  // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
-    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
+    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header.
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
 
     // Widgets: Selectables
@@ -621,7 +624,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true);              // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
 
     // Tooltips
-    // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away.
+    // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
     IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
     IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
     IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip().
@@ -665,62 +668,62 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open.
 
     // Tables
-    // [ALPHA API] API may evolve!
+    // [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out!
     // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API.
-    // - See Demo->Tables for details.
+    // - See Demo->Tables for demo code.
+    // - See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary.
     // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags.
     // The typical call flow is:
-    // - 1. Call BeginTable()
-    // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults
-    // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows
-    // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row (names will be pulled from data submitted to TableSetupColumns)
-    // - 5. Populate contents
-    //    - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(xx) to start appending into a column.
+    // - 1. Call BeginTable().
+    // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults.
+    // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows.
+    // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data.
+    // - 5. Populate contents:
+    //    - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column.
     //    - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents,
     //      you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex().
     //      TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed.
     //    - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column!
-    //    - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return false when the column is not visible, so you can
-    //      skip submitting the contents of a cell but only if you know the contents is not going to alter row height.
     //    - Summary of possible call flow:
-    //      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-    //       TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
-    //       TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn()         Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
-    //                         TableNextColumn()         Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
-    //       TableNextRow()                              Text("Hello 0")                                               // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
-    //      ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    //        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    //        TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //        TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
+    //                          TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
+    //        TableNextRow()                           -> Text("Hello 0")                                               // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
+    //        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     // - 5. Call EndTable()
-    #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE 1
-    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f);
     IMGUI_API void          EndTable();                                 // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!
     IMGUI_API void          TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
-    IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                          // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return false when column is not visible.
-    IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);          // append into the specified column. Return false when column is not visible.
-    IMGUI_API int           TableGetColumnIndex();                      // return current column index.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                          // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);          // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.
     // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
     // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
-    //   Important: this will not display anything! The name passed to TableSetupColumn() is used by TableHeadersRow() and context-menus.
-    // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
-    //   Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu (but context menu can also be available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody).
-    // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in some advanced cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
-    // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns (from the right) or rows (from the top) so they stay visible when scrolled.
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = -1.0f, ImU32 user_id = 0);
+    // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
+    //   Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu.
+    //   The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody.
+    // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
+    //   some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
+    // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImU32 user_id = 0);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
     IMGUI_API void          TableHeadersRow();                          // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
     IMGUI_API void          TableHeader(const char* label);             // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
+    // Tables: Sorting
+    // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
+    // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed
+    //   since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may
+    //   wastefully sort your data every frame!
+    // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs();                        // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).
     // Tables: Miscellaneous functions
-    // - Most functions taking 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index
-    // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. Return value will be NULL if no sorting.
-    //   When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time.
-    //   Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
-    //   Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
-    IMGUI_API int           TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
-    IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
-    IMGUI_API bool          TableGetColumnIsVisible(int column_n = -1); // return true if column is visible. Same value is also returned by TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex(). Pass -1 to use current column.
-    IMGUI_API bool          TableGetColumnIsSorted(int column_n = -1);  // return true if column is included in the sort specs. Rarely used, can be useful to tell if a data change should trigger resort. Equivalent to test ImGuiTableSortSpecs's ->ColumnsMask & (1 << column_n). Pass -1 to use current column.
-    IMGUI_API int           TableGetHoveredColumn();                    // return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered.
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs();                 // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget bg_target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
+    // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnIndex();                      // return current column index.
+    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetRowIndex();                         // return current row index.
+    IMGUI_API const char*           TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1);     // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
 
     // Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!)
     // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
@@ -767,7 +770,6 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                        // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
 
     // Drag and Drop
-    // - [BETA API] API may evolve!
     // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip as replacement)
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);                                      // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
     IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0);  // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
@@ -778,6 +780,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
 
     // Clipping
+    // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
     IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
     IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();
 
@@ -900,7 +903,7 @@ namespace ImGui
 } // namespace ImGui
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Flags & Enumerations
+// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Flags for ImGui::Begin()
@@ -1076,93 +1079,122 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::BeginTable()
-// - Important! Sizing policies have particularly complex and subtle side effects, more so than you would expect.
+// [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out!
+// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, more so than you would expect.
 //   Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them.
-// - The default sizing policy for columns depends on whether the ScrollX flag is set on the table:
-//   When ScrollX is off:
-//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretchX -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch.
-//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto or Stretch.
-//    - Stretch Columns will share the width available in table.
-//    - Fixed Columns will generally obtain their requested width unless the Table cannot fit them all.
-//   When ScrollX is on:
-//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixedX -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed.
-//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly! Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
+// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are:
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit    if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.
+//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off.
+// - When ScrollX is off:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight.
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto.
+//    - Fixed Columns will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all).
+//    - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width.
+//    - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors.
+//      The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
+//      (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing).
+// - When ScrollX is on:
+//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed
+//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly.
 //    - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed.
-//    - Stretch Columns, if any, will calculate their width using inner_width, assuming no scrolling (it really doesn't make sense to do otherwise).
-// - Mixing up columns with different sizing policy is possible BUT can be tricky and has some side-effects and restrictions.
-//   (their visible order and the scrolling state have subtle but necessary effects on how they can be manually resized).
-//   The typical use of mixing sizing policies is to have ScrollX disabled, one or two Stretch Column and many Fixed Columns.
+//    - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop.
+//    - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
+//      If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again.
+// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details.
 enum ImGuiTableFlags_
 {
     // Features
-    ImGuiTableFlags_None                            = 0,
-    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable                       = 1 << 0,   // Allow resizing columns.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable                     = 1 << 1,   // Allow reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
-    ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable                        = 1 << 2,   // Allow hiding columns in context menu.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable                        = 1 << 3,   // Allow sorting on one column (sort_specs_count will always be == 1). Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable                   = 1 << 4,   // Allow sorting on multiple columns by holding Shift (sort_specs_count may be > 1). Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings                 = 1 << 5,   // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody               = 1 << 6,   // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
-    // Decoration
-    ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg                           = 1 << 7,   // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent to calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH                   = 1 << 8,   // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH                   = 1 << 9,   // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV                   = 1 << 10,  // Draw vertical borders between columns.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV                   = 1 << 11,  // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH                        = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV                        = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_Borders                         = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter,   // Draw all borders.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody                 = 1 << 12,  // Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers).
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize      = 1 << 13,  // Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers).
-    // Sizing
-    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixedX              = 1 << 14,  // Default if ScrollX is on. Columns will default to use _WidthFixed or _WidthAlwaysAutoResize policy. Read description above for more details.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretchX            = 1 << 15,  // Default if ScrollX is off. Columns will default to use _WidthStretch policy. Read description above for more details.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHeadersWidth                  = 1 << 16,  // Disable header width contribution to automatic width calculation.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY                   = 1 << 17,  // (FIXME-TABLE: Reword as SizingPolicy?) Disable extending past the limit set by outer_size.y, only meaningful when neither of ScrollX|ScrollY are set (data below the limit will be clipped and not visible)
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible            = 1 << 18,  // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when table width gets too small and ScrllX is off.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseStretchWidths            = 1 << 19,  // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip                          = 1 << 20,  // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
+    ImGuiTableFlags_None                       = 0,
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable resizing columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable                = 1 << 1,   // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable                   = 1 << 2,   // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable                   = 1 << 3,   // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings            = 1 << 4,   // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody          = 1 << 5,   // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
+    // Decorations
+    ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg                      = 1 << 6,   // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH              = 1 << 7,   // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH              = 1 << 8,   // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV              = 1 << 9,   // Draw vertical borders between columns.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV              = 1 << 10,  // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_Borders                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter,   // Draw all borders.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody            = 1 << 11,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style
+    // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults)
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit             = 1 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame            = 2 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp          = 3 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame          = 4 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overriden by TableSetupColumn().
+    // Sizing Extra Options
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX              = 1 << 16,  // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY              = 1 << 17,  // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible       = 1 << 18,  // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths              = 1 << 19,  // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
+    // Clipping
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip                     = 1 << 20,  // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
     // Padding
-    ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX                       = 1 << 21,  // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX                     = 1 << 22,  // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX                     = 1 << 23,  // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
+    ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX                  = 1 << 21,  // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX                = 1 << 22,  // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX                = 1 << 23,  // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
     // Scrolling
-    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX                         = 1 << 24,  // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
-    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY                         = 1 << 25,  // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX                    = 1 << 24,  // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
+    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY                    = 1 << 25,  // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
+    // Sorting
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti                  = 1 << 26,  // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate               = 1 << 27,  // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).
 
     // [Internal] Combinations and masks
-    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyMaskX_              = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretchX | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixedX
+    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_                = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   // WIP Tables 2020/12
+    //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   // WIP Tables 2021/01
+#endif
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn()
-// FIXME-TABLE: Rename to ImGuiColumns_*, stick old columns api flags in there under an obsolete api block
 enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
 {
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                      = 0,
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide               = 1 << 0,   // Default as a hidden column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort               = 1 << 1,   // Default as a sorting column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed                = 1 << 2,   // Column will keep a fixed size, preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is SizingPolicyFixedX and table is resizable).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch              = 1 << 3,   // Column will stretch, preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is SizingPolicyStretchX).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAlwaysAutoResize     = 1 << 4,   // Column will keep resizing based on submitted contents (with a one frame delay) == Fixed with auto resize (default if table sizing policy is SizingPolicyFixedX and table is not resizable).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize                  = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual resizing.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClipX                   = 1 << 6,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClipX columns will render in a same draw command).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                    = 1 << 7,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending           = 1 << 8,   // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending          = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                    = 1 << 10,  // Disable hiding this column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth             = 1 << 11,  // Header width don't contribute to automatic column width.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending       = 1 << 12,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending      = 1 << 13,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable              = 1 << 14,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for 1st column).
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable             = 1 << 15,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns after the 1st one). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder                 = 1 << 16,  // Disable reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
+    // Input configuration flags
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                  = 0,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 0,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a sorting column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 2,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 3,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 4,   // Disable manual resizing.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 6,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 7,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 8,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 11,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 12,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 13,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 14,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 15,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
+
+    // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 20,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 21,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 22,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 23,  // Status: is hovered by mouse
 
     // [Internal] Combinations and masks
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_                = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAlwaysAutoResize,
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_               = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_           = 1 << 20   // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_            = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered,
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_       = 1 << 30   // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents.
+#endif
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow()
@@ -1184,11 +1216,9 @@ enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_
 enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_
 {
     ImGuiTableBgTarget_None                         = 0,
-    //ImGuiTableBgTarget_ColumnBg0                  = 1,        // FIXME-TABLE: Todo. Set column background color 0 (generally used for background
-    //ImGuiTableBgTarget_ColumnBg1                  = 2,        // FIXME-TABLE: Todo. Set column background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
-    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0                       = 3,        // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
-    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1                       = 4,        // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
-    ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg                       = 5         // Set cell background color (top-most color)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0                       = 1,        // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1                       = 2,        // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
+    ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg                       = 3         // Set cell background color (top-most color)
 };
 
 // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
@@ -1332,7 +1362,7 @@ enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_
 // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation
 // Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
 // Gamepad:  Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame().
-// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW.
+// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets.
 enum ImGuiNavInput_
 {
     // Gamepad Mapping
@@ -1463,11 +1493,6 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
     ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg,     // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
     ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg,      // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
     ImGuiCol_COUNT
-
-    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-    , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg                      // [renamed in 1.63]
-#endif
 };
 
 // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
@@ -1623,7 +1648,10 @@ enum ImGuiCond_
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers: Memory allocations macros
+// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
 // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
 // Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
@@ -1639,7 +1667,7 @@ inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*)   {} // This is only re
 template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helper: ImVector<>
+// ImVector<>
 // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
@@ -1709,7 +1737,8 @@ struct ImVector
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiStyle
+// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
 // During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
 // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
@@ -1763,7 +1792,8 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImGuiIO
+// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
 // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1804,16 +1834,17 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     // Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set)
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge;     // = false;         // Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it. May also set ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge on individual viewport.
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon;   // = false          // Disable default OS task bar icon flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want a task bar icon, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon will be set on it.
-    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDecoration;    // = true           // [BETA] Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size).
+    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDecoration;    // = true           // Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size).
     bool        ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = false          // Disable default OS parenting to main viewport for secondary viewports. By default, viewports are marked with ParentViewportId = <main_viewport>, expecting the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (some backend may ignore this). Set to true if you want the default to be 0, then all viewports will be top-level OS windows.
 
     // Miscellaneous options
     bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
-    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63)
-    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63)
+    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
+    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
+    bool        ConfigDragClickToInputText;     // = false          // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard.
     bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
-    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected.
-    float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // [BETA] Free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused for given amount of time. Set to -1.0f to disable.
+    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
+    float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
 
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // Platform Functions
@@ -1905,7 +1936,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Misc data structures
+// [SECTION] Misc data structures
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
@@ -1969,12 +2000,13 @@ struct ImGuiWindowClass
     ImGuiID             ParentViewportId;           // Hint for the platform backend. If non-zero, the platform backend can create a parent<>child relationship between the platform windows. Not conforming backends are free to e.g. parent every viewport to the main viewport or not.
     ImGuiViewportFlags  ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;   // Viewport flags to set when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis.
     ImGuiViewportFlags  ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; // Viewport flags to clear when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis.
+    ImGuiTabItemFlags   TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;    // [EXPERIMENTAL] TabItem flags to set when a window of this class gets submitted into a dock node tab bar. May use with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading or ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing.
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Dock node flags to set when a window of this class is hosted by a dock node (it doesn't have to be selected!)
     ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear; // [EXPERIMENTAL]
     bool                DockingAlwaysTabBar;        // Set to true to enforce single floating windows of this class always having their own docking node (equivalent of setting the global io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar)
     bool                DockingAllowUnclassed;      // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. // FIXME-DOCK: Move to DockNodeFlags override?
 
-    ImGuiWindowClass() { ClassId = 0; ParentViewportId = 0; ViewportFlagsOverrideSet = ViewportFlagsOverrideClear = 0x00; DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet = DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear = 0x00; DockingAlwaysTabBar = false; DockingAllowUnclassed = true; }
+    ImGuiWindowClass() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DockingAllowUnclassed = true; }
 };
 
 // Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
@@ -1999,15 +2031,15 @@ struct ImGuiPayload
     bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
 };
 
-// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 8 bytes)
-struct ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn
+// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes)
+struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
 {
     ImGuiID                     ColumnUserID;       // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
-    ImU8                        ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
-    ImU8                        SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
+    ImS16                       ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
+    ImS16                       SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
     ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection : 8;  // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function)
 
-    ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn() { ColumnUserID = 0; ColumnIndex = 0; SortOrder = 0; SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; }
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
@@ -2016,16 +2048,16 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn
 // Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
 struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
 {
-    const ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn* Specs;     // Pointer to sort spec array.
-    int                         SpecsCount;     // Sort spec count. Most often 1 unless e.g. ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is enabled.
+    const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs;     // Pointer to sort spec array.
+    int                         SpecsCount;     // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled.
     bool                        SpecsDirty;     // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag.
-    ImU64                       ColumnsMask;    // Set to the mask of column indexes included in the Specs array. e.g. (1 << N) when column N is sorted.
 
-    ImGuiTableSortSpecs()       { Specs = NULL; SpecsCount = 0; SpecsDirty = false; ColumnsMask = 0x00; }
+    ImGuiTableSortSpecs()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
+// [SECTION] Obsolete functions
+// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
 // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -2061,15 +2093,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018)
     static inline void  SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); }
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018)
-    static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }
 }
-typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback      ImGuiTextEditCallback;    // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent
-typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData  ImGuiTextEditCallbackData;
 #endif
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helpers
+// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helper: Unicode defines
@@ -2271,7 +2299,7 @@ struct ImColor
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
+// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
 // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -2423,6 +2451,7 @@ struct ImDrawList
     ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
     ImDrawCmdHeader         _CmdHeader;         // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
     ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
+    float                   _FringeScale;       // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content
 
     // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
     ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }
@@ -2458,7 +2487,8 @@ struct ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
     IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
-    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
 
     // Image primitives
     // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
@@ -2475,8 +2505,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }  // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
     inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f)  { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
     IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
-    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                                            // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
-    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);            // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0);  // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
+    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);                // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
     IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
 
     // Advanced
@@ -2506,6 +2537,11 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                     { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
     inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
 
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    inline    void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); }
+    inline    void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); }
+#endif
+
     // [Internal helpers]
     IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
     IMGUI_API void  _ClearFreeMemory();
@@ -2539,7 +2575,7 @@ struct ImDrawData
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
+// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 struct ImFontConfig
@@ -2670,7 +2706,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
     // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();                // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();                 // Default + Korean characters
-    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
+    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseFull();            // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
     IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();               // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
@@ -2782,9 +2818,9 @@ struct ImFont
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [BETA] Platform interface for multi-viewport support
+// [SECTION] Platform interface for multi-viewport support
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users!
+// [BETA] (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users!
 // If you are new to Dear ImGui and trying to integrate it into your engine, you can probably ignore this for now.
 //
 // This feature allows you to seamlessly drag Dear ImGui windows outside of your application viewport.

external/ImGui/include/imgui_freetype.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// dear imgui: wrapper to use FreeType (instead of stb_truetype)
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/misc/freetype
+// Original code by @Vuhdo (Aleksei Skriabin), maintained by @ocornut
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_API, ImFontAtlas
+
+namespace ImGuiFreeType
+{
+    // Hinting greatly impacts visuals (and glyph sizes).
+    // When disabled, FreeType generates blurrier glyphs, more or less matches the stb's output.
+    // The Default hinting mode usually looks good, but may distort glyphs in an unusual way.
+    // The Light hinting mode generates fuzzier glyphs but better matches Microsoft's rasterizer.
+
+    // You can set those flags on a per font basis in ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags.
+    // Use the 'extra_flags' parameter of BuildFontAtlas() to force a flag on all your fonts.
+    enum RasterizerFlags
+    {
+        // By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter is preferred over the auto-hinter.
+        NoHinting       = 1 << 0,   // Disable hinting. This generally generates 'blurrier' bitmap glyphs when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes.
+        NoAutoHint      = 1 << 1,   // Disable auto-hinter.
+        ForceAutoHint   = 1 << 2,   // Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native hinter.
+        LightHinting    = 1 << 3,   // A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes. Many generated glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape. This is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically (Y-axis), as is done by Microsoft's ClearType and Adobe's proprietary font renderer. This preserves inter-glyph spacing in horizontal text.
+        MonoHinting     = 1 << 4,   // Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome output.
+        Bold            = 1 << 5,   // Styling: Should we artificially embolden the font?
+        Oblique         = 1 << 6,   // Styling: Should we slant the font, emulating italic style?
+        Monochrome      = 1 << 7    // Disable anti-aliasing. Combine this with MonoHinting for best results!
+    };
+
+    IMGUI_API bool BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int extra_flags = 0);
+
+    // By default ImGuiFreeType will use IM_ALLOC()/IM_FREE().
+    // However, as FreeType does lots of allocations we provide a way for the user to redirect it to a separate memory heap if desired:
+    IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
+}

external/ImGui/include/imgui_imhex_extensions.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+
+#include <imgui.h>
+
+namespace ImGui {
+
+    bool Hyperlink(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    bool BulletHyperlink(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+    bool DescriptionButton(const char* label, const char* description, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+
+    void UnderlinedText(const char* label, ImColor color, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0));
+
+    void Disabled(const std::function<void()> &widgets, bool disabled);
+    void TextSpinner(const char* label);
+
+    void Header(const char *label, bool firstEntry = false);
+
+    std::tuple<ImTextureID, int, int> LoadImageFromPath(const char *path);
+    void UnloadImage(ImTextureID texture);
+
+    enum ImGuiCustomCol {
+        ImGuiCustomCol_DescButton,
+        ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonHovered,
+        ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonActive,
+        ImGuiCustomCol_COUNT
+    };
+
+    struct ImHexCustomData {
+        ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCustomCol_COUNT];
+    };
+
+    ImU32 GetCustomColorU32(ImGuiCustomCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0F);
+
+    void StyleCustomColorsDark();
+    void StyleCustomColorsLight();
+    void StyleCustomColorsClassic();
+}

external/ImGui/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h

@@ -7,10 +7,6 @@
 //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
 //  [x] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. FIXME: 3 cursors types are missing from GLFW.
 //  [X] Platform: Keyboard arrays indexed using GLFW_KEY_* codes, e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_SPACE).
-//  [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
-
-// Issues:
-//  [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport support: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor).
 
 // You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
 // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.
@@ -24,7 +20,6 @@
 #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API
 
 struct GLFWwindow;
-struct GLFWmonitor;
 
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
@@ -38,4 +33,3 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, i
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset);
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods);
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event);

external/ImGui/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 
 // Implemented features:
 //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
-//  [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
 //  [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.
 
 // You can copy and use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.

external/ImGui/include/imgui_internal.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.80 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.80
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
@@ -92,8 +92,6 @@ struct ImRect;                      // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
 struct ImDrawDataBuilder;           // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
 struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
 struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiColumnData;             // Storage data for a single column
-struct ImGuiColumns;                // Storage data for a columns set
 struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
 struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
 struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
@@ -109,6 +107,8 @@ struct ImGuiNavMoveResult;          // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional
 struct ImGuiMetricsConfig;          // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
 struct ImGuiNextWindowData;         // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
 struct ImGuiNextItemData;           // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData;          // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
+struct ImGuiOldColumns;             // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
 struct ImGuiPopupData;              // Storage for current popup stack
 struct ImGuiSettingsHandler;        // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
 struct ImGuiStackSizes;             // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting
@@ -126,10 +126,9 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings;         // Storage for a window .ini settings (we ke
 // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
 typedef int ImGuiDataAuthority;         // -> enum ImGuiDataAuthority_      // Enum: for storing the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field
 typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
-typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;           // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_        // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior()
-typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_       // Flags: BeginColumns()
 typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_          // Flags: for PushItemFlag()
 typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags
+typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_     // Flags: for BeginColumns()
 typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_  // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
 typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_  // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d()
 typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_       // Flags: for navigation requests
@@ -139,6 +138,8 @@ typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // F
 typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
 typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
 
+typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Context pointer
 // See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
@@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ namespace ImStb
 #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...)    ((void)0)       // Disable log
 
 // Static Asserts
-#if (__cplusplus >= 201100)
+#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100)
 #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         static_assert(_COND, "")
 #else
 #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND)         typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1]
@@ -266,10 +267,10 @@ namespace ImStb
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Helpers: Hashing
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
-IMGUI_API ImU32         ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0);
+IMGUI_API ImGuiID       ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0);
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-static inline ImU32     ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68]
+static inline ImGuiID   ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68]
 #endif
 
 // Helpers: Sorting
@@ -407,9 +408,10 @@ static inline float  ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed)
 static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
 
 // Helpers: Geometry
-IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);                                         // Cubic Bezier
-IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
-IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments);       // For curves with explicit number of segments
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
+IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
 IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
 IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
 IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
@@ -476,8 +478,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
 inline bool     ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n)      { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
 inline void     ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n)           { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
 inline void     ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n)             { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
-inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2)
+inline void     ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
 {
+    n2--;
     while (n <= n2)
     {
         int a_mod = (n & 31);
@@ -495,11 +498,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray
 {
     ImU32           Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
     ImBitArray()                                { }
-    void            ClearBits()                 { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    void            ClearAllBits()              { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
+    void            SetAllBits()                { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
     bool            TestBit(int n) const        { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); }
     void            SetBit(int n)               { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); }
     void            ClearBit(int n)             { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); }
-    void            SetBitRange(int n1, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n1, n2); }
+    void            SetBitRange(int n, int n2)  { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
 };
 
 // Helper: ImBitVector
@@ -530,6 +534,7 @@ struct ImSpan
     inline void         set(T* data, int size)      { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
     inline void         set(T* data, T* data_end)   { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
     inline int          size() const                { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
+    inline int          size_in_bytes() const       { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
     inline T&           operator[](int i)           { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
     inline const T&     operator[](int i) const     { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
 
@@ -1081,31 +1086,41 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
 // [SECTION] Columns support
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_
+// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays!
+enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
 {
-    // Default: 0
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_None                  = 0,
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder              = 1 << 0,   // Disable column dividers
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 1,   // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths      = 1 << 2,   // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow   = 1 << 3,   // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4    // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder                = 1 << 0,   // Disable column dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize                = 1 << 1,   // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths        = 1 << 2,   // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow     = 1 << 3,   // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize  = 1 << 4    // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
+
+    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    , ImGuiColumnsFlags_None                    = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder                  = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize                  = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths          = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow       = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
+    ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize    = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize
+#endif
 };
 
-struct ImGuiColumnData
+struct ImGuiOldColumnData
 {
     float               OffsetNorm;         // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
     float               OffsetNormBeforeResize;
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags   Flags;              // Not exposed
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;              // Not exposed
     ImRect              ClipRect;
 
-    ImGuiColumnData()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-struct ImGuiColumns
+struct ImGuiOldColumns
 {
     ImGuiID             ID;
-    ImGuiColumnsFlags   Flags;
+    ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
     bool                IsFirstFrame;
     bool                IsBeingResized;
     int                 Current;
@@ -1117,10 +1132,10 @@ struct ImGuiColumns
     ImRect              HostInitialClipRect;    // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
     ImRect              HostBackupClipRect;     // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
     ImRect              HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
-    ImVector<ImGuiColumnData> Columns;
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumnData> Columns;
     ImDrawListSplitter  Splitter;
 
-    ImGuiColumns()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGuiOldColumns()   { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1234,13 +1249,33 @@ struct ImGuiDockNode
     ImRect                  Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
 };
 
+// List of colors that are stored at the time of Begin() into Docked Windows.
+// We currently store the packed colors in a simple array window->DockStyle.Colors[].
+// A better solution may involve appending into a log of colors in ImGuiContext + store offsets into those arrays in ImGuiWindow,
+// but it would be more complex as we'd need to double-buffer both as e.g. drop target may refer to window from last frame.
+enum ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol
+{
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Tab,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabHovered,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocused,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocusedActive,
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT
+};
+
+struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle
+{
+    ImU32 Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
+};
+
 struct ImGuiDockContext
 {
     ImGuiStorage                    Nodes;          // Map ID -> ImGuiDockNode*: Active nodes
     ImVector<ImGuiDockRequest>      Requests;
     ImVector<ImGuiDockNodeSettings> NodesSettings;
     bool                            WantFullRebuild;
-    ImGuiDockContext()              { WantFullRebuild = false; }
+    ImGuiDockContext()              { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
@@ -1362,8 +1397,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
     short   SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
 
     ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-    IMGUI_API void SetToCurrentState();
-    IMGUI_API void CompareWithCurrentState();
+    void SetToCurrentState();
+    void CompareWithCurrentState();
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1431,9 +1466,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   WheelingWindowTimer;
 
     // Item/widgets state and tracking information
-    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget
+    ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
     bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel;           // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window.
+    bool                    HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel;
     bool                    HoveredIdDisabled;                  // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
     float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
     float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
@@ -1446,6 +1483,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore;       // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
     bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;        // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
     bool                    ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
+    bool                    ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel;            // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window.
     ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask;            // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
     ImU32                   ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask;          // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs.
     ImU64                   ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask;          // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array.
@@ -1591,6 +1629,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
     float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
     int                     TooltipOverrideCount;
+    float                   TooltipSlowDelay;                   // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work)
     ImVector<char>          ClipboardHandlerData;               // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
     ImVector<ImGuiID>       MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame;          // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once
 
@@ -1667,6 +1706,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
 
         HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+        HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false;
         HoveredIdDisabled = false;
         HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
         ActiveId = 0;
@@ -1678,6 +1718,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
         ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
         ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
+        ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
         ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
         ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
         ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00;
@@ -1761,6 +1802,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
         ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
         TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+        TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f;
 
         PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
         PlatformImePosViewport = 0;
@@ -1801,7 +1843,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
     ImVec2                  CursorPos;              // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates.
     ImVec2                  CursorPosPrevLine;
     ImVec2                  CursorStartPos;         // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding.
-    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame
+    ImVec2                  CursorMaxPos;           // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame.
+    ImVec2                  IdealMaxPos;            // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame.
     ImVec2                  CurrLineSize;
     ImVec2                  PrevLineSize;
     float                   CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added).
@@ -1832,7 +1875,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
     ImU32                   TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary.
     ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>  ChildWindows;
     ImGuiStorage*           StateStorage;           // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state)
-    ImGuiColumns*           CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
+    ImGuiOldColumns*        CurrentColumns;         // Current columns set
     int                     CurrentTableIdx;        // Current table index (into g.Tables)
     ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
     ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
@@ -1864,6 +1907,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     ImVec2                  Size;                               // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
     ImVec2                  SizeFull;                           // Size when non collapsed
     ImVec2                  ContentSize;                        // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding.
+    ImVec2                  ContentSizeIdeal;
     ImVec2                  ContentSizeExplicit;                // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize().
     ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
     float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
@@ -1898,12 +1942,13 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     ImS8                    AutoFitChildAxises;
     bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
     ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
-    int                     HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
-    int                     HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
-    ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags;             // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
-    ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags;            // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
-    ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags;       // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
-    ImGuiCond               SetWindowDockAllowFlags;            // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use.
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCanSkipItems;           // Hide the window for N frames
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems;        // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
+    ImS8                    HiddenFramesForRenderOnly;          // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8;         // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8;   // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
+    ImGuiCond               SetWindowDockAllowFlags : 8;        // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use.
     ImVec2                  SetWindowPosVal;                    // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size)
     ImVec2                  SetWindowPosPivot;                  // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right.
 
@@ -1927,7 +1972,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     float                   LastTimeActive;                     // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there)
     float                   ItemWidthDefault;
     ImGuiStorage            StateStorage;
-    ImVector<ImGuiColumns>  ColumnsStorage;
+    ImVector<ImGuiOldColumns> ColumnsStorage;
     float                   FontWindowScale;                    // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale()
     float                   FontDpiScale;
     int                     SettingsOffset;                     // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back)
@@ -1949,15 +1994,16 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     bool                    MemoryCompacted;                    // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected
 
     // Docking
+    bool                    DockIsActive        :1;             // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1).
+    bool                    DockTabIsVisible    :1;             // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected?
+    bool                    DockTabWantClose    :1;
+    short                   DockOrder;                          // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible.
+    ImGuiWindowDockStyle    DockStyle;
     ImGuiDockNode*          DockNode;                           // Which node are we docked into. Important: Prefer testing DockIsActive in many cases as this will still be set when the dock node is hidden.
     ImGuiDockNode*          DockNodeAsHost;                     // Which node are we owning (for parent windows)
     ImGuiID                 DockId;                             // Backup of last valid DockNode->ID, so single window remember their dock node id even when they are not bound any more
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags    DockTabItemStatusFlags;
     ImRect                  DockTabItemRect;
-    short                   DockOrder;                          // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible.
-    bool                    DockIsActive        :1;             // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1).
-    bool                    DockTabIsVisible    :1;             // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected?
-    bool                    DockTabWantClose    :1;
 
 public:
     ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name);
@@ -2087,58 +2133,68 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar
 
 #define IM_COL32_DISABLE                IM_COL32(0,0,0,1)   // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
 #define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS         64                  // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64.
-#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS   (4 + 64 * 2)        // See TableUpdateDrawChannels()
+#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS   (4 + 64 * 2)        // See TableSetupDrawChannels()
 
-// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 100
-// We use the terminology "Visible" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user or settings. However it may still be out of view and clipped (see IsClipped).
+// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future.
+typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx;
+typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx;
+
+// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104
+// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api.
+// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping.
+// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped".
 struct ImGuiTableColumn
 {
-    ImRect                  ClipRect;                       // Clipping rectangle for the column
-    ImGuiID                 UserID;                         // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn()
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   FlagsIn;                        // Flags as they were provided by user. See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
-    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;                          // Effective flags. See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+    ImGuiTableColumnFlags   Flags;                          // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
+    float                   WidthGiven;                     // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space.
     float                   MinX;                           // Absolute positions
     float                   MaxX;
-    float                   InitStretchWeightOrWidth;       // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_).
-    float                   StretchWeight;                  // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
-    float                   WidthAuto;                      // Automatic width
     float                   WidthRequest;                   // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout()
-    float                   WidthGiven;                     // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space.
-    float                   WorkMinX;                       // Start position for the frame, currently ~(MinX + CellPaddingX)
-    float                   WorkMaxX;
+    float                   WidthAuto;                      // Automatic width
+    float                   StretchWeight;                  // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially.
+    float                   InitStretchWeightOrWidth;       // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_).
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;                       // Clipping rectangle for the column
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;                         // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn()
+    float                   WorkMinX;                       // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column
+    float                   WorkMaxX;                       // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2)
+    float                   ItemWidth;                      // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows
     float                   ContentMaxXFrozen;              // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width.
     float                   ContentMaxXUnfrozen;
     float                   ContentMaxXHeadersUsed;         // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls
     float                   ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal;
     ImS16                   NameOffset;                     // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[]
-    bool                    IsVisible;                      // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
-    bool                    IsVisibleNextFrame;
-    bool                    IsClipped;                      // Is not actually in view (e.g. not overlapping the host window clipping rectangle).
-    bool                    IsSkipItems;                    // Do we want item submissions to this column to be ignored early on.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;                   // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     IndexWithinEnabledSet;          // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     PrevEnabledColumn;              // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     NextEnabledColumn;              // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent;            // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen;
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+    bool                    IsEnabled;                      // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling).
+    bool                    IsEnabledNextFrame;
+    bool                    IsVisibleX;                     // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled).
+    bool                    IsVisibleY;
+    bool                    IsRequestOutput;                // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not.
+    bool                    IsSkipItems;                    // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen).
+    bool                    IsPreserveWidthAuto;
     ImS8                    NavLayerCurrent;                // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte
-    ImS8                    DisplayOrder;                   // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users)
-    ImS8                    IndexWithinVisibleSet;          // Index within visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder)
-    ImS8                    PrevVisibleColumn;              // Index of prev visible column within Columns[], -1 if first visible column
-    ImS8                    NextVisibleColumn;              // Index of next visible column within Columns[], -1 if last visible column
-    ImS8                    SortOrder;                      // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort
-    ImS8                    SortDirection;                  // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
     ImU8                    AutoFitQueue;                   // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit
     ImU8                    CannotSkipItemsQueue;           // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem
-    ImU8                    DrawChannelCurrent;             // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
-    ImU8                    DrawChannelFrozen;
-    ImU8                    DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;              // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2;   // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4;    // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each)
+    ImU8                    SortDirectionsAvailList;        // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each)
 
     ImGuiTableColumn()
     {
         memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
         StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f;
         NameOffset = -1;
-        IsVisible = IsVisibleNextFrame = true;
-        DisplayOrder = IndexWithinVisibleSet = -1;
-        PrevVisibleColumn = NextVisibleColumn = -1;
+        DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1;
+        PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1;
         SortOrder = -1;
         SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
-        AutoFitQueue = CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Skip for three frames
         DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1;
     }
 };
@@ -2147,26 +2203,27 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn
 // sizeof() ~ 6
 struct ImGuiTableCellData
 {
-    ImU32   BgColor;        // Actual color
-    ImS8    Column;         // Column number
+    ImU32                       BgColor;    // Actual color
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
 };
 
+// FIXME-TABLE: transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData
 struct ImGuiTable
 {
     ImGuiID                     ID;
     ImGuiTableFlags             Flags;
     void*                       RawData;                    // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[]
     ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn>    Columns;                    // Point within RawData[]
-    ImSpan<ImS8>                DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
+    ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex;        // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
     ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData>  RowCellData;                // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
-    ImU64                       VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisible map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
-    ImU64                       VisibleMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsVisible map
-    ImU64                       VisibleUnclippedMaskByIndex;// Visible and not Clipped, aka "actually visible" "not hidden by some scrolling"
+    ImU64                       EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder;  // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map
+    ImU64                       EnabledMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data
+    ImU64                       VisibleMaskByIndex;         // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect)
+    ImU64                       RequestOutputMaskByIndex;   // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items)
     ImGuiTableFlags             SettingsLoadedFlags;        // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order)
     int                         SettingsOffset;             // Offset in g.SettingsTables
     int                         LastFrameActive;
     int                         ColumnsCount;               // Number of columns declared in BeginTable()
-    int                         ColumnsVisibleCount;        // Number of non-hidden columns (<= ColumnsCount)
     int                         CurrentRow;
     int                         CurrentColumn;
     ImS16                       InstanceCurrent;            // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched.
@@ -2185,6 +2242,7 @@ struct ImGuiTable
     float                       BorderX1;
     float                       BorderX2;
     float                       HostIndentX;
+    float                       MinColumnWidth;
     float                       OuterPaddingX;
     float                       CellPaddingX;               // Padding from each borders
     float                       CellPaddingY;
@@ -2193,47 +2251,60 @@ struct ImGuiTable
     float                       LastOuterHeight;            // Outer height from last frame
     float                       LastFirstRowHeight;         // Height of first row from last frame
     float                       InnerWidth;                 // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details.
-    float                       ColumnsTotalWidth;          // Sum of current column width
+    float                       ColumnsGivenWidth;          // Sum of current column width
     float                       ColumnsAutoFitWidth;        // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window
     float                       ResizedColumnNextWidth;
+    float                       ResizeLockMinContentsX2;    // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table.
     float                       RefScale;                   // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
-    ImRect                      OuterRect;                  // Note: OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable().
+    ImRect                      OuterRect;                  // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable().
+    ImRect                      InnerRect;                  // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is
     ImRect                      WorkRect;
     ImRect                      InnerClipRect;
     ImRect                      BgClipRect;                 // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill
-    ImRect                      BgClipRectForDrawCmd;
+    ImRect                      Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
+    ImRect                      Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd;      // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
     ImRect                      HostClipRect;               // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window.
     ImRect                      HostBackupWorkRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
     ImRect                      HostBackupParentWorkRect;   // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
-    ImRect                      HostBackupClipRect;         // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
+    ImRect                      HostBackupInnerClipRect;    // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupPrevLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      HostBackupCurrLineSize;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
     ImVec2                      HostBackupCursorMaxPos;     // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
-    ImVec1                      HostBackupColumnsOffset;    // Backup of OuterWindow->ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
+    ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
+    ImVec1                      HostBackupColumnsOffset;    // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
+    float                       HostBackupItemWidth;        // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
+    int                         HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;// Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
     ImGuiWindow*                OuterWindow;                // Parent window for the table
     ImGuiWindow*                InnerWindow;                // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
     ImGuiTextBuffer             ColumnsNames;               // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
     ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;               // We carry our own ImDrawList splitter to allow recursion (FIXME: could be stored outside, worst case we need 1 splitter per recursing table)
-    ImVector<ImGuiTableSortSpecsColumn> SortSpecsData;      // FIXME-OPT: Fixed-size array / small-vector pattern, optimize for single sort spec
+    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs   SortSpecsSingle;
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti;     // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would work be good.
     ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
-    ImS8                        SortSpecsCount;
-    ImS8                        DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
-    ImS8                        HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
-    ImS8                        HoveredColumnBorder;        // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
-    ImS8                        ResizedColumn;              // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
-    ImS8                        LastResizedColumn;          // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
-    ImS8                        HeldHeaderColumn;           // Index of column header being held.
-    ImS8                        ReorderColumn;              // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
-    ImS8                        ReorderColumnDir;           // -1 or +1
-    ImS8                        RightMostVisibleColumn;     // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
-    ImS8                        LeftMostStretchedColumnDisplayOrder; // Display order of left-most stretched column.
-    ImS8                        ContextPopupColumn;         // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
-    ImS8                        FreezeRowsRequest;          // Requested frozen rows count
-    ImS8                        FreezeRowsCount;            // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
-    ImS8                        FreezeColumnsRequest;       // Requested frozen columns count
-    ImS8                        FreezeColumnsCount;         // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
-    ImS8                        RowCellDataCurrent;         // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
-    ImU8                        DummyDrawChannel;           // Redirect non-visible columns here.
-    ImU8                        Bg1DrawChannelCurrent;      // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing accross columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
-    ImU8                        Bg1DrawChannelUnfrozen;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBorder;        // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing).
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AutoFitSingleColumn;        // Index of single column requesting auto-fit.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ResizedColumn;              // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LastResizedColumn;          // Index of column being resized from previous frame.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HeldHeaderColumn;           // Index of column header being held.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumn;              // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ReorderColumnDir;           // -1 or +1
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         LeftMostStretchedColumn;    // Index of left-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostStretchedColumn;   // Index of right-most stretched column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RightMostEnabledColumn;     // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ContextPopupColumn;         // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsRequest;          // Requested frozen rows count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeRowsCount;            // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsRequest;       // Requested frozen columns count
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         FreezeColumnsCount;         // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         RowCellDataCurrent;         // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    DummyDrawChannel;           // Redirect non-visible columns here.
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelCurrent;      // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing accross columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
+    ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx    Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
     bool                        IsLayoutLocked;             // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
     bool                        IsInsideRow;                // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
     bool                        IsInitializing;
@@ -2243,26 +2314,28 @@ struct ImGuiTable
     bool                        IsSettingsRequestLoad;
     bool                        IsSettingsDirty;            // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data.
     bool                        IsDefaultDisplayOrder;      // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1)
+    bool                        IsResetAllRequest;
     bool                        IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
-    bool                        IsUnfrozen;                 // Set when we got past the frozen row.
+    bool                        IsUnfrozenRows;             // Set when we got past the frozen row.
+    bool                        IsDefaultSizingPolicy;      // Set if user didn't explicitely set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
     bool                        MemoryCompacted;
     bool                        HostSkipItems;              // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis
 
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiTable();
-    IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable();
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiTable()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; }
+    IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable()     { IM_FREE(RawData); }
 };
 
 // sizeof() ~ 12
 struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
 {
-    float   WidthOrWeight;
-    ImGuiID UserID;
-    ImS8    Index;
-    ImS8    DisplayOrder;
-    ImS8    SortOrder;
-    ImU8    SortDirection : 2;
-    ImU8    IsVisible : 1;
-    ImU8    IsStretch : 1;
+    float                   WidthOrWeight;
+    ImGuiID                 UserID;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     Index;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     DisplayOrder;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx     SortOrder;
+    ImU8                    SortDirection : 2;
+    ImU8                    IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file
+    ImU8                    IsStretch : 1;
 
     ImGuiTableColumnSettings()
     {
@@ -2271,7 +2344,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
         Index = -1;
         DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1;
         SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None;
-        IsVisible = 1;
+        IsEnabled = 1;
         IsStretch = 0;
     }
 };
@@ -2282,8 +2355,8 @@ struct ImGuiTableSettings
     ImGuiID                     ID;                     // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting
     ImGuiTableFlags             SaveFlags;              // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..)
     float                       RefScale;               // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes.
-    ImS8                        ColumnsCount;
-    ImS8                        ColumnsCountMax;        // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCount;
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsCountMax;        // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher
     bool                        WantApply;              // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
 
     ImGuiTableSettings()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
@@ -2309,8 +2382,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImRect        GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);
@@ -2440,6 +2514,7 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Inputs
     // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemUsingMouseWheel();
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir)                         { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; }
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input)                { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; }
     inline bool             IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key)                            { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; }
@@ -2455,8 +2530,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx);
     IMGUI_API void          DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs); // Use root_id==0 to clear all
     IMGUI_API void          DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    IMGUI_API void          DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-    IMGUI_API void          DockContextUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+    IMGUI_API void          DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+    IMGUI_API void          DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx);
     IMGUI_API void          DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer);
     IMGUI_API void          DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window);
@@ -2504,32 +2579,42 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API)
     IMGUI_API void          SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect);
-    IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
-    IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                             // close columns
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns().
+    IMGUI_API void          EndColumns();                                                               // close columns
     IMGUI_API void          PushColumnClipRect(int column_index);
     IMGUI_API void          PushColumnsBackground();
     IMGUI_API void          PopColumnsBackground();
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count);
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
-    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm);
+    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset);
 
-    // Tables
+    // Tables: Candidates for public API
+    IMGUI_API void          TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
+    IMGUI_API int           TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered.
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderRowHeight();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePushBackgroundChannel();
+    IMGUI_API void          TablePopBackgroundChannel();
+
+    // Tables: Internals
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTable*   TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginUpdateColumns(ImGuiTable* table);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnVisible(int column_n, bool visible);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableReorderDrawChannelsForMerge(ImGuiTable* table);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column);
     IMGUI_API void          TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
@@ -2537,9 +2622,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImRect        TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
     IMGUI_API const char*   TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnAutofit(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
-    IMGUI_API void          PushTableBackground();
-    IMGUI_API void          PopTableBackground();
+    IMGUI_API float         TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void          TableGcCompactSettings();
@@ -2547,11 +2632,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     // Tables: Settings
     IMGUI_API void                  TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void                  TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
+    IMGUI_API void                  TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table);
     IMGUI_API void                  TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings*   TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id);
-    IMGUI_API void                  TableSettingsClearByID(ImGuiID id);
 
     // Tab Bars
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node);
@@ -2611,6 +2696,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders
     IMGUI_API void          SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
+    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
 
     // Widgets low-level behaviors
     IMGUI_API bool          ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
@@ -2664,10 +2751,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window);
 
     // Debug Tools
+    IMGUI_API void          ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL);
     inline void             DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255))    { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); }
     inline void             DebugStartItemPicker()                                  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; }
 
-    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiColumns* columns);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);

external/ImGui/include/imgui_memory_editor.h

@@ -46,8 +46,11 @@
 
 #include <stdio.h>      // sprintf, scanf
 #include <stdint.h>     // uint8_t, etc.
+#include <hex/helpers/utils.hpp>
 
-#include "views/view.hpp"
+#include <hex/api/event.hpp>
+
+#include <string>
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #define _PRISizeT   "I"
@@ -74,13 +77,19 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         DataFormat_COUNT
     };
 
+    struct DecodeData {
+        std::string data;
+        size_t advance;
+        ImColor color;
+    };
+
     // Settings
-    bool            Open;                                       // = true   // set to false when DrawWindow() was closed. ignore if not using DrawWindow().
     bool            ReadOnly;                                   // = false  // disable any editing.
     int             Cols;                                       // = 16     // number of columns to display.
     bool            OptShowOptions;                             // = true   // display options button/context menu. when disabled, options will be locked unless you provide your own UI for them.
     bool            OptShowHexII;                               // = false  // display values in HexII representation instead of regular hexadecimal: hide null/zero bytes, ascii values as ".X".
     bool            OptShowAscii;                               // = true   // display ASCII representation on the right side.
+    bool            OptShowAdvancedDecoding;                    // = true   // display advanced decoding data on the right side.
     bool            OptGreyOutZeroes;                           // = true   // display null/zero bytes using the TextDisabled color.
     bool            OptUpperCaseHex;                            // = true   // display hexadecimal values as "FF" instead of "ff".
     int             OptMidColsCount;                            // = 8      // set to 0 to disable extra spacing between every mid-cols.
@@ -89,12 +98,16 @@ struct MemoryEditor
     ImU8            (*ReadFn)(const ImU8* data, size_t off);    // = 0      // optional handler to read bytes.
     void            (*WriteFn)(ImU8* data, size_t off, ImU8 d); // = 0      // optional handler to write bytes.
     bool            (*HighlightFn)(const ImU8* data, size_t off, bool next);//= 0      // optional handler to return Highlight property (to support non-contiguous highlighting).
+    void            (*HoverFn)(const ImU8 *data, size_t off);
+    DecodeData      (*DecodeFn)(const ImU8 *data, size_t off);
 
     // [Internal State]
     bool            ContentsWidthChanged;
     size_t          DataPreviewAddr;
-    size_t          DataEditingAddr;
+    size_t          DataPreviewAddrOld;
     size_t          DataPreviewAddrEnd;
+    size_t          DataPreviewAddrEndOld;
+    size_t          DataEditingAddr;
     bool            DataEditingTakeFocus;
     char            DataInputBuf[32];
     char            AddrInputBuf[32];
@@ -106,12 +119,12 @@ struct MemoryEditor
     MemoryEditor()
     {
         // Settings
-        Open = true;
         ReadOnly = false;
         Cols = 16;
         OptShowOptions = true;
         OptShowHexII = false;
         OptShowAscii = true;
+        OptShowAdvancedDecoding = true;
         OptGreyOutZeroes = true;
         OptUpperCaseHex = true;
         OptMidColsCount = 8;
@@ -120,10 +133,13 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         ReadFn = NULL;
         WriteFn = NULL;
         HighlightFn = NULL;
+        HoverFn = NULL;
+        DecodeFn = NULL;
 
         // State/Internals
         ContentsWidthChanged = false;
         DataPreviewAddr = DataEditingAddr = DataPreviewAddrEnd = (size_t)-1;
+        DataPreviewAddrOld = DataPreviewAddrEndOld = (size_t)-1;
         DataEditingTakeFocus = false;
         memset(DataInputBuf, 0, sizeof(DataInputBuf));
         memset(AddrInputBuf, 0, sizeof(AddrInputBuf));
@@ -140,6 +156,13 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         HighlightMax = addr_max;
     }
 
+    void GotoAddrAndSelect(size_t addr_min, size_t addr_max)
+    {
+        GotoAddr = addr_min;
+        DataPreviewAddr = addr_min;
+        DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr_max;
+    }
+
     struct Sizes
     {
         int     AddrDigitsCount;
@@ -151,6 +174,8 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         float   PosHexEnd;
         float   PosAsciiStart;
         float   PosAsciiEnd;
+        float   PosDecodingStart;
+        float   PosDecodingEnd;
         float   WindowWidth;
 
         Sizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
@@ -170,25 +195,47 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         s.PosHexStart = (s.AddrDigitsCount + 2) * s.GlyphWidth;
         s.PosHexEnd = s.PosHexStart + (s.HexCellWidth * Cols);
         s.PosAsciiStart = s.PosAsciiEnd = s.PosHexEnd;
-        if (OptShowAscii)
-        {
+
+        if (OptShowAscii && OptShowAdvancedDecoding) {
             s.PosAsciiStart = s.PosHexEnd + s.GlyphWidth * 1;
             if (OptMidColsCount > 0)
                 s.PosAsciiStart += (float)((Cols + OptMidColsCount - 1) / OptMidColsCount) * s.SpacingBetweenMidCols;
             s.PosAsciiEnd = s.PosAsciiStart + Cols * s.GlyphWidth;
+
+            s.PosDecodingStart = s.PosAsciiEnd + s.GlyphWidth * 1;
+            if (OptMidColsCount > 0)
+                s.PosDecodingStart += (float)((Cols + OptMidColsCount - 1) / OptMidColsCount) * s.SpacingBetweenMidCols;
+            s.PosDecodingEnd = s.PosDecodingStart + Cols * s.GlyphWidth;
+        } else if (OptShowAscii) {
+            s.PosAsciiStart = s.PosHexEnd + s.GlyphWidth * 1;
+            if (OptMidColsCount > 0)
+                s.PosAsciiStart += (float)((Cols + OptMidColsCount - 1) / OptMidColsCount) * s.SpacingBetweenMidCols;
+            s.PosAsciiEnd = s.PosAsciiStart + Cols * s.GlyphWidth;
+        } else if (OptShowAdvancedDecoding) {
+            s.PosDecodingStart = s.PosHexEnd + s.GlyphWidth * 1;
+            if (OptMidColsCount > 0)
+                s.PosDecodingStart += (float)((Cols + OptMidColsCount - 1) / OptMidColsCount) * s.SpacingBetweenMidCols;
+            s.PosDecodingEnd = s.PosDecodingStart + Cols * s.GlyphWidth;
         }
         s.WindowWidth = s.PosAsciiEnd + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.x * 2 + s.GlyphWidth;
     }
 
     // Standalone Memory Editor window
-    void DrawWindow(const char* title, void* mem_data, size_t mem_size, size_t base_display_addr = 0x0000)
+    void DrawWindow(const char* title, bool *p_open, void* mem_data, size_t mem_size, size_t base_display_addr = 0x0000)
     {
         Sizes s;
         CalcSizes(s, mem_size, base_display_addr);
-        ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(s.WindowWidth, FLT_MAX));
 
-        if (ImGui::Begin(title, &Open, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+        if (ImGui::Begin(title, p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
         {
+            if (DataPreviewAddr != DataPreviewAddrOld || DataPreviewAddrEnd != DataPreviewAddrEndOld) {
+                hex::Region selectionRegion = { std::min(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd) + base_display_addr, std::max(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd) - std::min(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd) };
+                hex::EventManager::post<hex::EventRegionSelected>(selectionRegion);
+            }
+
+            DataPreviewAddrOld = DataPreviewAddr;
+            DataPreviewAddrEndOld = DataPreviewAddrEnd;
+
             DrawContents(mem_data, mem_size, base_display_addr);
             if (ContentsWidthChanged)
             {
@@ -210,16 +257,6 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         Sizes s;
         CalcSizes(s, mem_size, base_display_addr);
         ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
-        ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
-
-        if (mem_size == 0x00) {
-            constexpr const char *noDataString = "No data loaded!";
-
-            auto pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-            pos.x += (ImGui::GetWindowWidth() - (ImGui::CalcTextSize(noDataString).x)) / 2;
-            draw_list->AddText(pos, 0xFFFFFFFF, noDataString);
-            return;
-        }
 
         // We begin into our scrolling region with the 'ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove' in order to prevent click from moving the window.
         // This is used as a facility since our main click detection code doesn't assign an ActiveId so the click would normally be caught as a window-move.
@@ -229,13 +266,13 @@ struct MemoryEditor
             footer_height += height_separator + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 1;
 
         ImGui::BeginChild("offset", ImVec2(0, s.LineHeight), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav);
-        ImGui::Text("% *c   ", s.AddrDigitsCount, ' ');
+        ImGui::Text("%*c   ", s.AddrDigitsCount, ' ');
         for (int i = 0; i < Cols; i++) {
             float byte_pos_x = s.PosHexStart + s.HexCellWidth * i;
             if (OptMidColsCount > 0)
                 byte_pos_x += (float)(i / OptMidColsCount) * s.SpacingBetweenMidCols;
             ImGui::SameLine(byte_pos_x);
-            ImGui::Text("%02X", i);
+            ImGui::Text("%02llX", i + (base_display_addr % Cols));
         }
         ImGui::EndChild();
 
@@ -247,16 +284,19 @@ struct MemoryEditor
 
 
         // We are not really using the clipper API correctly here, because we rely on visible_start_addr/visible_end_addr for our scrolling function.
-        const int line_total_count = (int)((mem_size + Cols - 1) / Cols);
         ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+        ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+
+        const int line_total_count = (int)((mem_size + Cols - 1) / Cols);
         clipper.Begin(line_total_count, s.LineHeight);
         clipper.Step();
         const size_t visible_start_addr = clipper.DisplayStart * Cols;
         const size_t visible_end_addr = clipper.DisplayEnd * Cols;
+        const size_t visible_count = visible_end_addr - visible_start_addr;
 
         bool data_next = false;
 
-        if (ReadOnly || DataEditingAddr >= mem_size)
+        if (DataEditingAddr >= mem_size)
             DataEditingAddr = (size_t)-1;
         if (DataPreviewAddr >= mem_size)
             DataPreviewAddr = (size_t)-1;
@@ -264,14 +304,42 @@ struct MemoryEditor
             DataPreviewAddrEnd = (size_t)-1;
 
         size_t data_editing_addr_backup = DataEditingAddr;
+        size_t data_preview_addr_backup = DataPreviewAddr;
         size_t data_editing_addr_next = (size_t)-1;
-        if (DataEditingAddr != (size_t)-1)
+        size_t data_preview_addr_next = (size_t)-1;
+
+        if (ImGui::IsWindowFocused()) {
+            if (DataEditingAddr != (size_t)-1)
+            {
+                // Move cursor but only apply on next frame so scrolling with be synchronized (because currently we can't change the scrolling while the window is being rendered)
+                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) && DataEditingAddr >= (size_t)Cols)          { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr - Cols; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - Cols) { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr + Cols; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) && DataEditingAddr > 0)               { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr - 1; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - 1)   { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr + 1; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_PageUp)) && DataEditingAddr > 0)                  { data_editing_addr_next = std::max(s64(0), s64(DataEditingAddr) - s64(visible_count)); DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_PageDown)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - 1)     { data_editing_addr_next = std::min(s64(mem_size - 1), s64(DataEditingAddr) + s64(visible_count)); DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Home)) && DataEditingAddr > 0)                    { data_editing_addr_next = 0; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_End)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - 1)          { data_editing_addr_next = mem_size - 1; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+            } else if (DataPreviewAddr != -1) {
+                // Move cursor but only apply on next frame so scrolling with be synchronized (because currently we can't change the scrolling while the window is being rendered)
+                if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) && DataPreviewAddr >= (size_t)Cols)          { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = DataPreviewAddr - Cols; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) && DataPreviewAddr < mem_size - Cols) { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = DataPreviewAddr + Cols; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) && DataPreviewAddr > 0)               { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = DataPreviewAddr - 1; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) && DataPreviewAddr < mem_size - 1)   { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = DataPreviewAddr + 1; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_PageUp)) && DataPreviewAddr > 0)                  { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = std::max(s64(0), s64(DataPreviewAddr) - s64(visible_count)); if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_PageDown)) && DataPreviewAddr < mem_size - 1)     { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = std::min(s64(mem_size - 1), s64(DataPreviewAddr) + s64(visible_count)); if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Home)) && DataPreviewAddr > 0)                    { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = 0; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+                else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_End)) && DataPreviewAddr < mem_size - 1)          { DataPreviewAddr = data_preview_addr_next = mem_size - 1; if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) DataPreviewAddrEnd = DataPreviewAddr; }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (data_preview_addr_next != (size_t)-1 && (data_preview_addr_next / Cols) != (data_preview_addr_backup / Cols))
         {
-            // Move cursor but only apply on next frame so scrolling with be synchronized (because currently we can't change the scrolling while the window is being rendered)
-            if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) && DataEditingAddr >= (size_t)Cols)          { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr - Cols; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
-            else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - Cols) { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr + Cols; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
-            else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) && DataEditingAddr > 0)               { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr - 1; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
-            else if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) && DataEditingAddr < mem_size - 1)   { data_editing_addr_next = DataEditingAddr + 1; DataEditingTakeFocus = true; }
+            // Track cursor movements
+            const int scroll_offset = ((int)(data_preview_addr_next / Cols) - (int)(data_preview_addr_backup / Cols));
+            const bool scroll_desired = (scroll_offset < 0 && data_preview_addr_next < visible_start_addr + Cols * 2) || (scroll_offset > 0 && data_preview_addr_next > visible_end_addr - Cols * 2);
+            if (scroll_desired)
+                ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGui::GetScrollY() + scroll_offset * s.LineHeight);
         }
         if (data_editing_addr_next != (size_t)-1 && (data_editing_addr_next / Cols) != (data_editing_addr_backup / Cols))
         {
@@ -286,6 +354,8 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos();
         if (OptShowAscii)
             draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(window_pos.x + s.PosAsciiStart - s.GlyphWidth, window_pos.y), ImVec2(window_pos.x + s.PosAsciiStart - s.GlyphWidth, window_pos.y + 9999), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
+        if (OptShowAdvancedDecoding)
+            draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(window_pos.x + s.PosDecodingStart - s.GlyphWidth, window_pos.y), ImVec2(window_pos.x + s.PosDecodingStart - s.GlyphWidth, window_pos.y + 9999), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
 
         const ImU32 color_text = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
         const ImU32 color_disabled = OptGreyOutZeroes ? ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled) : color_text;
@@ -295,6 +365,7 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         const char* format_byte = OptUpperCaseHex ? "%02X" : "%02x";
         const char* format_byte_space = OptUpperCaseHex ? "%02X " : "%02x ";
 
+        bool tooltipShown = false;
         for (int line_i = clipper.DisplayStart; line_i < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_i++) // display only visible lines
         {
             size_t addr = (size_t)(line_i * Cols);
@@ -316,7 +387,10 @@ struct MemoryEditor
                 {
                     ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
                     float highlight_width = s.GlyphWidth * 2;
-                    bool is_next_byte_highlighted =  (addr + 1 < mem_size) && ((HighlightMax != (size_t)-1 && addr + 1 < HighlightMax) || (HighlightFn && HighlightFn(mem_data, addr + 1, true)));
+                    bool is_next_byte_highlighted = (addr + 1 < mem_size) &&
+                                                    ((HighlightMax != (size_t)-1 && addr + 1 < HighlightMax) ||
+                                                    (HighlightFn && HighlightFn(mem_data, addr + 1, true)) ||
+                                                    ((addr + 1) >= DataPreviewAddr && (addr + 1) <= DataPreviewAddrEnd) || ((addr + 1) >= DataPreviewAddrEnd && (addr + 1) <= DataPreviewAddr));
                     if (is_next_byte_highlighted)
                     {
                         highlight_width = s.HexCellWidth;
@@ -413,24 +487,24 @@ struct MemoryEditor
                         else
                             ImGui::Text(format_byte_space, b);
                     }
-                    if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
                     {
-                        if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) {
+                        if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) {
                             DataEditingTakeFocus = true;
                             data_editing_addr_next = addr;
                         }
 
                         DataPreviewAddr = addr;
                         DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
-
-                        hex::View::postEvent(hex::Events::ByteSelected, &DataPreviewAddr);
                     }
-                    if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ((ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) || ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))) {
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ((ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) || ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))) {
                         DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
-
-                        size_t dataPreviewStart = std::min(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd);
-
-                        hex::View::postEvent(hex::Events::ByteSelected, &dataPreviewStart);
+                    }
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && !tooltipShown) {
+                        if (HoverFn) {
+                            HoverFn(mem_data, addr);
+                            tooltipShown = true;
+                        }
                     }
                 }
             }
@@ -479,9 +553,9 @@ struct MemoryEditor
 
                     ImGui::PopID();
 
-                    if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
                     {
-                        if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) {
+                        if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) {
                             DataEditingTakeFocus = true;
                             data_editing_addr_next = addr;
                         }
@@ -490,12 +564,92 @@ struct MemoryEditor
                         DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
 
                     }
-                    if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ((ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) || ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))) {
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ((ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) || ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))) {
                         DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
                     }
 
                     pos.x += s.GlyphWidth;
                 }
+
+                ImGui::PushID(-1);
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(s.GlyphWidth, s.LineHeight));
+
+                ImGui::PopID();
+            }
+
+            if (OptShowAdvancedDecoding && DecodeFn) {
+                // Draw decoded bytes
+                ImGui::SameLine(s.PosDecodingStart);
+                ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+                addr = line_i * Cols;
+
+                ImGui::PushID(-1);
+                ImGui::SameLine();
+                ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(s.GlyphWidth, s.LineHeight));
+
+                ImGui::PopID();
+
+                for (int n = 0; n < Cols && addr < mem_size;)
+                {
+                    auto decodedData = DecodeFn(mem_data, addr);
+
+                    auto displayData = decodedData.data;
+                    auto glyphWidth = ImGui::CalcTextSize(displayData.c_str()).x + 1;
+
+                    if (addr == DataEditingAddr)
+                    {
+                        draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + glyphWidth, pos.y + s.LineHeight), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg));
+                        draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + glyphWidth, pos.y + s.LineHeight), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg));
+                    }
+
+                    draw_list->AddText(pos, decodedData.color, displayData.c_str(), displayData.c_str() + displayData.length());
+
+                    // Draw highlight
+                    bool is_highlight_from_user_range = (addr >= HighlightMin && addr < HighlightMax);
+                    bool is_highlight_from_user_func = (HighlightFn && HighlightFn(mem_data, addr, false));
+                    bool is_highlight_from_preview = (addr >= DataPreviewAddr && addr <= DataPreviewAddrEnd) || (addr >= DataPreviewAddrEnd && addr <= DataPreviewAddr);
+                    if (is_highlight_from_user_range || is_highlight_from_user_func || is_highlight_from_preview)
+                    {
+                        ImU32 color = HighlightColor;
+                        if ((is_highlight_from_user_range + is_highlight_from_user_func + is_highlight_from_preview) > 1)
+                            color = (ImAlphaBlendColors(HighlightColor, 0x60C08080) & 0x00FFFFFF) | 0x90000000;
+
+                        draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + glyphWidth, pos.y + s.LineHeight), color);
+                    }
+
+
+                    ImGui::PushID(line_i * Cols + n);
+                    ImGui::SameLine();
+                    ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(glyphWidth, s.LineHeight));
+
+                    ImGui::PopID();
+
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
+                    {
+                        if (!ReadOnly && ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) {
+                            DataEditingTakeFocus = true;
+                            data_editing_addr_next = addr;
+                        }
+
+                        DataPreviewAddr = addr;
+                        DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
+
+                    }
+                    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ((ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) || ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0))) {
+                        DataPreviewAddrEnd = addr;
+                    }
+
+                    pos.x += glyphWidth;
+
+                    if (addr <= 1) {
+                        n++;
+                        addr++;
+                    } else {
+                        n += decodedData.advance;
+                        addr += decodedData.advance;
+                    }
+                }
             }
         }
         IM_ASSERT(clipper.Step() == false);
@@ -510,7 +664,7 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         }
         else if (data_editing_addr_next != (size_t)-1)
         {
-            DataEditingAddr = DataPreviewAddr = data_editing_addr_next;
+            DataEditingAddr = DataPreviewAddr = DataPreviewAddrEnd = data_editing_addr_next;
         }
 
         if (OptShowOptions)
@@ -528,17 +682,19 @@ struct MemoryEditor
         IM_UNUSED(mem_data);
         ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
         const char* format_range = OptUpperCaseHex ? "Range %0*" _PRISizeT "X..%0*" _PRISizeT "X" : "Range %0*" _PRISizeT "x..%0*" _PRISizeT "x";
+        const char* format_selection = OptUpperCaseHex ? "Selection %0*" _PRISizeT "X..%0*" _PRISizeT "X (%ld %s)" : "Range %0*" _PRISizeT "x..%0*" _PRISizeT "x (%ld %s)";
 
         // Options menu
         if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
             ImGui::OpenPopup("options");
 
         if (ImGui::BeginPopup("options")) {
-            ImGui::PushItemWidth(56);
+            ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::CalcTextSize("00 cols").x * 1.1f);
             if (ImGui::DragInt("##cols", &Cols, 0.2f, 4, 32, "%d cols")) { ContentsWidthChanged = true; if (Cols < 1) Cols = 1; }
             ImGui::PopItemWidth();
             ImGui::Checkbox("Show HexII", &OptShowHexII);
             if (ImGui::Checkbox("Show Ascii", &OptShowAscii)) { ContentsWidthChanged = true; }
+            if (ImGui::Checkbox("Show Advanced Decoding", &OptShowAdvancedDecoding)) { ContentsWidthChanged = true; }
             ImGui::Checkbox("Grey out zeroes", &OptGreyOutZeroes);
             ImGui::Checkbox("Uppercase Hex", &OptUpperCaseHex);
 
@@ -547,18 +703,17 @@ struct MemoryEditor
 
         ImGui::SameLine();
         ImGui::Text(format_range, s.AddrDigitsCount, base_display_addr, s.AddrDigitsCount, base_display_addr + mem_size - 1);
-        ImGui::SameLine();
-        ImGui::PushItemWidth((s.AddrDigitsCount + 1) * s.GlyphWidth + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
-        if (ImGui::InputText("##addr", AddrInputBuf, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue))
-        {
-            size_t goto_addr;
-            if (sscanf(AddrInputBuf, "%" _PRISizeT "X", &goto_addr) == 1)
-            {
-                GotoAddr = goto_addr - base_display_addr;
-                HighlightMin = HighlightMax = (size_t)-1;
-            }
+        if (DataPreviewAddr != (size_t)-1 && DataPreviewAddrEnd != (size_t)-1) {
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            ImGui::Spacing();
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+
+            auto selectionStart = std::min(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd);
+            auto selectionEnd = std::max(DataPreviewAddr, DataPreviewAddrEnd);
+
+            size_t regionSize = (selectionEnd - selectionStart) + 1;
+            ImGui::Text(format_selection, s.AddrDigitsCount, base_display_addr + selectionStart, s.AddrDigitsCount, base_display_addr + selectionEnd, regionSize, regionSize == 1 ? "byte" : "bytes");
         }
-        ImGui::PopItemWidth();
 
         if (GotoAddr != (size_t)-1)
         {
@@ -567,8 +722,8 @@ struct MemoryEditor
                 ImGui::BeginChild("##scrolling");
                 ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + (GotoAddr / Cols) * ImGui::GetTextLineHeight());
                 ImGui::EndChild();
-                DataEditingAddr = DataPreviewAddr = GotoAddr;
-                DataEditingTakeFocus = true;
+                DataEditingAddr = DataPreviewAddr = HighlightMin;
+                DataPreviewAddrEnd = HighlightMax;
             }
             GotoAddr = (size_t)-1;
         }

external/ImGui/include/imnodes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+struct ImVec2;
+
+namespace imnodes
+{
+enum ColorStyle
+{
+    ColorStyle_NodeBackground = 0,
+    ColorStyle_NodeBackgroundHovered,
+    ColorStyle_NodeBackgroundSelected,
+    ColorStyle_NodeOutline,
+    ColorStyle_TitleBar,
+    ColorStyle_TitleBarHovered,
+    ColorStyle_TitleBarSelected,
+    ColorStyle_Link,
+    ColorStyle_LinkHovered,
+    ColorStyle_LinkSelected,
+    ColorStyle_Pin,
+    ColorStyle_PinHovered,
+    ColorStyle_BoxSelector,
+    ColorStyle_BoxSelectorOutline,
+    ColorStyle_GridBackground,
+    ColorStyle_GridLine,
+    ColorStyle_Count
+};
+
+enum StyleVar
+{
+    StyleVar_GridSpacing = 0,
+    StyleVar_NodeCornerRounding,
+    StyleVar_NodePaddingHorizontal,
+    StyleVar_NodePaddingVertical,
+    StyleVar_NodeBorderThickness,
+    StyleVar_LinkThickness,
+    StyleVar_LinkLineSegmentsPerLength,
+    StyleVar_LinkHoverDistance,
+    StyleVar_PinCircleRadius,
+    StyleVar_PinQuadSideLength,
+    StyleVar_PinTriangleSideLength,
+    StyleVar_PinLineThickness,
+    StyleVar_PinHoverRadius,
+    StyleVar_PinOffset
+};
+
+enum StyleFlags
+{
+    StyleFlags_None = 0,
+    StyleFlags_NodeOutline = 1 << 0,
+    StyleFlags_GridLines = 1 << 2
+};
+
+// This enum controls the way attribute pins look.
+enum PinShape
+{
+    PinShape_Circle,
+    PinShape_CircleFilled,
+    PinShape_Triangle,
+    PinShape_TriangleFilled,
+    PinShape_Quad,
+    PinShape_QuadFilled
+};
+
+// This enum controls the way the attribute pins behave.
+enum AttributeFlags
+{
+    AttributeFlags_None = 0,
+    // Allow detaching a link by left-clicking and dragging the link at a pin it is connected to.
+    // NOTE: the user has to actually delete the link for this to work. A deleted link can be
+    // detected by calling IsLinkDestroyed() after EndNodeEditor().
+    AttributeFlags_EnableLinkDetachWithDragClick = 1 << 0,
+    // Visual snapping of an in progress link will trigger IsLink Created/Destroyed events. Allows
+    // for previewing the creation of a link while dragging it across attributes. See here for demo:
+    // https://github.com/Nelarius/imnodes/issues/41#issuecomment-647132113 NOTE: the user has to
+    // actually delete the link for this to work. A deleted link can be detected by calling
+    // IsLinkDestroyed() after EndNodeEditor().
+    AttributeFlags_EnableLinkCreationOnSnap = 1 << 1
+};
+
+struct IO
+{
+    struct EmulateThreeButtonMouse
+    {
+        EmulateThreeButtonMouse();
+
+        // Controls whether this feature is enabled or not.
+        bool enabled;
+        const bool* modifier; // The keyboard modifier to use with the mouse left click. Set to
+                              // &ImGuiIO::KeyAlt by default.
+    } emulate_three_button_mouse;
+
+    struct LinkDetachWithModifierClick
+    {
+        LinkDetachWithModifierClick();
+
+        // Pointer to a boolean value indicating when the desired modifier is pressed. Set to NULL
+        // by default (i.e. this feature is disabled). To enable the feature, set the link to point
+        // to, for example, &ImGuiIO::KeyCtrl.
+        //
+        // Left-clicking a link with this modifier pressed will detach that link. NOTE: the user has
+        // to actually delete the link for this to work. A deleted link can be detected by calling
+        // IsLinkDestroyed() after EndNodeEditor().
+        const bool* modifier;
+    } link_detach_with_modifier_click;
+
+    IO();
+};
+
+struct Style
+{
+    float grid_spacing;
+
+    float node_corner_rounding;
+    float node_padding_horizontal;
+    float node_padding_vertical;
+    float node_border_thickness;
+
+    float link_thickness;
+    float link_line_segments_per_length;
+    float link_hover_distance;
+
+    // The following variables control the look and behavior of the pins. The default size of each
+    // pin shape is balanced to occupy approximately the same surface area on the screen.
+
+    // The circle radius used when the pin shape is either PinShape_Circle or PinShape_CircleFilled.
+    float pin_circle_radius;
+    // The quad side length used when the shape is either PinShape_Quad or PinShape_QuadFilled.
+    float pin_quad_side_length;
+    // The equilateral triangle side length used when the pin shape is either PinShape_Triangle or
+    // PinShape_TriangleFilled.
+    float pin_triangle_side_length;
+    // The thickness of the line used when the pin shape is not filled.
+    float pin_line_thickness;
+    // The radius from the pin's center position inside of which it is detected as being hovered
+    // over.
+    float pin_hover_radius;
+    // Offsets the pins' positions from the edge of the node to the outside of the node.
+    float pin_offset;
+
+    // By default, StyleFlags_NodeOutline and StyleFlags_Gridlines are enabled.
+    StyleFlags flags;
+    // Set these mid-frame using Push/PopColorStyle. You can index this color array with with a
+    // ColorStyle enum value.
+    unsigned int colors[ColorStyle_Count];
+
+    Style();
+};
+
+// An editor context corresponds to a set of nodes in a single workspace (created with a single
+// Begin/EndNodeEditor pair)
+//
+// By default, the library creates an editor context behind the scenes, so using any of the imnodes
+// functions doesn't require you to explicitly create a context.
+struct EditorContext;
+
+EditorContext* EditorContextCreate();
+void EditorContextFree(EditorContext*);
+void EditorContextSet(EditorContext*);
+ImVec2 EditorContextGetPanning();
+void EditorContextResetPanning(const ImVec2& pos);
+void EditorContextMoveToNode(const int node_id);
+
+// Initialize the node editor system.
+void Initialize();
+void Shutdown();
+
+IO& GetIO();
+
+// Returns the global style struct. See the struct declaration for default values.
+Style& GetStyle();
+// Style presets matching the dear imgui styles of the same name.
+void StyleColorsDark(); // on by default
+void StyleColorsClassic();
+void StyleColorsLight();
+
+// The top-level function call. Call this before calling BeginNode/EndNode. Calling this function
+// will result the node editor grid workspace being rendered.
+void BeginNodeEditor();
+void EndNodeEditor();
+
+// Use PushColorStyle and PopColorStyle to modify Style::colors mid-frame.
+void PushColorStyle(ColorStyle item, unsigned int color);
+void PopColorStyle();
+void PushStyleVar(StyleVar style_item, float value);
+void PopStyleVar();
+
+// id can be any positive or negative integer, but INT_MIN is currently reserved for internal use.
+void BeginNode(int id);
+void EndNode();
+
+ImVec2 GetNodeDimensions(int id);
+
+// Place your node title bar content (such as the node title, using ImGui::Text) between the
+// following function calls. These functions have to be called before adding any attributes, or the
+// layout of the node will be incorrect.
+void BeginNodeTitleBar();
+void EndNodeTitleBar();
+
+// Attributes are ImGui UI elements embedded within the node. Attributes can have pin shapes
+// rendered next to them. Links are created between pins.
+//
+// The activity status of an attribute can be checked via the IsAttributeActive() and
+// IsAnyAttributeActive() function calls. This is one easy way of checking for any changes made to
+// an attribute's drag float UI, for instance.
+//
+// Each attribute id must be unique.
+
+// Create an input attribute block. The pin is rendered on left side.
+void BeginInputAttribute(int id, PinShape shape = PinShape_CircleFilled);
+void EndInputAttribute();
+// Create an output attribute block. The pin is rendered on the right side.
+void BeginOutputAttribute(int id, PinShape shape = PinShape_CircleFilled);
+void EndOutputAttribute();
+// Create a static attribute block. A static attribute has no pin, and therefore can't be linked to
+// anything. However, you can still use IsAttributeActive() and IsAnyAttributeActive() to check for
+// attribute activity.
+void BeginStaticAttribute(int id);
+void EndStaticAttribute();
+
+// Push a single AttributeFlags value. By default, only AttributeFlags_None is set.
+void PushAttributeFlag(AttributeFlags flag);
+void PopAttributeFlag();
+
+// Render a link between attributes.
+// The attributes ids used here must match the ids used in Begin(Input|Output)Attribute function
+// calls. The order of start_attr and end_attr doesn't make a difference for rendering the link.
+void Link(int id, int start_attribute_id, int end_attribute_id);
+
+// Enable or disable the ability to click and drag a specific node.
+void SetNodeDraggable(int node_id, const bool draggable);
+
+// The node's position can be expressed in three coordinate systems:
+// * screen space coordinates, -- the origin is the upper left corner of the window.
+// * editor space coordinates -- the origin is the upper left corner of the node editor window
+// * grid space coordinates, -- the origin is the upper left corner of the node editor window,
+// translated by the current editor panning vector (see EditorContextGetPanning() and
+// EditorContextResetPanning())
+
+// Use the following functions to get and set the node's coordinates in these coordinate systems.
+
+void SetNodeScreenSpacePos(int node_id, const ImVec2& screen_space_pos);
+void SetNodeEditorSpacePos(int node_id, const ImVec2& editor_space_pos);
+void SetNodeGridSpacePos(int node_id, const ImVec2& grid_pos);
+
+ImVec2 GetNodeScreenSpacePos(const int node_id);
+ImVec2 GetNodeEditorSpacePos(const int node_id);
+ImVec2 GetNodeGridSpacePos(const int node_id);
+
+// Returns true if the current node editor canvas is being hovered over by the mouse, and is not
+// blocked by any other windows.
+bool IsEditorHovered();
+// The following functions return true if a UI element is being hovered over by the mouse cursor.
+// Assigns the id of the UI element being hovered over to the function argument. Use these functions
+// after EndNodeEditor() has been called.
+bool IsNodeHovered(int* node_id);
+bool IsLinkHovered(int* link_id);
+bool IsPinHovered(int* attribute_id);
+
+// Use The following two functions to query the number of selected nodes or links in the current
+// editor. Use after calling EndNodeEditor().
+int NumSelectedNodes();
+int NumSelectedLinks();
+// Get the selected node/link ids. The pointer argument should point to an integer array with at
+// least as many elements as the respective NumSelectedNodes/NumSelectedLinks function call
+// returned.
+void GetSelectedNodes(int* node_ids);
+void GetSelectedLinks(int* link_ids);
+
+// Clears the list of selected nodes/links. Useful if you want to delete a selected node or link.
+void ClearNodeSelection();
+void ClearLinkSelection();
+
+// Was the previous attribute active? This will continuously return true while the left mouse button
+// is being pressed over the UI content of the attribute.
+bool IsAttributeActive();
+// Was any attribute active? If so, sets the active attribute id to the output function argument.
+bool IsAnyAttributeActive(int* attribute_id = NULL);
+
+// Use the following functions to query a change of state for an existing link, or new link. Call
+// these after EndNodeEditor().
+
+// Did the user start dragging a new link from a pin?
+bool IsLinkStarted(int* started_at_attribute_id);
+// Did the user drop the dragged link before attaching it to a pin?
+// There are two different kinds of situations to consider when handling this event:
+// 1) a link which is created at a pin and then dropped
+// 2) an existing link which is detached from a pin and then dropped
+// Use the including_detached_links flag to control whether this function triggers when the user
+// detaches a link and drops it.
+bool IsLinkDropped(int* started_at_attribute_id = NULL, bool including_detached_links = true);
+// Did the user finish creating a new link?
+bool IsLinkCreated(
+    int* started_at_attribute_id,
+    int* ended_at_attribute_id,
+    bool* created_from_snap = NULL);
+bool IsLinkCreated(
+    int* started_at_node_id,
+    int* started_at_attribute_id,
+    int* ended_at_node_id,
+    int* ended_at_attribute_id,
+    bool* created_from_snap = NULL);
+
+// Was an existing link detached from a pin by the user? The detached link's id is assigned to the
+// output argument link_id.
+bool IsLinkDestroyed(int* link_id);
+
+// Use the following functions to write the editor context's state to a string, or directly to a
+// file. The editor context is serialized in the INI file format.
+
+const char* SaveCurrentEditorStateToIniString(size_t* data_size = NULL);
+const char* SaveEditorStateToIniString(const EditorContext* editor, size_t* data_size = NULL);
+
+void LoadCurrentEditorStateFromIniString(const char* data, size_t data_size);
+void LoadEditorStateFromIniString(EditorContext* editor, const char* data, size_t data_size);
+
+void SaveCurrentEditorStateToIniFile(const char* file_name);
+void SaveEditorStateToIniFile(const EditorContext* editor, const char* file_name);
+
+void LoadCurrentEditorStateFromIniFile(const char* file_name);
+void LoadEditorStateFromIniFile(EditorContext* editor, const char* file_name);
+} // namespace imnodes

external/ImGui/include/implot.h

@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+// MIT License
+
+// Copyright (c) 2020 Evan Pezent
+
+// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+// SOFTWARE.
+
+// ImPlot v0.8 WIP
+
+#pragma once
+#include "imgui.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Macros and Defines
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
+// Using ImPlot via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee
+// backward nor forward ABI compatibility and also function call overhead. If you
+// do use ImPlot as a DLL, be sure to call SetImGuiContext (details below).
+#ifndef IMPLOT_API
+#define IMPLOT_API
+#endif
+
+// ImPlot version string
+#define IMPLOT_VERSION "0.8 WIP"
+// Indicates variable should deduced automatically.
+#define IMPLOT_AUTO -1
+// Special color used to indicate that a color should be deduced automatically.
+#define IMPLOT_AUTO_COL ImVec4(0,0,0,-1)
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward Declarations and Basic Types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Forward declarations
+struct ImPlotContext;          // ImPlot context (opaque struct, see implot_internal.h)
+
+// Enums/Flags
+typedef int ImPlotFlags;       // -> enum ImPlotFlags_
+typedef int ImPlotAxisFlags;   // -> enum ImPlotAxisFlags_
+typedef int ImPlotCol;         // -> enum ImPlotCol_
+typedef int ImPlotStyleVar;    // -> enum ImPlotStyleVar_
+typedef int ImPlotMarker;      // -> enum ImPlotMarker_
+typedef int ImPlotColormap;    // -> enum ImPlotColormap_
+typedef int ImPlotLocation;    // -> enum ImPlotLocation_
+typedef int ImPlotOrientation; // -> enum ImPlotOrientation_
+typedef int ImPlotYAxis;       // -> enum ImPlotYAxis_;
+
+// Options for plots.
+enum ImPlotFlags_ {
+    ImPlotFlags_None          = 0,       // default
+    ImPlotFlags_NoLegend      = 1 << 0,  // the top-left legend will not be displayed
+    ImPlotFlags_NoMenus       = 1 << 1,  // the user will not be able to open context menus with double-right click
+    ImPlotFlags_NoBoxSelect   = 1 << 2,  // the user will not be able to box-select with right-mouse
+    ImPlotFlags_NoMousePos    = 1 << 3,  // the mouse position, in plot coordinates, will not be displayed inside of the plot
+    ImPlotFlags_NoHighlight   = 1 << 4,  // plot items will not be highlighted when their legend entry is hovered
+    ImPlotFlags_NoChild       = 1 << 5,  // a child window region will not be used to capture mouse scroll (can boost performance for single ImGui window applications)
+    ImPlotFlags_YAxis2        = 1 << 6,  // enable a 2nd y-axis on the right side
+    ImPlotFlags_YAxis3        = 1 << 7,  // enable a 3rd y-axis on the right side
+    ImPlotFlags_Query         = 1 << 8,  // the user will be able to draw query rects with middle-mouse
+    ImPlotFlags_Crosshairs    = 1 << 9,  // the default mouse cursor will be replaced with a crosshair when hovered
+    ImPlotFlags_AntiAliased   = 1 << 10, // plot lines will be software anti-aliased (not recommended for density plots, prefer MSAA)
+    ImPlotFlags_CanvasOnly    = ImPlotFlags_NoLegend | ImPlotFlags_NoMenus | ImPlotFlags_NoBoxSelect | ImPlotFlags_NoMousePos
+};
+
+// Options for plot axes (X and Y).
+enum ImPlotAxisFlags_ {
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_None          = 0,      // default
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_NoGridLines   = 1 << 0, // no grid lines will be displayed
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_NoTickMarks   = 1 << 1, // no tick marks will be displayed
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_NoTickLabels  = 1 << 2, // no text labels will be displayed
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_LogScale      = 1 << 3, // a logartithmic (base 10) axis scale will be used (mutually exclusive with ImPlotAxisFlags_Time)
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_Time          = 1 << 4, // axis will display date/time formatted labels (mutually exclusive with ImPlotAxisFlags_LogScale)
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_Invert        = 1 << 5, // the axis will be inverted
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMin       = 1 << 6, // the axis minimum value will be locked when panning/zooming
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMax       = 1 << 7, // the axis maximum value will be locked when panning/zooming
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_Lock          = ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMin | ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMax,
+    ImPlotAxisFlags_NoDecorations = ImPlotAxisFlags_NoGridLines | ImPlotAxisFlags_NoTickMarks | ImPlotAxisFlags_NoTickLabels
+};
+
+// Plot styling colors.
+enum ImPlotCol_ {
+    // item styling colors
+    ImPlotCol_Line,          // plot line/outline color (defaults to next unused color in current colormap)
+    ImPlotCol_Fill,          // plot fill color for bars (defaults to the current line color)
+    ImPlotCol_MarkerOutline, // marker outline color (defaults to the current line color)
+    ImPlotCol_MarkerFill,    // marker fill color (defaults to the current line color)
+    ImPlotCol_ErrorBar,      // error bar color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    // plot styling colors
+    ImPlotCol_FrameBg,       // plot frame background color (defaults to ImGuiCol_FrameBg)
+    ImPlotCol_PlotBg,        // plot area background color (defaults to ImGuiCol_WindowBg)
+    ImPlotCol_PlotBorder,    // plot area border color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Border)
+    ImPlotCol_LegendBg,      // legend background color (defaults to ImGuiCol_PopupBg)
+    ImPlotCol_LegendBorder,  // legend border color (defaults to ImPlotCol_PlotBorder)
+    ImPlotCol_LegendText,    // legend text color (defaults to ImPlotCol_InlayText)
+    ImPlotCol_TitleText,     // plot title text color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_InlayText,     // color of text appearing inside of plots (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_XAxis,         // x-axis label and tick lables color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_XAxisGrid,     // x-axis grid color (defaults to 25% ImPlotCol_XAxis)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxis,         // y-axis label and tick labels color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxisGrid,     // y-axis grid color (defaults to 25% ImPlotCol_YAxis)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxis2,        // 2nd y-axis label and tick labels color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxisGrid2,    // 2nd y-axis grid/label color (defaults to 25% ImPlotCol_YAxis2)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxis3,        // 3rd y-axis label and tick labels color (defaults to ImGuiCol_Text)
+    ImPlotCol_YAxisGrid3,    // 3rd y-axis grid/label color (defaults to 25% ImPlotCol_YAxis3)
+    ImPlotCol_Selection,     // box-selection color (defaults to yellow)
+    ImPlotCol_Query,         // box-query color (defaults to green)
+    ImPlotCol_Crosshairs,    // crosshairs color (defaults to ImPlotCol_PlotBorder)
+    ImPlotCol_COUNT
+};
+
+// Plot styling variables.
+enum ImPlotStyleVar_ {
+    // item styling variables
+    ImPlotStyleVar_LineWeight,         // float,  plot item line weight in pixels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_Marker,             // int,    marker specification
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MarkerSize,         // float,  marker size in pixels (roughly the marker's "radius")
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MarkerWeight,       // float,  plot outline weight of markers in pixels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_FillAlpha,          // float,  alpha modifier applied to all plot item fills
+    ImPlotStyleVar_ErrorBarSize,       // float,  error bar whisker width in pixels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_ErrorBarWeight,     // float,  error bar whisker weight in pixels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_DigitalBitHeight,   // float,  digital channels bit height (at 1) in pixels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_DigitalBitGap,      // float,  digital channels bit padding gap in pixels
+    // plot styling variables
+    ImPlotStyleVar_PlotBorderSize,     // float,  thickness of border around plot area
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MinorAlpha,         // float,  alpha multiplier applied to minor axis grid lines
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MajorTickLen,       // ImVec2, major tick lengths for X and Y axes
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MinorTickLen,       // ImVec2, minor tick lengths for X and Y axes
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MajorTickSize,      // ImVec2, line thickness of major ticks
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MinorTickSize,      // ImVec2, line thickness of minor ticks
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MajorGridSize,      // ImVec2, line thickness of major grid lines
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MinorGridSize,      // ImVec2, line thickness of minor grid lines
+    ImPlotStyleVar_PlotPadding,        // ImVec2, padding between widget frame and plot area, labels, or outside legends (i.e. main padding)
+    ImPlotStyleVar_LabelPadding,       // ImVec2, padding between axes labels, tick labels, and plot edge
+    ImPlotStyleVar_LegendPadding,      // ImVec2, legend padding from plot edges
+    ImPlotStyleVar_LegendInnerPadding, // ImVec2, legend inner padding from legend edges
+    ImPlotStyleVar_LegendSpacing,      // ImVec2, spacing between legend entries
+    ImPlotStyleVar_MousePosPadding,    // ImVec2, padding between plot edge and interior info text
+    ImPlotStyleVar_AnnotationPadding,  // ImVec2, text padding around annotation labels
+    ImPlotStyleVar_PlotDefaultSize,    // ImVec2, default size used when ImVec2(0,0) is passed to BeginPlot
+    ImPlotStyleVar_PlotMinSize,        // ImVec2, minimum size plot frame can be when shrunk
+    ImPlotStyleVar_COUNT
+};
+
+// Marker specifications.
+enum ImPlotMarker_ {
+    ImPlotMarker_None = -1, // no marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Circle,    // a circle marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Square,    // a square maker
+    ImPlotMarker_Diamond,   // a diamond marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Up,        // an upward-pointing triangle marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Down,      // an downward-pointing triangle marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Left,      // an leftward-pointing triangle marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Right,     // an rightward-pointing triangle marker
+    ImPlotMarker_Cross,     // a cross marker (not fillable)
+    ImPlotMarker_Plus,      // a plus marker (not fillable)
+    ImPlotMarker_Asterisk,  // a asterisk marker (not fillable)
+    ImPlotMarker_COUNT
+};
+
+// Built-in colormaps
+enum ImPlotColormap_ {
+    ImPlotColormap_Default  = 0,  // ImPlot default colormap         (n=10)
+    ImPlotColormap_Deep     = 1,  // a.k.a. seaborn deep             (n=10)
+    ImPlotColormap_Dark     = 2,  // a.k.a. matplotlib "Set1"        (n=9)
+    ImPlotColormap_Pastel   = 3,  // a.k.a. matplotlib "Pastel1"     (n=9)
+    ImPlotColormap_Paired   = 4,  // a.k.a. matplotlib "Paired"      (n=12)
+    ImPlotColormap_Viridis  = 5,  // a.k.a. matplotlib "viridis"     (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_Plasma   = 6,  // a.k.a. matplotlib "plasma"      (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_Hot      = 7,  // a.k.a. matplotlib/MATLAB "hot"  (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_Cool     = 8,  // a.k.a. matplotlib/MATLAB "cool" (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_Pink     = 9,  // a.k.a. matplotlib/MATLAB "pink" (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_Jet      = 10, // a.k.a. MATLAB "jet"             (n=11)
+    ImPlotColormap_COUNT
+};
+
+// Used to position items on a plot (e.g. legends, labels, etc.)
+enum ImPlotLocation_ {
+    ImPlotLocation_Center    = 0,                                          // center-center
+    ImPlotLocation_North     = 1 << 0,                                     // top-center
+    ImPlotLocation_South     = 1 << 1,                                     // bottom-center
+    ImPlotLocation_West      = 1 << 2,                                     // center-left
+    ImPlotLocation_East      = 1 << 3,                                     // center-right
+    ImPlotLocation_NorthWest = ImPlotLocation_North | ImPlotLocation_West, // top-left
+    ImPlotLocation_NorthEast = ImPlotLocation_North | ImPlotLocation_East, // top-right
+    ImPlotLocation_SouthWest = ImPlotLocation_South | ImPlotLocation_West, // bottom-left
+    ImPlotLocation_SouthEast = ImPlotLocation_South | ImPlotLocation_East  // bottom-right
+};
+
+// Used to orient items on a plot (e.g. legends, labels, etc.)
+enum ImPlotOrientation_ {
+    ImPlotOrientation_Horizontal, // left/right
+    ImPlotOrientation_Vertical    // up/down
+};
+
+// Enums for different y-axes.
+enum ImPlotYAxis_ {
+    ImPlotYAxis_1 = 0, // left (default)
+    ImPlotYAxis_2 = 1, // first on right side
+    ImPlotYAxis_3 = 2  // second on right side
+};
+
+// Double precision version of ImVec2 used by ImPlot. Extensible by end users.
+struct ImPlotPoint {
+    double x, y;
+    ImPlotPoint()                         { x = y = 0.0; }
+    ImPlotPoint(double _x, double _y)     { x = _x; y = _y; }
+    ImPlotPoint(const ImVec2& p)          { x = p.x; y = p.y; }
+    double  operator[] (size_t idx) const { return (&x)[idx]; }
+    double& operator[] (size_t idx)       { return (&x)[idx]; }
+#ifdef IMPLOT_POINT_CLASS_EXTRA
+    IMPLOT_POINT_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h
+                                 // to convert back and forth between your math types and ImPlotPoint.
+#endif
+};
+
+// A range defined by a min/max value. Used for plot axes ranges.
+struct ImPlotRange {
+    double Min, Max;
+    ImPlotRange()                         { Min = 0; Max = 0; }
+    ImPlotRange(double _min, double _max) { Min = _min; Max = _max; }
+    bool Contains(double value) const     { return value >= Min && value <= Max; };
+    double Size() const                   { return Max - Min; };
+};
+
+// Combination of two ranges for X and Y axes.
+struct ImPlotLimits {
+    ImPlotRange X, Y;
+    bool Contains(const ImPlotPoint& p) const { return Contains(p.x, p.y); }
+    bool Contains(double x, double y) const   { return X.Contains(x) && Y.Contains(y); }
+};
+
+// Plot style structure
+struct ImPlotStyle {
+    // item styling variables
+    float   LineWeight;              // = 1,      item line weight in pixels
+    int     Marker;                  // = ImPlotMarker_None, marker specification
+    float   MarkerSize;              // = 4,      marker size in pixels (roughly the marker's "radius")
+    float   MarkerWeight;            // = 1,      outline weight of markers in pixels
+    float   FillAlpha;               // = 1,      alpha modifier applied to plot fills
+    float   ErrorBarSize;            // = 5,      error bar whisker width in pixels
+    float   ErrorBarWeight;          // = 1.5,    error bar whisker weight in pixels
+    float   DigitalBitHeight;        // = 8,      digital channels bit height (at y = 1.0f) in pixels
+    float   DigitalBitGap;           // = 4,      digital channels bit padding gap in pixels
+    // plot styling variables
+    float   PlotBorderSize;          // = 1,      line thickness of border around plot area
+    float   MinorAlpha;              // = 0.25    alpha multiplier applied to minor axis grid lines
+    ImVec2  MajorTickLen;            // = 10,10   major tick lengths for X and Y axes
+    ImVec2  MinorTickLen;            // = 5,5     minor tick lengths for X and Y axes
+    ImVec2  MajorTickSize;           // = 1,1     line thickness of major ticks
+    ImVec2  MinorTickSize;           // = 1,1     line thickness of minor ticks
+    ImVec2  MajorGridSize;           // = 1,1     line thickness of major grid lines
+    ImVec2  MinorGridSize;           // = 1,1     line thickness of minor grid lines
+    ImVec2  PlotPadding;             // = 10,10   padding between widget frame and plot area, labels, or outside legends (i.e. main padding)
+    ImVec2  LabelPadding;            // = 5,5     padding between axes labels, tick labels, and plot edge
+    ImVec2  LegendPadding;           // = 10,10   legend padding from plot edges
+    ImVec2  LegendInnerPadding;      // = 5,5     legend inner padding from legend edges
+    ImVec2  LegendSpacing;           // = 0,0     spacing between legend entries
+    ImVec2  MousePosPadding;         // = 10,10   padding between plot edge and interior mouse location text
+    ImVec2  AnnotationPadding;       // = 2,2     text padding around annotation labels
+    ImVec2  PlotDefaultSize;         // = 400,300 default size used when ImVec2(0,0) is passed to BeginPlot
+    ImVec2  PlotMinSize;             // = 300,225 minimum size plot frame can be when shrunk
+    // colors
+    ImVec4  Colors[ImPlotCol_COUNT]; //           array of plot specific colors
+    // settings/flags
+    bool    AntiAliasedLines;        // = false,  enable global anti-aliasing on plot lines (overrides ImPlotFlags_AntiAliased)
+    bool    UseLocalTime;            // = false,  axis labels will be formatted for your timezone when ImPlotAxisFlag_Time is enabled
+    bool    UseISO8601;              // = false,  dates will be formatted according to ISO 8601 where applicable (e.g. YYYY-MM-DD, YYYY-MM, --MM-DD, etc.)
+    bool    Use24HourClock;          // = false,  times will be formatted using a 24 hour clock
+    IMPLOT_API ImPlotStyle();
+};
+
+// Input mapping structure, default values listed in the comments.
+struct ImPlotInputMap {
+    ImGuiMouseButton PanButton;             // LMB      enables panning when held
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags PanMod;                // none     optional modifier that must be held for panning
+    ImGuiMouseButton FitButton;             // LMB      fits visible data when double clicked
+    ImGuiMouseButton ContextMenuButton;     // RMB      opens plot context menu (if enabled) when double clicked
+    ImGuiMouseButton BoxSelectButton;       // RMB      begins box selection when pressed and confirms selection when released
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags BoxSelectMod;          // none     optional modifier that must be held for box selection
+    ImGuiMouseButton BoxSelectCancelButton; // LMB      cancels active box selection when pressed
+    ImGuiMouseButton QueryButton;           // MMB      begins query selection when pressed and end query selection when released
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags QueryMod;              // none     optional modifier that must be held for query selection
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags QueryToggleMod;        // Ctrl     when held, active box selections turn into queries
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags HorizontalMod;         // Alt      expands active box selection/query horizontally to plot edge when held
+    ImGuiKeyModFlags VerticalMod;           // Shift    expands active box selection/query vertically to plot edge when held
+    IMPLOT_API ImPlotInputMap();
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImPlot End-User API
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImPlot {
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImPlot Context
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Creates a new ImPlot context. Call this after ImGui::CreateContext.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotContext* CreateContext();
+// Destroys an ImPlot context. Call this before ImGui::DestroyContext. NULL = destroy current context
+IMPLOT_API void DestroyContext(ImPlotContext* ctx = NULL);
+// Returns the current ImPlot context. NULL if no context has ben set.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotContext* GetCurrentContext();
+// Sets the current ImPlot context.
+IMPLOT_API void SetCurrentContext(ImPlotContext* ctx);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Begin/End Plot
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Starts a 2D plotting context. If this function returns true, EndPlot() must
+// be called, e.g. "if (BeginPlot(...)) { ... EndPlot(); }". #title_id must
+// be unique. If you need to avoid ID collisions or don't want to display a
+// title in the plot, use double hashes (e.g. "MyPlot##Hidden" or "##NoTitle").
+// If #x_label and/or #y_label are provided, axes labels will be displayed.
+IMPLOT_API bool BeginPlot(const char* title_id,
+                          const char* x_label      = NULL,
+                          const char* y_label      = NULL,
+                          const ImVec2& size       = ImVec2(-1,0),
+                          ImPlotFlags flags        = ImPlotFlags_None,
+                          ImPlotAxisFlags x_flags  = ImPlotAxisFlags_None,
+                          ImPlotAxisFlags y_flags  = ImPlotAxisFlags_None,
+                          ImPlotAxisFlags y2_flags = ImPlotAxisFlags_NoGridLines,
+                          ImPlotAxisFlags y3_flags = ImPlotAxisFlags_NoGridLines);
+
+// Only call EndPlot() if BeginPlot() returns true! Typically called at the end
+// of an if statement conditioned on BeginPlot().
+IMPLOT_API void EndPlot();
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot Items
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The template functions below are explicitly instantiated in implot_items.cpp.
+// They are not intended to be used generically with custom types. You will get
+// a linker error if you try! All functions support the following scalar types:
+//
+// float, double, ImS8, ImU8, ImS16, ImU16, ImS32, ImU32, ImS64, ImU64
+//
+//
+// If you need to plot custom or non-homogenous data you have a few options:
+//
+// 1. If your data is a simple struct/class (e.g. Vector2f), you can use striding.
+//    This is the most performant option if applicable.
+//
+//    struct Vector2f { float X, Y; };
+//    ...
+//    Vector2f data[42];
+//    ImPlot::PlotLine("line", &data[0].x, &data[0].y, 42, 0, sizeof(Vector2f)); // or sizeof(float)*2
+//
+// 2. Write a custom getter function or C++ lambda and pass it and your data to
+//    an ImPlot function post-fixed with a G (e.g. PlotScatterG). This has a
+//    slight performance cost, but probably not enough to worry about.
+//
+//    ImPlotPoint MyDataGetter(void* data, int idx) {
+//        MyData* my_data = (MyData*)data;
+//        ImPlotPoint p;
+//        p.x = my_data->GetTime(idx);
+//        p.y = my_data->GetValue(idx);
+//        return p
+//    }
+//    ...
+//    MyData my_data;
+//    ImPlot::PlotScatterG("scatter", MyDataGetter, &my_data, my_data.Size());
+//
+// NB: All types are converted to double before plotting. You may loose information
+// if you try plotting extremely large 64-bit integral types. Proceed with caution!
+
+// Plots a standard 2D line plot.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotLine(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double xscale=1, double x0=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotLine(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotLineG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots a standard 2D scatter plot. Default marker is ImPlotMarker_Circle.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API  void PlotScatter(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double xscale=1, double x0=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API  void PlotScatter(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API  void PlotScatterG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots a a stairstep graph. The y value is continued constantly from every x position, i.e. the interval [x[i], x[i+1]) has the value y[i].
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotStairs(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double xscale=1, double x0=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotStairs(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotStairsG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots a shaded (filled) region between two lines, or a line and a horizontal reference.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotShaded(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double y_ref=0, double xscale=1, double x0=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotShaded(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, double y_ref=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotShaded(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys1, const T* ys2, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotShadedG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter1)(void* data, int idx), void* data1, ImPlotPoint (*getter2)(void* data, int idx), void* data2, int count, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots a vertical bar graph. #width and #shift are in X units.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotBars(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double width=0.67, double shift=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotBars(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, double width, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotBarsG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, double width, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots a horizontal bar graph. #height and #shift are in Y units.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotBarsH(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double height=0.67, double shift=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotBarsH(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, double height, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotBarsHG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, double height,  int offset=0);
+
+// Plots vertical error bar. The label_id should be the same as the label_id of the associated line or bar plot.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotErrorBars(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, const T* err, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotErrorBars(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, const T* neg, const T* pos, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+
+// Plots horizontal error bars. The label_id should be the same as the label_id of the associated line or bar plot.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotErrorBarsH(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, const T* err, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotErrorBarsH(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, const T* neg, const T* pos, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+
+/// Plots vertical stems.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotStems(const char* label_id, const T* values, int count, double y_ref=0, double xscale=1, double x0=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotStems(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, double y_ref=0, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+
+// Plots a pie chart. If the sum of values > 1 or normalize is true, each value will be normalized. Center and radius are in plot units. #label_fmt can be set to NULL for no labels.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotPieChart(const char* const label_ids[], const T* values, int count, double x, double y, double radius, bool normalize=false, const char* label_fmt="%.1f", double angle0=90);
+
+// Plots a 2D heatmap chart. Values are expected to be in row-major order. #label_fmt can be set to NULL for no labels.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotHeatmap(const char* label_id, const T* values, int rows, int cols, double scale_min, double scale_max, const char* label_fmt="%.1f", const ImPlotPoint& bounds_min=ImPlotPoint(0,0), const ImPlotPoint& bounds_max=ImPlotPoint(1,1));
+
+// Plots digital data. Digital plots do not respond to y drag or zoom, and are always referenced to the bottom of the plot.
+template <typename T> IMPLOT_API void PlotDigital(const char* label_id, const T* xs, const T* ys, int count, int offset=0, int stride=sizeof(T));
+                      IMPLOT_API void PlotDigitalG(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, int offset=0);
+
+// Plots an axis-aligned image. #bounds_min/bounds_max are in plot coordinatse (y-up) and #uv0/uv1 are in texture coordinates (y-down).
+IMPLOT_API void PlotImage(const char* label_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImPlotPoint& bounds_min, const ImPlotPoint& bounds_max, const ImVec2& uv0=ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1=ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col=ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
+
+// Plots a centered text label at point x,y with optional pixel offset. Text color can be changed with ImPlot::PushStyleColor(ImPlotCol_InlayText, ...).
+IMPLOT_API void PlotText(const char* text, double x, double y, bool vertical=false, const ImVec2& pix_offset=ImVec2(0,0));
+
+// Plots an dummy item (i.e. adds a legend entry colored by ImPlotCol_Line)
+IMPLOT_API void PlotDummy(const char* label_id);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The following functions MUST be called before BeginPlot!
+
+// Set the axes range limits of the next plot. Call right before BeginPlot(). If ImGuiCond_Always is used, the axes limits will be locked.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotLimits(double xmin, double xmax, double ymin, double ymax, ImGuiCond cond = ImGuiCond_Once);
+// Set the X axis range limits of the next plot. Call right before BeginPlot(). If ImGuiCond_Always is used, the X axis limits will be locked.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotLimitsX(double xmin, double xmax, ImGuiCond cond = ImGuiCond_Once);
+// Set the Y axis range limits of the next plot. Call right before BeginPlot(). If ImGuiCond_Always is used, the Y axis limits will be locked.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotLimitsY(double ymin, double ymax, ImGuiCond cond = ImGuiCond_Once, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = 0);
+// Links the next plot limits to external values. Set to NULL for no linkage. The pointer data must remain valid until the matching call EndPlot.
+IMPLOT_API void LinkNextPlotLimits(double* xmin, double* xmax, double* ymin, double* ymax, double* ymin2 = NULL, double* ymax2 = NULL, double* ymin3 = NULL, double* ymax3 = NULL);
+// Fits the next plot axes to all plotted data if they are unlocked (equivalent to double-clicks).
+IMPLOT_API void FitNextPlotAxes(bool x = true, bool y = true, bool y2 = true, bool y3 = true);
+
+// Set the X axis ticks and optionally the labels for the next plot.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotTicksX(const double* values, int n_ticks, const char* const labels[] = NULL, bool show_default = false);
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotTicksX(double x_min, double x_max, int n_ticks, const char* const labels[] = NULL, bool show_default = false);
+
+// Set the Y axis ticks and optionally the labels for the next plot.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotTicksY(const double* values, int n_ticks, const char* const labels[] = NULL, bool show_default = false, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = 0);
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextPlotTicksY(double y_min, double y_max, int n_ticks, const char* const labels[] = NULL, bool show_default = false, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = 0);
+
+// The following functions MUST be called between Begin/EndPlot!
+
+// Select which Y axis will be used for subsequent plot elements. The default is ImPlotYAxis_1, or the first (left) Y axis. Enable 2nd and 3rd axes with ImPlotFlags_YAxisX.
+IMPLOT_API void SetPlotYAxis(ImPlotYAxis y_axis);
+// Hides or shows the next plot item (i.e. as if it were toggled from the legend). Use ImGuiCond_Always if you need to forcefully set this every frame.
+IMPLOT_API void HideNextItem(bool hidden = true, ImGuiCond cond = ImGuiCond_Once);
+
+// Convert pixels to a position in the current plot's coordinate system. A negative y_axis uses the current value of SetPlotYAxis (ImPlotYAxis_1 initially).
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotPoint PixelsToPlot(const ImVec2& pix, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotPoint PixelsToPlot(float x, float y, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+// Convert a position in the current plot's coordinate system to pixels. A negative y_axis uses the current value of SetPlotYAxis (ImPlotYAxis_1 initially).
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 PlotToPixels(const ImPlotPoint& plt, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 PlotToPixels(double x, double y, ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+// Get the current Plot position (top-left) in pixels.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 GetPlotPos();
+// Get the curent Plot size in pixels.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 GetPlotSize();
+// Returns true if the plot area in the current plot is hovered.
+IMPLOT_API bool IsPlotHovered();
+// Returns true if the XAxis plot area in the current plot is hovered.
+IMPLOT_API bool IsPlotXAxisHovered();
+// Returns true if the YAxis[n] plot area in the current plot is hovered.
+IMPLOT_API bool IsPlotYAxisHovered(ImPlotYAxis y_axis = 0);
+// Returns the mouse position in x,y coordinates of the current plot. A negative y_axis uses the current value of SetPlotYAxis (ImPlotYAxis_1 initially).
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotPoint GetPlotMousePos(ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+// Returns the current plot axis range. A negative y_axis uses the current value of SetPlotYAxis (ImPlotYAxis_1 initially).
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotLimits GetPlotLimits(ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+
+// Returns true if the current plot is being queried. Query must be enabled with ImPlotFlags_Query.
+IMPLOT_API bool IsPlotQueried();
+// Returns the current plot query bounds. Query must be enabled with ImPlotFlags_Query.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotLimits GetPlotQuery(ImPlotYAxis y_axis = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot Tools
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The following functions MUST be called between Begin/EndPlot!
+
+// Shows an annotation callout at a chosen point.
+IMPLOT_API void Annotate(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const char* fmt, ...)                                       IM_FMTARGS(4);
+IMPLOT_API void Annotate(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const ImVec4& color, const char* fmt, ...)                  IM_FMTARGS(5);
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateV(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const char* fmt, va_list args)                             IM_FMTLIST(4);
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateV(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const ImVec4& color, const char* fmt, va_list args)        IM_FMTLIST(5);
+
+// Same as above, but the annotation will always be clamped to stay inside the plot area.
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateClamped(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const char* fmt, ...)                                IM_FMTARGS(4);
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateClamped(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const ImVec4& color, const char* fmt, ...)           IM_FMTARGS(5);
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateClampedV(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(4);
+IMPLOT_API void AnnotateClampedV(double x, double y, const ImVec2& pix_offset, const ImVec4& color, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(5);
+
+// Shows a draggable vertical guide line at an x-value. #col defaults to ImGuiCol_Text.
+IMPLOT_API bool DragLineX(const char* id, double* x_value, bool show_label = true, const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float thickness = 1);
+// Shows a draggable horizontal guide line at a y-value. #col defaults to ImGuiCol_Text.
+IMPLOT_API bool DragLineY(const char* id, double* y_value, bool show_label = true, const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float thickness = 1);
+// Shows a draggable point at x,y. #col defaults to ImGuiCol_Text.
+IMPLOT_API bool DragPoint(const char* id, double* x, double* y, bool show_label = true, const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float radius = 4);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Legend Utils and Tools
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The following functions MUST be called between Begin/EndPlot!
+
+// Set the location of the current plot's legend.
+IMPLOT_API void SetLegendLocation(ImPlotLocation location, ImPlotOrientation orientation = ImPlotOrientation_Vertical, bool outside = false);
+// Set the location of the current plot's mouse position text (default = South|East).
+IMPLOT_API void SetMousePosLocation(ImPlotLocation location);
+// Returns true if a plot item legend entry is hovered.
+IMPLOT_API bool IsLegendEntryHovered(const char* label_id);
+// Begin a drag and drop source from a legend entry. The only supported flag is SourceNoPreviewTooltip
+IMPLOT_API bool BeginLegendDragDropSource(const char* label_id, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);
+// End legend drag and drop source.
+IMPLOT_API void EndLegendDragDropSource();
+// Begin a popup for a legend entry.
+IMPLOT_API bool BeginLegendPopup(const char* label_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1);
+// End a popup for a legend entry.
+IMPLOT_API void EndLegendPopup();
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plot and Item Styling
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Provides access to plot style structure for permanant modifications to colors, sizes, etc.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotStyle& GetStyle();
+
+// Style colors for current ImGui style (default).
+IMPLOT_API void StyleColorsAuto(ImPlotStyle* dst = NULL);
+// Style colors for ImGui "Classic".
+IMPLOT_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImPlotStyle* dst = NULL);
+// Style colors for ImGui "Dark".
+IMPLOT_API void StyleColorsDark(ImPlotStyle* dst = NULL);
+// Style colors for ImGui "Light".
+IMPLOT_API void StyleColorsLight(ImPlotStyle* dst = NULL);
+
+// Use PushStyleX to temporarily modify your ImPlotStyle. The modification
+// will last until the matching call to PopStyleX. You MUST call a pop for
+// every push, otherwise you will leak memory! This behaves just like ImGui.
+
+// Temporarily modify a plot color. Don't forget to call PopStyleColor!
+IMPLOT_API void PushStyleColor(ImPlotCol idx, ImU32 col);
+IMPLOT_API void PushStyleColor(ImPlotCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
+// Undo temporary color modification. Undo multiple pushes at once by increasing count.
+IMPLOT_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
+
+// Temporarily modify a style variable of float type. Don't forget to call PopStyleVar!
+IMPLOT_API void PushStyleVar(ImPlotStyleVar idx, float val);
+// Temporarily modify a style variable of int type. Don't forget to call PopStyleVar!
+IMPLOT_API void PushStyleVar(ImPlotStyleVar idx, int val);
+// Temporarily modify a style variable of ImVec2 type. Don't forget to call PopStyleVar!
+IMPLOT_API void PushStyleVar(ImPlotStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+// Undo temporary style modification. Undo multiple pushes at once by increasing count.
+IMPLOT_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
+
+// The following can be used to modify the style of the next plot item ONLY. They do
+// NOT require calls to PopStyleX. Leave style attributes you don't want modified to
+// IMPLOT_AUTO or IMPLOT_AUTO_COL. Automatic styles will be deduced from the current
+// values in your ImPlotStyle or from Colormap data.
+
+// Set the line color and weight for the next item only.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextLineStyle(const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float weight = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+// Set the fill color for the next item only.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextFillStyle(const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float alpha_mod = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+// Set the marker style for the next item only.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextMarkerStyle(ImPlotMarker marker = IMPLOT_AUTO, float size = IMPLOT_AUTO, const ImVec4& fill = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float weight = IMPLOT_AUTO, const ImVec4& outline = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL);
+// Set the error bar style for the next item only.
+IMPLOT_API void SetNextErrorBarStyle(const ImVec4& col = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL, float size = IMPLOT_AUTO, float weight = IMPLOT_AUTO);
+
+// Gets the last item primary color (i.e. its legend icon color)
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 GetLastItemColor();
+
+// Returns the null terminated string name for an ImPlotCol.
+IMPLOT_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImPlotCol idx);
+// Returns the null terminated string name for an ImPlotMarker.
+IMPLOT_API const char* GetMarkerName(ImPlotMarker idx);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Colormaps
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Item styling is based on Colormaps when the relevant ImPlotCol is set to
+// IMPLOT_AUTO_COL (default). Several built in colormaps are available and can be
+// toggled in the demo. You can push/pop or set your own colormaps as well.
+
+// The Colormap data will be ignored and a custom color will be used if you have either:
+//     1) Modified an item style color in your ImPlotStyle to anything but IMPLOT_AUTO_COL.
+//     2) Pushed an item style color using PushStyleColor().
+//     3) Set the next item style with a SetNextXStyle function.
+
+// Temporarily switch to one of the built-in colormaps.
+IMPLOT_API void PushColormap(ImPlotColormap colormap);
+// Temporarily switch to your custom colormap. The pointer data must persist until the matching call to PopColormap!
+IMPLOT_API void PushColormap(const ImVec4* colormap, int size);
+// Undo temporary colormap modification.
+IMPLOT_API void PopColormap(int count = 1);
+
+// Permanently sets a custom colormap. The colors will be copied to internal memory. Prefer PushColormap instead of calling this each frame.
+IMPLOT_API void SetColormap(const ImVec4* colormap, int size);
+// Permanently switch to one of the built-in colormaps. If samples is greater than 1, the map will be linearly resampled. Don't call this each frame.
+IMPLOT_API void SetColormap(ImPlotColormap colormap, int samples = 0);
+
+// Returns the size of the current colormap.
+IMPLOT_API int GetColormapSize();
+// Returns a color from the Color map given an index >= 0 (modulo will be performed).
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 GetColormapColor(int index);
+// Linearly interpolates a color from the current colormap given t between 0 and 1.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 LerpColormap(float t);
+// Returns the next unused colormap color and advances the colormap. Can be used to skip colors if desired.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 NextColormapColor();
+
+// Renders a vertical color scale using the current color map. Call this outside of Begin/EndPlot.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowColormapScale(double scale_min, double scale_max, float height);
+
+// Returns a null terminated string name for a built-in colormap.
+IMPLOT_API const char* GetColormapName(ImPlotColormap colormap);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Allows changing how keyboard/mouse interaction works.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotInputMap& GetInputMap();
+
+// Get the plot draw list for rendering to the current plot area.
+IMPLOT_API ImDrawList* GetPlotDrawList();
+// Push clip rect for rendering to current plot area.
+IMPLOT_API void PushPlotClipRect();
+// Pop plot clip rect.
+IMPLOT_API void PopPlotClipRect();
+
+// Shows ImPlot style selector dropdown menu.
+IMPLOT_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);
+// Shows ImPlot colormap selector dropdown menu.
+IMPLOT_API bool ShowColormapSelector(const char* label);
+// Shows ImPlot style editor block (not a window).
+IMPLOT_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImPlotStyle* ref = NULL);
+// Add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImPlot as an end-user.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowUserGuide();
+// Shows ImPlot metrics/debug information.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_popen = NULL);
+
+// Sets the current _ImGui_ context. This is ONLY necessary if you are compiling
+// ImPlot as a DLL (not recommended) separate from your ImGui compilation. It
+// sets the global variable GImGui, which is not shared across DLL boundaries.
+// See GImGui documentation in imgui.cpp for more details.
+IMPLOT_API void SetImGuiContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Demo (add implot_demo.cpp to your sources!)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Shows the ImPlot demo. Pass the current ImGui context if ImPlot is a DLL.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);
+
+}  // namespace ImPlot

external/ImGui/include/implot_internal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,981 @@
+// MIT License
+
+// Copyright (c) 2020 Evan Pezent
+
+// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+// SOFTWARE.
+
+// ImPlot v0.8 WIP
+
+// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImPlot features but we
+// don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Header Mess
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+#ifndef IMPLOT_VERSION
+#error Must include implot.h before implot_internal.h
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImPlotTick;
+struct ImPlotAxis;
+struct ImPlotAxisState;
+struct ImPlotAxisColor;
+struct ImPlotItem;
+struct ImPlotLegendData;
+struct ImPlotPlot;
+struct ImPlotNextPlotData;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Context Pointer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+extern IMPLOT_API ImPlotContext* GImPlot; // Current implicit context pointer
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Macros and Constants
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Constants can be changed unless stated otherwise. We may move some of these
+// to ImPlotStyleVar_ over time.
+
+// The maximum number of supported y-axes (DO NOT CHANGE THIS)
+#define IMPLOT_Y_AXES    3
+// The number of times to subdivided grid divisions (best if a multiple of 1, 2, and 5)
+#define IMPLOT_SUB_DIV   10
+// Zoom rate for scroll (e.g. 0.1f = 10% plot range every scroll click)
+#define IMPLOT_ZOOM_RATE 0.1f
+// Mimimum allowable timestamp value 01/01/1970 @ 12:00am (UTC) (DO NOT DECREASE THIS)
+#define IMPLOT_MIN_TIME  0
+// Maximum allowable timestamp value 01/01/3000 @ 12:00am (UTC) (DO NOT INCREASE THIS)
+#define IMPLOT_MAX_TIME  32503680000
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Generic Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Computes the common (base-10) logarithm
+static inline float  ImLog10(float x)  { return log10f(x); }
+static inline double ImLog10(double x) { return log10(x);  }
+// Returns true if a flag is set
+template <typename TSet, typename TFlag>
+inline bool ImHasFlag(TSet set, TFlag flag) { return (set & flag) == flag; }
+// Flips a flag in a flagset
+template <typename TSet, typename TFlag>
+inline void ImFlipFlag(TSet& set, TFlag flag) { ImHasFlag(set, flag) ? set &= ~flag : set |= flag; }
+// Linearly remaps x from [x0 x1] to [y0 y1].
+template <typename T>
+inline T ImRemap(T x, T x0, T x1, T y0, T y1) { return y0 + (x - x0) * (y1 - y0) / (x1 - x0); }
+// Returns always positive modulo (assumes r != 0)
+inline int ImPosMod(int l, int r) { return (l % r + r) % r; }
+// Returns true if val is NAN or INFINITY
+inline bool ImNanOrInf(double val) { return val == HUGE_VAL || val == -HUGE_VAL || isnan(val); }
+// Turns NANs to 0s
+inline double ImConstrainNan(double val) { return isnan(val) ? 0 : val; }
+// Turns infinity to floating point maximums
+inline double ImConstrainInf(double val) { return val == HUGE_VAL ?  DBL_MAX : val == -HUGE_VAL ? - DBL_MAX : val; }
+// Turns numbers less than or equal to 0 to 0.001 (sort of arbitrary, is there a better way?)
+inline double ImConstrainLog(double val) { return val <= 0 ? 0.001f : val; }
+// Turns numbers less than 0 to zero
+inline double ImConstrainTime(double val) { return val < IMPLOT_MIN_TIME ? IMPLOT_MIN_TIME : (val > IMPLOT_MAX_TIME ? IMPLOT_MAX_TIME : val); }
+
+// Offset calculator helper
+template <int Count>
+struct ImOffsetCalculator {
+    ImOffsetCalculator(const int* sizes) {
+        Offsets[0] = 0;
+        for (int i = 1; i < Count; ++i)
+            Offsets[i] = Offsets[i-1] + sizes[i-1];
+    }
+    int Offsets[Count];
+};
+
+// Character buffer writer helper
+struct ImBufferWriter
+{
+    char*  Buffer;
+    int Size;
+    int Pos;
+
+    ImBufferWriter(char* buffer, int size) {
+        Buffer = buffer;
+        Size = size;
+        Pos = 0;
+    }
+
+    void Write(const char* fmt, ...) {
+        va_list argp;
+        va_start(argp, fmt);
+        const int written = ::vsnprintf(&Buffer[Pos], Size - Pos - 1, fmt, argp);
+        if (written > 0)
+          Pos += ImMin(written, Size-Pos-1);
+        va_end(argp);
+    }
+};
+
+// Fixed size point array
+template <int N>
+struct ImPlotPointArray {
+    inline ImPlotPoint&       operator[](int i)       { return Data[i]; }
+    inline const ImPlotPoint& operator[](int i) const { return Data[i]; }
+    inline int Size()                                 { return N; }
+    ImPlotPoint Data[N];
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImPlot Enums
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef int ImPlotScale;       // -> enum ImPlotScale_
+typedef int ImPlotTimeUnit;    // -> enum ImPlotTimeUnit_
+typedef int ImPlotDateFmt;     // -> enum ImPlotDateFmt_
+typedef int ImPlotTimeFmt;     // -> enum ImPlotTimeFmt_
+
+// XY axes scaling combinations
+enum ImPlotScale_ {
+    ImPlotScale_LinLin, // linear x, linear y
+    ImPlotScale_LogLin, // log x,    linear y
+    ImPlotScale_LinLog, // linear x, log y
+    ImPlotScale_LogLog  // log x,    log y
+};
+
+enum ImPlotTimeUnit_ {
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Us,  // microsecond
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Ms,  // millisecond
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_S,   // second
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Min, // minute
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Hr,  // hour
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Day, // day
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Mo,  // month
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_Yr,  // year
+    ImPlotTimeUnit_COUNT
+};
+
+enum ImPlotDateFmt_ {              // default        [ ISO 8601     ]
+    ImPlotDateFmt_None = 0,
+    ImPlotDateFmt_DayMo,           // 10/3           [ --10-03      ]
+    ImPlotDateFmt_DayMoYr,         // 10/3/91        [ 1991-10-03   ]
+    ImPlotDateFmt_MoYr,            // Oct 1991       [ 1991-10      ]
+    ImPlotDateFmt_Mo,              // Oct            [ --10         ]
+    ImPlotDateFmt_Yr               // 1991           [ 1991         ]
+};
+
+enum ImPlotTimeFmt_ {              // default        [ 24 Hour Clock ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_None = 0,
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_Us,              // .428 552       [ .428 552     ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_SUs,             // :29.428 552    [ :29.428 552  ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_SMs,             // :29.428        [ :29.428      ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_S,               // :29            [ :29          ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_HrMinSMs,        // 7:21:29.428pm  [ 19:21:29.428 ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_HrMinS,          // 7:21:29pm      [ 19:21:29     ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_HrMin,           // 7:21pm         [ 19:21        ]
+    ImPlotTimeFmt_Hr               // 7pm            [ 19:00        ]
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImPlot Structs
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Combined data/time format spec
+struct ImPlotDateTimeFmt {
+    ImPlotDateTimeFmt(ImPlotDateFmt date_fmt, ImPlotTimeFmt time_fmt, bool use_24_hr_clk = false, bool use_iso_8601 = false) {
+        Date           = date_fmt;
+        Time           = time_fmt;
+        UseISO8601     = use_iso_8601;
+        Use24HourClock = use_24_hr_clk;
+    }
+    ImPlotDateFmt Date;
+    ImPlotTimeFmt Time;
+    bool UseISO8601;
+    bool Use24HourClock;
+};
+
+// Two part timestamp struct.
+struct ImPlotTime {
+    time_t S;  // second part
+    int    Us; // microsecond part
+    ImPlotTime() { S = 0; Us = 0; }
+    ImPlotTime(time_t s, int us = 0) { S  = s + us / 1000000; Us = us % 1000000; }
+    void RollOver() { S  = S + Us / 1000000;  Us = Us % 1000000; }
+    double ToDouble() const { return (double)S + (double)Us / 1000000.0; }
+    static ImPlotTime FromDouble(double t) { return ImPlotTime((time_t)t, (int)(t * 1000000 - floor(t) * 1000000)); }
+};
+
+static inline ImPlotTime operator+(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return ImPlotTime(lhs.S + rhs.S, lhs.Us + rhs.Us); }
+static inline ImPlotTime operator-(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return ImPlotTime(lhs.S - rhs.S, lhs.Us - rhs.Us); }
+static inline bool operator==(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return lhs.S == rhs.S && lhs.Us == rhs.Us; }
+static inline bool operator<(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return lhs.S == rhs.S ? lhs.Us < rhs.Us : lhs.S < rhs.S; }
+static inline bool operator>(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return rhs < lhs; }
+static inline bool operator<=(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return lhs < rhs || lhs == rhs; }
+static inline bool operator>=(const ImPlotTime& lhs, const ImPlotTime& rhs)
+{ return lhs > rhs || lhs == rhs; }
+
+// Storage for colormap modifiers
+struct ImPlotColormapMod {
+    ImPlotColormapMod(const ImVec4* colormap, int colormap_size) {
+        Colormap     = colormap;
+        ColormapSize = colormap_size;
+    }
+    const ImVec4* Colormap;
+    int ColormapSize;
+};
+
+// ImPlotPoint with positive/negative error values
+struct ImPlotPointError
+{
+    double X, Y, Neg, Pos;
+    ImPlotPointError(double x, double y, double neg, double pos) {
+        X = x; Y = y; Neg = neg; Pos = pos;
+    }
+};
+
+// Interior plot label/annotation
+struct ImPlotAnnotation {
+    ImVec2 Pos;
+    ImVec2 Offset;
+    ImU32  ColorBg;
+    ImU32  ColorFg;
+    int    TextOffset;
+    bool   Clamp;
+};
+
+// Collection of plot labels
+struct ImPlotAnnotationCollection {
+
+    ImVector<ImPlotAnnotation> Annotations;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer            TextBuffer;
+    int                        Size;
+
+    ImPlotAnnotationCollection() { Reset(); }
+
+    void AppendV(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& off, ImU32 bg, ImU32 fg, bool clamp, const char* fmt,  va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(7) {
+        ImPlotAnnotation an;
+        an.Pos = pos; an.Offset = off;
+        an.ColorBg = bg; an.ColorFg = fg;
+        an.TextOffset = TextBuffer.size();
+        an.Clamp = clamp;
+        Annotations.push_back(an);
+        TextBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
+        const char nul[] = "";
+        TextBuffer.append(nul,nul+1);
+        Size++;
+    }
+
+    void Append(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& off, ImU32 bg, ImU32 fg, bool clamp, const char* fmt,  ...) IM_FMTARGS(7) {
+        va_list args;
+        va_start(args, fmt);
+        AppendV(pos, off, bg, fg, clamp, fmt, args);
+        va_end(args);
+    }
+
+    const char* GetText(int idx) {
+        return TextBuffer.Buf.Data + Annotations[idx].TextOffset;
+    }
+
+    void Reset() {
+        Annotations.shrink(0);
+        TextBuffer.Buf.shrink(0);
+        Size = 0;
+    }
+};
+
+// Tick mark info
+struct ImPlotTick
+{
+    double PlotPos;
+    float  PixelPos;
+    ImVec2 LabelSize;
+    int    TextOffset;
+    bool   Major;
+    bool   ShowLabel;
+    int    Level;
+
+    ImPlotTick(double value, bool major, bool show_label) {
+        PlotPos      = value;
+        Major        = major;
+        ShowLabel    = show_label;
+        TextOffset   = -1;
+        Level        = 0;
+    }
+};
+
+// Collection of ticks
+struct ImPlotTickCollection {
+    ImVector<ImPlotTick> Ticks;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer      TextBuffer;
+    float                TotalWidth;
+    float                TotalHeight;
+    float                MaxWidth;
+    float                MaxHeight;
+    int                  Size;
+
+    ImPlotTickCollection() { Reset(); }
+
+    void Append(const ImPlotTick& tick) {
+        if (tick.ShowLabel) {
+            TotalWidth  += tick.ShowLabel ? tick.LabelSize.x : 0;
+            TotalHeight += tick.ShowLabel ? tick.LabelSize.y : 0;
+            MaxWidth    =  tick.LabelSize.x > MaxWidth  ? tick.LabelSize.x : MaxWidth;
+            MaxHeight   =  tick.LabelSize.y > MaxHeight ? tick.LabelSize.y : MaxHeight;
+        }
+        Ticks.push_back(tick);
+        Size++;
+    }
+
+    void Append(double value, bool major, bool show_label, void (*labeler)(ImPlotTick& tick, ImGuiTextBuffer& buf)) {
+        ImPlotTick tick(value, major, show_label);
+        if (labeler)
+            labeler(tick, TextBuffer);
+        Append(tick);
+    }
+
+    const char* GetText(int idx) {
+        return TextBuffer.Buf.Data + Ticks[idx].TextOffset;
+    }
+
+    void Reset() {
+        Ticks.shrink(0);
+        TextBuffer.Buf.shrink(0);
+        TotalWidth = TotalHeight = MaxWidth = MaxHeight = 0;
+        Size = 0;
+    }
+};
+
+// Axis state information that must persist after EndPlot
+struct ImPlotAxis
+{
+    ImPlotAxisFlags Flags;
+    ImPlotAxisFlags PreviousFlags;
+    ImPlotRange     Range;
+    ImPlotOrientation Direction;
+    bool            Dragging;
+    bool            HoveredExt;
+    bool            HoveredTot;
+    double*         LinkedMin;
+    double*         LinkedMax;
+    ImPlotTime      PickerTimeMin, PickerTimeMax;
+    int             PickerLevel;
+
+    ImPlotAxis() {
+        Flags      = PreviousFlags = ImPlotAxisFlags_None;
+        Range.Min  = 0;
+        Range.Max  = 1;
+        Dragging   = false;
+        HoveredExt = false;
+        HoveredTot = false;
+        LinkedMin  = LinkedMax = NULL;
+        PickerLevel = 0;
+    }
+
+    bool SetMin(double _min) {
+        _min = ImConstrainNan(ImConstrainInf(_min));
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_LogScale))
+            _min = ImConstrainLog(_min);
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_Time))
+            _min = ImConstrainTime(_min);
+        if (_min >= Range.Max)
+            return false;
+        Range.Min = _min;
+        PickerTimeMin = ImPlotTime::FromDouble(Range.Min);
+        return true;
+    };
+
+    bool SetMax(double _max) {
+        _max = ImConstrainNan(ImConstrainInf(_max));
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_LogScale))
+            _max = ImConstrainLog(_max);
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_Time))
+            _max = ImConstrainTime(_max);
+        if (_max <= Range.Min)
+            return false;
+        Range.Max = _max;
+        PickerTimeMax = ImPlotTime::FromDouble(Range.Max);
+        return true;
+    };
+
+    void SetRange(double _min, double _max) {
+        Range.Min = _min;
+        Range.Max = _max;
+        Constrain();
+        PickerTimeMin = ImPlotTime::FromDouble(Range.Min);
+        PickerTimeMax = ImPlotTime::FromDouble(Range.Max);
+    }
+
+    void SetRange(const ImPlotRange& range) {
+        SetRange(range.Min, range.Max);
+    }
+
+    void Constrain() {
+        Range.Min = ImConstrainNan(ImConstrainInf(Range.Min));
+        Range.Max = ImConstrainNan(ImConstrainInf(Range.Max));
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_LogScale)) {
+            Range.Min = ImConstrainLog(Range.Min);
+            Range.Max = ImConstrainLog(Range.Max);
+        }
+        if (ImHasFlag(Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_Time)) {
+            Range.Min = ImConstrainTime(Range.Min);
+            Range.Max = ImConstrainTime(Range.Max);
+        }
+        if (Range.Max <= Range.Min)
+            Range.Max = Range.Min + DBL_EPSILON;
+    }
+};
+
+// Axis state information only needed between BeginPlot/EndPlot
+struct ImPlotAxisState
+{
+    ImPlotAxis* Axis;
+    ImGuiCond   RangeCond;
+    bool        HasRange;
+    bool        Present;
+    bool        HasLabels;
+    bool        Invert;
+    bool        LockMin;
+    bool        LockMax;
+    bool        Lock;
+    bool        IsTime;
+
+    ImPlotAxisState(ImPlotAxis* axis, bool has_range, ImGuiCond range_cond, bool present) {
+        Axis         = axis;
+        HasRange     = has_range;
+        RangeCond    = range_cond;
+        Present      = present;
+        HasLabels    = !ImHasFlag(Axis->Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_NoTickLabels);
+        Invert       = ImHasFlag(Axis->Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_Invert);
+        LockMin      = ImHasFlag(Axis->Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMin) || (HasRange && RangeCond == ImGuiCond_Always);
+        LockMax      = ImHasFlag(Axis->Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_LockMax) || (HasRange && RangeCond == ImGuiCond_Always);
+        Lock         = !Present || ((LockMin && LockMax) || (HasRange && RangeCond == ImGuiCond_Always));
+        IsTime       = ImHasFlag(Axis->Flags, ImPlotAxisFlags_Time);
+    }
+
+    ImPlotAxisState() { }
+};
+
+struct ImPlotAxisColor
+{
+    ImU32 Major, Minor, MajTxt, MinTxt;
+    ImPlotAxisColor() { Major = Minor = MajTxt = MinTxt = 0; }
+};
+
+// State information for Plot items
+struct ImPlotItem
+{
+    ImGuiID      ID;
+    ImVec4       Color;
+    int          NameOffset;
+    bool         Show;
+    bool         LegendHovered;
+    bool         SeenThisFrame;
+
+    ImPlotItem() {
+        ID            = 0;
+        Color         = ImPlot::NextColormapColor();
+        NameOffset    = -1;
+        Show          = true;
+        SeenThisFrame = false;
+        LegendHovered = false;
+    }
+
+    ~ImPlotItem() { ID = 0; }
+};
+
+// Holds Legend state labels and item references
+struct ImPlotLegendData
+{
+    ImVector<int>   Indices;
+    ImGuiTextBuffer Labels;
+    void Reset() { Indices.shrink(0); Labels.Buf.shrink(0); }
+};
+
+// Holds Plot state information that must persist after EndPlot
+struct ImPlotPlot
+{
+    ImGuiID            ID;
+    ImPlotFlags        Flags;
+    ImPlotFlags        PreviousFlags;
+    ImPlotAxis         XAxis;
+    ImPlotAxis         YAxis[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    ImPlotLegendData   LegendData;
+    ImPool<ImPlotItem> Items;
+    ImVec2             SelectStart;
+    ImVec2             QueryStart;
+    ImRect             QueryRect;
+    bool               Selecting;
+    bool               Querying;
+    bool               Queried;
+    bool               DraggingQuery;
+    bool               LegendHovered;
+    bool               LegendOutside;
+    bool               LegendFlipSide;
+    int                ColormapIdx;
+    int                CurrentYAxis;
+    ImPlotLocation     MousePosLocation;
+    ImPlotLocation     LegendLocation;
+    ImPlotOrientation  LegendOrientation;
+
+    ImPlotPlot() {
+        Flags           = PreviousFlags = ImPlotFlags_None;
+        XAxis.Direction = ImPlotOrientation_Horizontal;
+        for (int i = 0; i < IMPLOT_Y_AXES; ++i)
+            YAxis[i].Direction = ImPlotOrientation_Vertical;
+        SelectStart       = QueryStart = ImVec2(0,0);
+        Selecting         = Querying = Queried = DraggingQuery = LegendHovered = LegendOutside = LegendFlipSide = false;
+        ColormapIdx       = CurrentYAxis = 0;
+        LegendLocation    = ImPlotLocation_North | ImPlotLocation_West;
+        LegendOrientation = ImPlotOrientation_Vertical;
+        MousePosLocation  = ImPlotLocation_South | ImPlotLocation_East;
+    }
+
+    int         GetLegendCount() const   { return LegendData.Indices.size(); }
+    ImPlotItem* GetLegendItem(int i);
+    const char* GetLegendLabel(int i);
+};
+
+// Temporary data storage for upcoming plot
+struct ImPlotNextPlotData
+{
+    ImGuiCond   XRangeCond;
+    ImGuiCond   YRangeCond[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    ImPlotRange X;
+    ImPlotRange Y[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    bool        HasXRange;
+    bool        HasYRange[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    bool        ShowDefaultTicksX;
+    bool        ShowDefaultTicksY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    bool        FitX;
+    bool        FitY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    double*     LinkedXmin;
+    double*     LinkedXmax;
+    double*     LinkedYmin[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    double*     LinkedYmax[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    ImPlotNextPlotData() {
+        HasXRange         = false;
+        ShowDefaultTicksX = true;
+        FitX              = false;
+        LinkedXmin = LinkedXmax = NULL;
+        for (int i = 0; i < IMPLOT_Y_AXES; ++i) {
+            HasYRange[i]         = false;
+            ShowDefaultTicksY[i] = true;
+            FitY[i]              = false;
+            LinkedYmin[i] = LinkedYmax[i] = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+};
+
+// Temporary data storage for upcoming item
+struct ImPlotNextItemData {
+    ImVec4       Colors[5]; // ImPlotCol_Line, ImPlotCol_Fill, ImPlotCol_MarkerOutline, ImPlotCol_MarkerFill, ImPlotCol_ErrorBar
+    float        LineWeight;
+    ImPlotMarker Marker;
+    float        MarkerSize;
+    float        MarkerWeight;
+    float        FillAlpha;
+    float        ErrorBarSize;
+    float        ErrorBarWeight;
+    float        DigitalBitHeight;
+    float        DigitalBitGap;
+    bool         RenderLine;
+    bool         RenderFill;
+    bool         RenderMarkerLine;
+    bool         RenderMarkerFill;
+    bool         HasHidden;
+    bool         Hidden;
+    ImGuiCond    HiddenCond;
+    ImPlotNextItemData() {
+        for (int i = 0; i < 5; ++i)
+            Colors[i] = IMPLOT_AUTO_COL;
+        LineWeight    = MarkerSize = MarkerWeight = FillAlpha = ErrorBarSize = ErrorBarWeight = DigitalBitHeight = DigitalBitGap = IMPLOT_AUTO;
+        Marker        = IMPLOT_AUTO;
+        HasHidden     = Hidden = false;
+    }
+};
+
+// Holds state information that must persist between calls to BeginPlot()/EndPlot()
+struct ImPlotContext {
+    // Plot States
+    ImPool<ImPlotPlot> Plots;
+    ImPlotPlot*        CurrentPlot;
+    ImPlotItem*        CurrentItem;
+    ImPlotItem*        PreviousItem;
+
+    // Bounding Boxes
+    ImRect BB_Frame;
+    ImRect BB_Canvas;
+    ImRect BB_Plot;
+    ImRect BB_Axes;
+    ImRect BB_X;
+    ImRect BB_Y[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Axis States
+    ImPlotAxisColor Col_X;
+    ImPlotAxisColor Col_Y[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    ImPlotAxisState X;
+    ImPlotAxisState Y[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Tick Marks and Labels
+    ImPlotTickCollection XTicks;
+    ImPlotTickCollection YTicks[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    float                YAxisReference[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Annotation and User Labels
+    ImPlotAnnotationCollection Annotations;
+
+    // Transformations and Data Extents
+    ImPlotScale Scales[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    ImRect      PixelRange[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    double      Mx;
+    double      My[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    double      LogDenX;
+    double      LogDenY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+    ImPlotRange ExtentsX;
+    ImPlotRange ExtentsY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Data Fitting Flags
+    bool FitThisFrame;
+    bool FitX;
+    bool FitY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Hover states
+    bool Hov_Frame;
+    bool Hov_Plot;
+
+    // Axis Rendering Flags
+    bool RenderX;
+    bool RenderY[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+
+    // Axis Locking Flags
+    bool LockPlot;
+    bool ChildWindowMade;
+
+    // Style and Colormaps
+    ImPlotStyle                 Style;
+    ImVector<ImGuiColorMod>     ColorModifiers;
+    ImVector<ImGuiStyleMod>     StyleModifiers;
+    const ImVec4*               Colormap;
+    int                         ColormapSize;
+    ImVector<ImPlotColormapMod> ColormapModifiers;
+
+    // Time
+    tm Tm;
+
+    // Misc
+    int                VisibleItemCount;
+    int                DigitalPlotItemCnt;
+    int                DigitalPlotOffset;
+    ImPlotNextPlotData NextPlotData;
+    ImPlotNextItemData NextItemData;
+    ImPlotInputMap     InputMap;
+    ImPlotPoint        MousePos[IMPLOT_Y_AXES];
+};
+
+struct ImPlotAxisScale
+{
+    ImPlotPoint Min, Max;
+
+    ImPlotAxisScale(int y_axis, float tx, float ty, float zoom_rate) {
+        ImPlotContext& gp = *GImPlot;
+        Min = ImPlot::PixelsToPlot(gp.BB_Plot.Min - gp.BB_Plot.GetSize() * ImVec2(tx * zoom_rate, ty * zoom_rate), y_axis);
+        Max = ImPlot::PixelsToPlot(gp.BB_Plot.Max + gp.BB_Plot.GetSize() * ImVec2((1 - tx) * zoom_rate, (1 - ty) * zoom_rate), y_axis);
+    }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Internal API
+// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImPlot {
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Context Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Initializes an ImPlotContext
+IMPLOT_API void Initialize(ImPlotContext* ctx);
+// Resets an ImPlot context for the next call to BeginPlot
+IMPLOT_API void Reset(ImPlotContext* ctx);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Plot Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Gets a plot from the current ImPlotContext
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotPlot* GetPlot(const char* title);
+// Gets the current plot from the current ImPlotContext
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotPlot* GetCurrentPlot();
+// Busts the cache for every plot in the current context
+IMPLOT_API void BustPlotCache();
+
+// Shows a plot's context menu.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowPlotContextMenu(ImPlotPlot& plot);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Item Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Begins a new item. Returns false if the item should not be plotted. Pushes PlotClipRect.
+IMPLOT_API bool BeginItem(const char* label_id, ImPlotCol recolor_from = -1);
+// Ends an item (call only if BeginItem returns true). Pops PlotClipRect.
+IMPLOT_API void EndItem();
+
+// Register or get an existing item from the current plot.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotItem* RegisterOrGetItem(const char* label_id, bool* just_created = NULL);
+// Get a plot item from the current plot.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotItem* GetItem(const char* label_id);
+// Gets the current item.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotItem* GetCurrentItem();
+// Busts the cache for every item for every plot in the current context.
+IMPLOT_API void BustItemCache();
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Axis Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Gets the current y-axis for the current plot
+inline int GetCurrentYAxis() { return GImPlot->CurrentPlot->CurrentYAxis; }
+// Updates axis ticks, lins, and label colors
+IMPLOT_API void UpdateAxisColors(int axis_flag, ImPlotAxisColor* col);
+
+// Updates plot-to-pixel space transformation variables for the current plot.
+IMPLOT_API void UpdateTransformCache();
+// Gets the XY scale for the current plot and y-axis
+inline ImPlotScale GetCurrentScale() { return GImPlot->Scales[GetCurrentYAxis()]; }
+
+// Returns true if the user has requested data to be fit.
+inline bool FitThisFrame() { return GImPlot->FitThisFrame; }
+// Extends the current plots axes so that it encompasses point p
+IMPLOT_API void FitPoint(const ImPlotPoint& p);
+
+// Returns true if two ranges overlap
+inline bool RangesOverlap(const ImPlotRange& r1, const ImPlotRange& r2)
+{ return r1.Min <= r2.Max && r2.Min <= r1.Max; }
+
+// Updates pointers for linked axes from axis internal range.
+IMPLOT_API void PushLinkedAxis(ImPlotAxis& axis);
+// Updates axis internal range from points for linked axes.
+IMPLOT_API void PullLinkedAxis(ImPlotAxis& axis);
+
+// Shows an axis's context menu.
+IMPLOT_API void ShowAxisContextMenu(ImPlotAxisState& state, bool time_allowed = false);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Legend Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Gets the position of an inner rect that is located inside of an outer rect according to an ImPlotLocation and padding amount.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 GetLocationPos(const ImRect& outer_rect, const ImVec2& inner_size, ImPlotLocation location, const ImVec2& pad = ImVec2(0,0));
+// Calculates the bounding box size of a legend
+IMPLOT_API ImVec2 CalcLegendSize(ImPlotPlot& plot, const ImVec2& pad, const ImVec2& spacing, ImPlotOrientation orientation);
+// Renders legend entries into a bounding box
+IMPLOT_API void ShowLegendEntries(ImPlotPlot& plot, const ImRect& legend_bb, bool interactable, const ImVec2& pad, const ImVec2& spacing, ImPlotOrientation orientation, ImDrawList& DrawList);
+// Shows an alternate legend for the plot identified by #title_id, outside of the plot frame (can be called before or after of Begin/EndPlot but must occur in the same ImGui window!).
+IMPLOT_API void ShowAltLegend(const char* title_id, ImPlotOrientation orientation = ImPlotOrientation_Vertical, const ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0), bool interactable = true);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Tick Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Label a tick with default formatting.
+IMPLOT_API void LabelTickDefault(ImPlotTick& tick, ImGuiTextBuffer& buffer);
+// Label a tick with scientific formating.
+IMPLOT_API void LabelTickScientific(ImPlotTick& tick, ImGuiTextBuffer& buffer);
+// Label a tick with time formatting.
+IMPLOT_API void LabelTickTime(ImPlotTick& tick, ImGuiTextBuffer& buffer, const ImPlotTime& t, ImPlotDateTimeFmt fmt);
+
+// Populates a list of ImPlotTicks with normal spaced and formatted ticks
+IMPLOT_API void AddTicksDefault(const ImPlotRange& range, int nMajor, int nMinor, ImPlotTickCollection& ticks);
+// Populates a list of ImPlotTicks with logarithmic space and formatted ticks
+IMPLOT_API void AddTicksLogarithmic(const ImPlotRange& range, int nMajor, ImPlotTickCollection& ticks);
+// Populates a list of ImPlotTicks with time formatted ticks.
+IMPLOT_API void AddTicksTime(const ImPlotRange& range, int nMajor, ImPlotTickCollection& ticks);
+// Populates a list of ImPlotTicks with custom spaced and labeled ticks
+IMPLOT_API void AddTicksCustom(const double* values, const char* const labels[], int n, ImPlotTickCollection& ticks);
+
+// Create a a string label for a an axis value
+IMPLOT_API int LabelAxisValue(const ImPlotAxis& axis, const ImPlotTickCollection& ticks, double value, char* buff, int size);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Styling Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Get styling data for next item (call between Begin/EndItem)
+inline const ImPlotNextItemData& GetItemData() { return GImPlot->NextItemData; }
+
+// Returns true if a color is set to be automatically determined
+inline bool IsColorAuto(const ImVec4& col) { return col.w == -1; }
+// Returns true if a style color is set to be automaticaly determined
+inline bool IsColorAuto(ImPlotCol idx) { return IsColorAuto(GImPlot->Style.Colors[idx]); }
+// Returns the automatically deduced style color
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 GetAutoColor(ImPlotCol idx);
+
+// Returns the style color whether it is automatic or custom set
+inline ImVec4 GetStyleColorVec4(ImPlotCol idx) { return IsColorAuto(idx) ? GetAutoColor(idx) : GImPlot->Style.Colors[idx]; }
+inline ImU32  GetStyleColorU32(ImPlotCol idx)  { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(idx)); }
+
+// Get built-in colormap data and size
+IMPLOT_API const ImVec4* GetColormap(ImPlotColormap colormap, int* size_out);
+// Linearly interpolates a color from the current colormap given t between 0 and 1.
+IMPLOT_API ImVec4 LerpColormap(const ImVec4* colormap, int size, float t);
+// Resamples a colormap. #size_out must be greater than 1.
+IMPLOT_API void ResampleColormap(const ImVec4* colormap_in, int size_in, ImVec4* colormap_out, int size_out);
+
+// Draws vertical text. The position is the bottom left of the text rect.
+IMPLOT_API void AddTextVertical(ImDrawList *DrawList, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
+// Calculates the size of vertical text
+inline ImVec2 CalcTextSizeVertical(const char *text) { ImVec2 sz = ImGui::CalcTextSize(text); return ImVec2(sz.y, sz.x); }
+// Returns white or black text given background color
+inline ImU32 CalcTextColor(const ImVec4& bg) { return (bg.x * 0.299 + bg.y * 0.587 + bg.z * 0.114) > 0.5 ? IM_COL32_BLACK : IM_COL32_WHITE; }
+
+// Clamps a label position so that it fits a rect defined by Min/Max
+inline ImVec2 ClampLabelPos(ImVec2 pos, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& Min, const ImVec2& Max) {
+    if (pos.x < Min.x)              pos.x = Min.x;
+    if (pos.y < Min.y)              pos.y = Min.y;
+    if ((pos.x + size.x) > Max.x)   pos.x = Max.x - size.x;
+    if ((pos.y + size.y) > Max.y)   pos.y = Max.y - size.y;
+    return pos;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Math and Misc Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Rounds x to powers of 2,5 and 10 for generating axis labels (from Graphics Gems 1 Chapter 11.2)
+IMPLOT_API double NiceNum(double x, bool round);
+// Computes order of magnitude of double.
+inline int OrderOfMagnitude(double val) { return val == 0 ? 0 : (int)(floor(log10(fabs(val)))); }
+// Returns the precision required for a order of magnitude.
+inline int OrderToPrecision(int order) { return order > 0 ? 0 : 1 - order; }
+// Returns a floating point precision to use given a value
+inline int Precision(double val) { return OrderToPrecision(OrderOfMagnitude(val)); }
+
+// Returns the intersection point of two lines A and B (assumes they are not parallel!)
+inline ImVec2 Intersection(const ImVec2& a1, const ImVec2& a2, const ImVec2& b1, const ImVec2& b2) {
+    float v1 = (a1.x * a2.y - a1.y * a2.x);  float v2 = (b1.x * b2.y - b1.y * b2.x);
+    float v3 = ((a1.x - a2.x) * (b1.y - b2.y) - (a1.y - a2.y) * (b1.x - b2.x));
+    return ImVec2((v1 * (b1.x - b2.x) - v2 * (a1.x - a2.x)) / v3, (v1 * (b1.y - b2.y) - v2 * (a1.y - a2.y)) / v3);
+}
+
+// Fills a buffer with n samples linear interpolated from vmin to vmax
+template <typename T>
+void FillRange(ImVector<T>& buffer, int n, T vmin, T vmax) {
+    buffer.resize(n);
+    T step = (vmax - vmin) / (n - 1);
+    for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+        buffer[i] = vmin + i * step;
+    }
+}
+
+// Offsets and strides a data buffer
+template <typename T>
+inline T OffsetAndStride(const T* data, int idx, int count, int offset, int stride) {
+    idx = ImPosMod(offset + idx, count);
+    return *(const T*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)data + (size_t)idx * stride);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Time Utils
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Returns true if year is leap year (366 days long)
+inline bool IsLeapYear(int year) {
+    return  year % 4 == 0 && (year % 100 != 0 || year % 400 == 0);
+}
+// Returns the number of days in a month, accounting for Feb. leap years. #month is zero indexed.
+inline int GetDaysInMonth(int year, int month) {
+    static const int days[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
+    return  days[month] + (int)(month == 1 && IsLeapYear(year));
+}
+
+// Make a UNIX timestamp from a tm struct expressed in UTC time (i.e. GMT timezone).
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime MkGmtTime(struct tm *ptm);
+// Make a tm struct expressed in UTC time (i.e. GMT timezone) from a UNIX timestamp.
+IMPLOT_API tm* GetGmtTime(const ImPlotTime& t, tm* ptm);
+
+// Make a UNIX timestamp from a tm struct expressed in local time.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime MkLocTime(struct tm *ptm);
+// Make a tm struct expressed in local time from a UNIX timestamp.
+IMPLOT_API tm* GetLocTime(const ImPlotTime& t, tm* ptm);
+
+// NB: The following functions only work if there is a current ImPlotContext because the
+// internal tm struct is owned by the context! They are aware of ImPlotStyle.UseLocalTime.
+
+// Make a timestamp from time components.
+// year[1970-3000], month[0-11], day[1-31], hour[0-23], min[0-59], sec[0-59], us[0,999999]
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime MakeTime(int year, int month = 0, int day = 1, int hour = 0, int min = 0, int sec = 0, int us = 0);
+// Get year component from timestamp [1970-3000]
+IMPLOT_API int GetYear(const ImPlotTime& t);
+
+// Adds or subtracts time from a timestamp. #count > 0 to add, < 0 to subtract.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime AddTime(const ImPlotTime& t, ImPlotTimeUnit unit, int count);
+// Rounds a timestamp down to nearest unit.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime FloorTime(const ImPlotTime& t, ImPlotTimeUnit unit);
+// Rounds a timestamp up to the nearest unit.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime CeilTime(const ImPlotTime& t, ImPlotTimeUnit unit);
+// Rounds a timestamp up or down to the nearest unit.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime RoundTime(const ImPlotTime& t, ImPlotTimeUnit unit);
+// Combines the date of one timestamp with the time-of-day of another timestamp.
+IMPLOT_API ImPlotTime CombineDateTime(const ImPlotTime& date_part, const ImPlotTime& time_part);
+
+// Formats the time part of timestamp t into a buffer according to #fmt
+IMPLOT_API int FormatTime(const ImPlotTime& t, char* buffer, int size, ImPlotTimeFmt fmt, bool use_24_hr_clk);
+// Formats the date part of timestamp t into a buffer according to #fmt
+IMPLOT_API int FormatDate(const ImPlotTime& t, char* buffer, int size, ImPlotDateFmt fmt, bool use_iso_8601);
+// Formats the time and/or date parts of a timestamp t into a buffer according to #fmt
+IMPLOT_API int FormatDateTime(const ImPlotTime& t, char* buffer, int size, ImPlotDateTimeFmt fmt);
+
+// Shows a date picker widget block (year/month/day).
+// #level = 0 for day, 1 for month, 2 for year. Modified by user interaction.
+// #t will be set when a day is clicked and the function will return true.
+// #t1 and #t2 are optional dates to highlight.
+IMPLOT_API bool ShowDatePicker(const char* id, int* level, ImPlotTime* t, const ImPlotTime* t1 = NULL, const ImPlotTime* t2 = NULL);
+// Shows a time picker widget block (hour/min/sec).
+// #t will be set when a new hour, minute, or sec is selected or am/pm is toggled, and the function will return true.
+IMPLOT_API bool ShowTimePicker(const char* id, ImPlotTime* t);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Internal / Experimental Plotters
+// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Plots axis-aligned, filled rectangles. Every two consecutive points defines opposite corners of a single rectangle.
+IMPLOT_API void PlotRects(const char* label_id, const float* xs, const float* ys, int count, int offset = 0, int stride = sizeof(float));
+IMPLOT_API void PlotRects(const char* label_id, const double* xs, const double* ys, int count, int offset = 0, int stride = sizeof(double));
+IMPLOT_API void PlotRects(const char* label_id, ImPlotPoint (*getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int count, int offset = 0);
+
+} // namespace ImPlot

external/ImGui/source/TextEditor.cpp

@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ void TextEditor::Render(const char* aTitle, const ImVec2& aSize, bool aBorder)
 	ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(mPalette[(int)PaletteIndex::Background]));
 	ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
 	if (!mIgnoreImGuiChild)
-		ImGui::BeginChild(aTitle, aSize, aBorder, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
+		ImGui::BeginChild(aTitle, aSize, aBorder, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
 
 	if (mHandleKeyboardInputs)
 	{

external/ImGui/source/imgui.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.80 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.80
 // (main code and documentation)
 
 // Help:
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ CODE
    - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!)
    - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations.
  - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard.
- - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW
+ - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets
 
 
  PROGRAMMER GUIDE
@@ -158,18 +158,20 @@ CODE
  HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
  ----------------------------------------------
  - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h)
- - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified.
+ - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over master.
+ - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
  - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
    If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
    from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
    likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
- - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date.
+ - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
+ - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date.
 
 
  GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
  ---------------------------------------------------------------
  - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
- - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the examples/ folder.
+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
  - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
    It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as shared library (DLL).
  - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
@@ -350,7 +352,7 @@ CODE
          0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks.
     - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone.
       Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
-    - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW.
+    - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets
     - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo
       to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
  - Mouse:
@@ -382,6 +384,14 @@ CODE
  - 2020/XX/XX (1.XX) - Moved IME support functions from io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn, io.ImeWindowHandle to the PlatformIO api.
 
 
+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
+                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
+                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
+ - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
  - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
  - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
  - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
@@ -958,7 +968,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
 {
     Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
     WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window
-    WindowRounding          = 7.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
+    WindowRounding          = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
     WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
     WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size
     WindowTitleAlign        = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
@@ -1155,7 +1165,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
 // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau()
     ImVec2 p_last = p1;
@@ -1164,7 +1174,7 @@ ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3
     float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
     for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
     {
-        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
         ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
         float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
         if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
@@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3
 }
 
 // Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
-static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
 {
     float dx = x4 - x1;
     float dy = y4 - y1;
@@ -1206,20 +1216,20 @@ static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest,
         float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
         float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
         float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
-        BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
-        BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
 }
 
 // tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
 // Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
-ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
     ImVec2 p_last = p1;
     ImVec2 p_closest;
     float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
-    BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
+    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
     return p_closest;
 }
 
@@ -1471,7 +1481,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
 // Known size hash
 // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
 // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
 {
     ImU32 crc = ~seed;
     const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
@@ -1487,7 +1497,7 @@ ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
 // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
 // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
 // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
+ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)
 {
     seed = ~seed;
     ImU32 crc = seed;
@@ -2235,14 +2245,16 @@ static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
     window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y);
     window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
     window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
-    if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
+    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
         columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
     if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
     {
         if (table->IsInsideRow)
             ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
         table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-        table->RowBgColorCounter += (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
+        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
+        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
+        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
     }
 }
 
@@ -2299,8 +2311,8 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
     if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
         ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
 
-    // Reached end of list
-    if (DisplayEnd >= ItemsCount || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
+    // No items
+    if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
     {
         End();
         return false;
@@ -2311,7 +2323,7 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
     {
         // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
         // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
-        if (table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozen)
+        if (table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
         {
             DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen;
             DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1;
@@ -2353,6 +2365,13 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
         StepNo = 2;
     }
 
+    // Reached end of list
+    if (DisplayEnd >= ItemsCount)
+    {
+        End();
+        return false;
+    }
+
     // Step 2: calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element
     if (StepNo == 2)
     {
@@ -2469,6 +2488,11 @@ struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
     void*           GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); }
 };
 
+static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] =
+{
+    ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive
+};
+
 static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
 {
     { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
@@ -2897,7 +2921,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
     IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
     IM_DELETE(Name);
     for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++)
-        ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns();
+        ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiOldColumns();
 }
 
 ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
@@ -3050,6 +3074,7 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
 
     // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
     // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
+    g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
     g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
     g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
     g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00;
@@ -3065,6 +3090,7 @@ void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     g.HoveredId = id;
     g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
     if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
         g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
 }
@@ -3599,7 +3625,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
 
         if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
         {
-            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
 
             // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
             if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
@@ -3626,17 +3652,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
         // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
         // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
         ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
-        bool hovered_window_above_modal = false;
-        if (modal == NULL)
-            hovered_window_above_modal = true;
-        for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--)
-        {
-            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
-            if (window == modal)
-                break;
-            if (window == g.HoveredWindow)
-                hovered_window_above_modal = true;
-        }
+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal);
         ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
     }
 }
@@ -3755,6 +3771,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
     if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f)
         return;
 
+    if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel))
+        return;
+
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
     if (!window || window->Collapsed)
         return;
@@ -3994,8 +4013,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
         g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
     g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel;
     g.HoveredId = 0;
     g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;
     g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;
 
     // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
@@ -4043,7 +4064,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
 
     // Undocking
     // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so the window is already offset and following the mouse on the detaching frame)
-    DockContextUpdateUndocking(&g);
+    DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(&g);
 
     // Find hovered window
     // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
@@ -4107,7 +4128,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame()
     ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false);
 
     // Docking
-    DockContextUpdateDocking(&g);
+    DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(&g);
 
     // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
     UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
@@ -4451,6 +4472,8 @@ static void ImGui::EndFrameDrawDimmedBackgrounds()
                 continue;
             if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && viewport == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport)
                 continue;
+            if (viewport->Window && modal_window && IsWindowAbove(viewport->Window, modal_window))
+                continue;
             ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
             const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio);
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, dim_bg_col);
@@ -5066,15 +5089,27 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
 }
 
 // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework.
 void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId)
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
         g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
-    if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId)
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
         g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
 }
 
+void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel()
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+    if (g.HoveredId == id)
+        g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
+    if (g.ActiveId == id)
+        g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true;
+}
+
 ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
 {
     ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
@@ -5112,16 +5147,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b
     SetNextWindowSize(size);
 
     // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
-    char title[256];
     if (name)
-        ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
+        ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
     else
-        ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
+        ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
 
     const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
     if (!border)
         g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
-    bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags);
+    bool ret = Begin(g.TempBuffer, NULL, flags);
     g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
 
     ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
@@ -5347,18 +5381,24 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size
     return new_size;
 }
 
-static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
 {
-    if (window->Collapsed)
-        if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
-            return window->ContentSize;
-    if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
-        return window->ContentSize;
+    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
+    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
+    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
+    {
+        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
+        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
+        return;
+    }
 
-    ImVec2 sz;
-    sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
-    sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
-    return sz;
+    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
+    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
+    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
 }
 
 static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
@@ -5404,10 +5444,12 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont
     }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window);
-    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents);
+    ImVec2 size_contents_current;
+    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
+    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);
+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);
     ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
     return size_final;
 }
@@ -6088,11 +6130,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
 
         // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
-        window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window);
+        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
         if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
             window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
         if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
             window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
+        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
+            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
 
         // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
         if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
@@ -6109,7 +6153,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
                     window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
                 if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
                     window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
-                window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
             }
         }
 
@@ -6162,7 +6206,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // SIZE
 
         // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
-        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize);
+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);
         bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
         bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
         if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
@@ -6284,19 +6328,26 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             // Update common viewport flags
             const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear;
             ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear;
+            const bool is_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0;
             const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0;
             if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
                 viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
-            if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window)
+            if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal)
                 viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon;
             if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window)
                 viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration;
 
+            // Not correct to set modal as topmost because:
+            // - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal)
+            // - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost"
+            //if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+            //    viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost;
+
             // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them
             // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration).
             // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app,
             // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere.
-            if (is_short_lived_floating_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) == 0)
+            if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal)
                 viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick;
 
             // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users)
@@ -6381,7 +6432,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         int border_held = -1;
         ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
         const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
-        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
         if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->Collapsed)
             if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
                 use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
@@ -6579,6 +6630,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
         window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
         window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
         window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
         window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
 
@@ -6639,7 +6691,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
         // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
         /*
-        if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
+        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
+        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
             if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
                 LogToClipboard();
         */
@@ -6709,10 +6762,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
         {
             // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
             // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
-            IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive));
-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
-                if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
-                    window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+            IM_ASSERT((flags& ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive));
+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow??
+                if (!g.LogEnabled)
+                    if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
+                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
 
             // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
             if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
@@ -6726,7 +6780,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
             window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
 
         // Update the Hidden flag
-        window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
+        window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
 
         // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
         bool skip_items = false;
@@ -7010,6 +7064,20 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
     return false;
 }
 
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
+        if (candidate_window == potential_above)
+            return true;
+        if (candidate_window == potential_below)
+            return false;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
 bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
 {
     IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function
@@ -7089,7 +7157,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowDocked()
 // If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
 bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
 {
-    return window->Active && window == window->RootWindowDockStop && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
+    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindowDockStop && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
 }
 
 float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
@@ -7285,7 +7353,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
-    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size;
+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size);
 }
 
 void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
@@ -7567,8 +7635,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
     // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means you assert macro is incorrectly defined!
     //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
     //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
-    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!
-    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!
+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!
     if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
 
     // Check user data
@@ -7577,21 +7645,21 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
     IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
     IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
     IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0                                && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()                          && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0                                && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()                          && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError > 0.0f                      && "Invalid style setting!");
-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!");
+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
     IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
     for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
         IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)");
 
-    // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP)
+    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
     if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard)
         IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
 
-    // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
+    // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
     if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
         g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;
 
@@ -7649,6 +7717,9 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
     IM_ASSERT((key_mod_flags == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mod_flags) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
     IM_UNUSED(key_mod_flags);
 
+    // Recover from errors
+    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
+
     // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
     // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
     if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
@@ -7668,6 +7739,80 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
     IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
 }
 
+// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
+// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
+// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
+// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
+{
+    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
+        while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
+            EndTable();
+        }
+#endif
+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
+        while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndTabBar();
+        }
+        while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            TreePop();
+        }
+        while (g.GroupStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfGroupStack)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndGroup();
+        }
+        while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            PopID();
+        }
+        while (g.ColorStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfColorStack)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));
+            PopStyleColor();
+        }
+        while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfStyleVarStack)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            PopStyleVar();
+        }
+        while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfFocusScopeStack)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
+            PopFocusScope();
+        }
+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow);
+            break;
+        }
+        IM_ASSERT(window == g.CurrentWindow);
+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            EndChild();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
+            End();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
 // Save current stack sizes for later compare
 void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState()
 {
@@ -7687,6 +7832,7 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+    IM_UNUSED(window);
 
     // Window stacks
     // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
@@ -8409,7 +8555,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags toolt
             {
                 // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
                 window->Hidden = true;
-                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary?
                 ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
             }
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking;
@@ -11483,10 +11629,11 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window)
             UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window);
     }
 
-    // Fallback to default viewport
+    // Fallback: merge in default viewport if z-order matches, otherwise create a new viewport
     if (window->Viewport == NULL)
-        window->Viewport = main_viewport;
-
+        if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, main_viewport))
+            window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None);
+    
     // Mark window as allowed to protrude outside of its viewport and into the current monitor
     if (!lock_viewport)
     {
@@ -11796,6 +11943,50 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows()
 // Docking: Settings
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Typical Docking call flow: (root level is generally public API):
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - NewFrame()                               new dear imgui frame
+//    | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()  - process queued undocking requests
+//    | - DockContextProcessUndockWindow()    - process one window undocking request
+//    | - DockContextProcessUndockNode()      - process one whole node undocking request
+//    | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()  - process queue docking requests, create floating dock nodes
+//    | - update g.HoveredDockNode            - [debug] update node hovered by mouse
+//    | - DockContextProcessDock()            - process one docking request
+//    | - DockNodeUpdate()
+//    |   - DockNodeUpdateForRootNode()
+//    |     - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds()
+//    |     - DockNodeFindInfo()
+//    |   - destroy unused node or tab bar
+//    |   - create dock node host window
+//    |      - Begin() etc.
+//    |   - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow()
+//    |   - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize()
+//    |   - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter()
+//    |   - draw node background
+//    |   - DockNodeUpdateTabBar()            - create/update tab bar for a docking node
+//    |     - DockNodeAddTabBar()
+//    |     - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu()
+//    |     - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout()
+//    |     - BeginTabBarEx()
+//    |     - TabItemEx() calls
+//    |     - EndTabBar()
+//    |   - BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
+//    |      - DockNodeUpdate()               - recurse into child nodes...
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - DockSpace()                              user submit a dockspace into a window
+//    | Begin(Child)                          - create a child window
+//    | DockNodeUpdate()                      - call main dock node update function
+//    | End(Child)
+//    | ItemSize()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - Begin()
+//    | BeginDocked()
+//    | BeginDockableDragDropSource()
+//    | BeginDockableDragDropTarget()
+//    | - DockNodePreviewDockRender()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Docking: Internal Types
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -11946,8 +12137,8 @@ namespace ImGui
 // - DockContextShutdown()
 // - DockContextClearNodes()
 // - DockContextRebuildNodes()
-// - DockContextUpdateUndocking()
-// - DockContextUpdateDocking()
+// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking()
+// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
 // - DockContextFindNodeByID()
 // - DockContextBindNodeToWindow()
 // - DockContextGenNodeID()
@@ -12006,7 +12197,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 }
 
 // Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
-void ImGui::DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
     ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
@@ -12050,14 +12241,16 @@ void ImGui::DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 }
 
 // Docking context update function, called by NewFrame()
-void ImGui::DockContextUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
     ImGuiDockContext* dc  = &ctx->DockContext;
     if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable))
         return;
 
-    // Store hovered dock node. We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut.
+    // [DEBUG] Store hovered dock node.
+    // We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut.
+    // Note this is mostly a debug thing and isn't actually used for docking target, because docking involve more detailed filtering.
     g.HoveredDockNode = NULL;
     if (ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow)
     {
@@ -13141,8 +13334,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node)
         if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->DockNode && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->ParentWindow == host_window)
             node->LastFocusedNodeId = g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->DockNode->ID;
 
-    // We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size after
-    // processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order!
+    // We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size
+    // _after_ processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order!
     const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0;
     if (render_dockspace_bg)
     {
@@ -13381,6 +13574,17 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
     ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos;
     DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node, &title_bar_rect, &tab_bar_rect, &window_menu_button_pos);
 
+    // Submit new tabs and apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar. They will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value.
+    const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
+    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
+    {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
+        if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop == window)
+            tab_bar->SelectedTabId = window->ID;
+        if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->ID) == NULL)
+            TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
+    }
+
     // Title bar
     if (is_focused)
         node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount;
@@ -13396,17 +13600,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
             focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId;
     }
 
-    // Submit new tabs and apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar. They will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value.
-    const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
-    for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
-    {
-        ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n];
-        if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop == window)
-            tab_bar->SelectedTabId = window->ID;
-        if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->ID) == NULL)
-            TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window);
-    }
-
     // If multiple tabs are appearing on the same frame, sort them based on their persistent DockOrder value
     int tabs_unsorted_start = tab_bar->Tabs.Size;
     for (int tab_n = tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1; tab_n >= 0 && (tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted); tab_n--)
@@ -13438,6 +13631,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
     BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_rect, tab_bar_flags, node);
     //host_window->DrawList->AddRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
 
+    // Backup style colors
+    ImVec4 backup_style_cols[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT];
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        backup_style_cols[color_n] = g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]];
+
     // Submit actual tabs
     node->VisibleWindow = NULL;
     for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++)
@@ -13448,11 +13646,16 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
         if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount || !node_was_active)
         {
             ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_item_flags = 0;
+            tab_item_flags |= window->WindowClass.TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;
             if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
                 tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument;
             if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton)
                 tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton;
 
+            // Apply stored style overrides for the window
+            for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+                g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n]);
+
             bool tab_open = true;
             TabItemEx(tab_bar, window->Name, window->HasCloseButton ? &tab_open : NULL, tab_item_flags, window);
             if (!tab_open)
@@ -13470,6 +13673,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w
         }
     }
 
+    // Restore style colors
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = backup_style_cols[color_n];
+
     // Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar)
     if (node->VisibleWindow)
         if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL)
@@ -13818,7 +14025,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock
         overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(root_payload->Viewport);
 
     // Draw main preview rectangle
-    const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TabActive);
     const ImU32 overlay_col_main = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.60f : 0.40f);
     const ImU32 overlay_col_drop = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.90f : 0.70f);
     const ImU32 overlay_col_drop_hovered = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 1.20f : 1.00f);
@@ -13873,6 +14079,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock
             ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload_window->Name, payload_window->HasCloseButton);
             ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y);
             tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+            const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]);
+            const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive]);
+            PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, overlay_col_text);
             for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++)
             {
                 ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview | ((payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
@@ -13883,6 +14092,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock
                 if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb))
                     overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PopClipRect();
             }
+            PopStyleColor();
         }
     }
 
@@ -14961,7 +15171,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
     // Note how we are testing for LastFrameAlive and NOT LastFrameActive. A DockSpace node can be maintained alive while being inactive with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
     if (node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
     {
-        // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextUpdateDocking()
+        // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking()
         ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node);
         if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount)
         {
@@ -14975,6 +15185,10 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open)
         return;
     }
 
+    // Store style overrides
+    for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+        window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
+
     // Fast path return. It is common for windows to hold on a persistent DockId but be the only visible window,
     // and never create neither a host window neither a tab bar.
     // FIXME-DOCK: replace ->HostWindow NULL compare with something more explicit (~was initially intended as a first frame test)
@@ -15046,6 +15260,10 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window)
     {
         SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, &window, sizeof(window));
         EndDragDropSource();
+
+        // Store style overrides
+        for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++)
+            window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]);
     }
 }
 
@@ -15603,10 +15821,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
     Separator();
 
     // Debugging enums
-    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
-    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" };
-    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
-    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
     if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
         cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
     if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
@@ -15617,11 +15835,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
         static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
         {
             if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight); }
+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
             else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
             else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); }
@@ -15638,7 +15858,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
             else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }
             else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }
             else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }
-            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)              { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)       { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
             else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
             IM_ASSERT(0);
             return ImRect();
@@ -15986,7 +16207,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
 }
 
 // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiColumns* columns)
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
 {
     if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
         return;
@@ -16278,7 +16499,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
 
     ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
     DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
-    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y);
+    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
     BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
         (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
         (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
@@ -16335,13 +16556,11 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* la
 #else
 
 void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiColumns*) {}
+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
 void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>*, const char*) {}

external/ImGui/source/imgui_draw.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.80 WIP
+// dear imgui, v1.80
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca"                         // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma"                          // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
@@ -211,7 +210,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
@@ -245,7 +244,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
 
     colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
@@ -336,7 +335,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header],       colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
@@ -354,7 +353,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong]      = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight]       = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f);   // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
     colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg]             = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
-    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.07f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt]          = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
@@ -412,6 +411,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
     _Path.resize(0);
     _Splitter.Clear();
     CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd());
+    _FringeScale = 1.0f;
 }
 
 void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory()
@@ -687,12 +687,12 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
 
     const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
     const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
-    const bool thick_line = (thickness > 1.0f);
+    const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
 
     if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
     {
         // Anti-aliased stroke
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
         const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
 
         // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
         // Do we want to draw this line using a texture?
         // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved.
         // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path.
-        const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f);
+        const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f);
 
         // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off
         IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines));
@@ -800,14 +800,14 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32
             {
                 // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices
                 ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness];
-                if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f)
+                /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false!
                 {
                     const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1];
                     tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp()
                     tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness;
                     tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness;
                     tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness;
-                }
+                }*/
                 ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y);
                 ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w);
                 for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
     if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
     {
         // Anti-aliased Fill
-        const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
         const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
         const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6;
         const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
@@ -1057,23 +1057,32 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa
     }
 }
 
-ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
 {
     float u = 1.0f - t;
-    float w1 = u*u*u;
-    float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
-    float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
-    float w4 = t*t*t;
-    return ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y);
+    float w1 = u * u * u;
+    float w2 = 3 * u * u * t;
+    float w3 = 3 * u * t * t;
+    float w4 = t * t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y);
 }
 
-// Closely mimics BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep() in imgui.cpp
-static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t)
+{
+    float u = 1.0f - t;
+    float w1 = u * u;
+    float w2 = 2 * u * t;
+    float w3 = t * t;
+    return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y);
+}
+
+// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp
+static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
 {
     float dx = x4 - x1;
     float dy = y4 - y1;
-    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
-    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+    float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx;
+    float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx;
     d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
     d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
     if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
@@ -1082,29 +1091,62 @@ static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, fl
     }
     else if (level < 10)
     {
-        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
-        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
-        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
-        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
-        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
-        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1, y1,        x12, y12,    x123, y123,  x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234,  x234, y234,  x34, y34,    x4, y4,       tess_tol, level + 1);
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f;
+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
+static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector<ImVec2>* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+    float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1;
+    float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx;
+    if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
+    {
+        path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3));
+    }
+    else if (level < 10)
+    {
+        float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
+        float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
+        float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1);
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
 {
     ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
     if (num_segments == 0)
     {
-        PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
+        PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
     }
     else
     {
         float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
         for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
-            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
+    }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments)
+{
+    ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+    if (num_segments == 0)
+    {
+        PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+        for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+            _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step));
     }
 }
 
@@ -1318,13 +1360,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in
 }
 
 // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     PathLineTo(p1);
-    PathBezierCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
+    PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
+    PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+}
+
+// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    PathLineTo(p1);
+    PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
     PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
 }
 
@@ -2124,10 +2177,11 @@ bool    ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
         for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
             if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
                 src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
-        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
         if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+        {
+            IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
             return false;
-
+        }
         // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
         const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
         IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
@@ -2638,45 +2692,76 @@ const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
 
 const ImWchar*  ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
 {
-    // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese
-    // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering
-    // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this.
+    // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
+    // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
+    // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
+    // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan
+    //   - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/
+    //   - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP).
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en
+    //     - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode
+    //   - You can generate this code by the script at:
+    //     - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
+    // - References:
+    //   - List of Joyo Kanji
+    //     - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
+    //   - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
+    //     - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
+    //     - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
+    // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
     // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
     // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
     static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
     {
-        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,6,2,2,1,8,5,7,11,1,2,10,10,8,2,4,20,2,11,8,2,1,2,1,6,2,1,7,5,3,7,1,1,13,7,9,1,4,6,1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,14,1,1,9,3,18,
-        5,4,2,2,10,7,1,1,1,3,2,4,3,23,2,10,12,2,14,2,4,13,1,6,10,3,1,7,13,6,4,13,5,2,3,17,2,2,5,7,6,4,1,7,14,16,6,13,9,15,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,9,2,7,15,
-        2,6,5,13,25,4,14,13,11,25,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,10,11,3,3,1,1,4,4,2,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,12,11,15,7,16,4,5,16,2,1,1,6,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,
-        2,1,12,3,3,9,5,8,1,11,1,2,3,18,20,4,1,3,6,1,7,3,5,5,7,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,8,7,4,17,1,9,25,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,6,16,1,2,1,1,3,12,
-        20,2,5,20,8,7,6,2,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,10,1,1,6,1,3,1,2,1,4,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,4,7,5,13,1,15,1,1,30,11,9,1,15,38,14,1,32,17,20,1,9,31,2,21,9,
-        4,49,22,2,1,13,1,11,45,35,43,55,12,19,83,1,3,2,3,13,2,1,7,3,18,3,13,8,1,8,18,5,3,7,25,24,9,24,40,3,17,24,2,1,6,2,3,16,15,6,7,3,12,1,9,7,3,3,
-        3,15,21,5,16,4,5,12,11,11,3,6,3,2,31,3,2,1,1,23,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,22,2,6,2,3,17,3,2,4,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,15,12,3,17,2,14,2,8,1,23,16,4,2,23,
-        8,15,23,20,12,25,19,47,11,21,65,46,4,3,1,5,6,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,3,11,1,1,1,2,1,2,3,1,1,10,2,3,1,1,1,3,6,3,2,2,6,6,9,2,2,2,6,2,5,10,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,
-        3,1,1,3,1,2,9,23,9,2,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,10,9,6,1,10,2,31,25,3,7,5,40,1,15,6,17,7,27,180,1,3,2,2,1,1,1,6,3,10,7,1,3,6,17,8,6,2,2,1,3,5,5,8,16,14,
-        15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,1,3,2,7,5,6,2,5,10,1,4,2,9,1,1,11,6,1,44,1,3,7,9,5,1,3,1,1,10,7,1,10,4,2,7,21,15,7,2,5,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,6,1,4,2,1,4,10,8,1,4,5,
-        1,5,10,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,29,4,7,3,5,2,3,33,5,2,19,3,1,4,2,6,31,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,12,11,12,8,3,14,8,6,11,1,4,41,3,1,2,7,13,1,5,6,2,6,12,
-        12,22,5,9,4,8,9,9,34,6,24,1,1,20,9,9,3,4,1,7,2,2,2,6,2,28,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,8,8,3,2,1,5,1,2,2,3,1,11,11,7,3,6,10,8,6,16,16,
-        22,7,12,6,21,5,4,6,6,3,6,1,3,2,1,2,8,29,1,10,1,6,13,6,6,19,31,1,13,4,4,22,17,26,33,10,4,15,12,25,6,67,10,2,3,1,6,10,2,6,2,9,1,9,4,4,1,2,16,2,
-        5,9,2,3,8,1,8,3,9,4,8,6,4,8,11,3,2,1,1,3,26,1,7,5,1,11,1,5,3,5,2,13,6,39,5,1,5,2,11,6,10,5,1,15,5,3,6,19,21,22,2,4,1,6,1,8,1,4,8,2,4,2,2,9,2,
-        1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,7,1,14,2,4,10,2,13,1,17,7,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,12,3,1,29,2,8,9,15,14,9,14,1,3,1,6,5,9,11,3,38,43,20,7,7,8,5,15,12,19,15,81,8,7,
-        1,5,73,13,37,28,8,8,1,15,18,20,165,28,1,6,11,8,4,14,7,15,1,3,3,6,4,1,7,14,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,14,1,4,2,7,52,2,6,29,3,1,9,1,21,3,5,1,26,3,11,14,
-        11,1,17,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,7,7,5,17,3,3,3,1,23,10,4,4,6,3,1,16,17,22,3,10,21,16,16,6,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,8,6,5,3,3,3,39,25,
-        15,1,1,16,6,7,25,15,6,6,12,1,22,13,1,4,9,5,12,2,9,1,12,28,8,3,5,10,22,60,1,2,40,4,61,63,4,1,13,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,89,5,16,6,29,14,2,5,49,18,18,
-        5,29,33,47,1,17,1,19,12,2,9,7,39,12,3,7,12,39,3,1,46,4,12,3,8,9,5,31,15,18,3,2,2,66,19,13,17,5,3,46,124,13,57,34,2,5,4,5,8,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,5,
-        3,5,3,1,8,5,6,3,27,3,26,7,12,7,2,17,3,7,18,78,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,39,17,7,4,13,4,4,4,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,10,1,19,1,26,2,4,33,2,73,47,7,3,8,2,4,15,
-        18,1,29,2,41,14,1,21,16,41,7,39,25,13,44,2,2,10,1,13,7,1,7,3,5,20,4,8,2,49,1,10,6,1,6,7,10,7,11,16,3,12,20,4,10,3,1,2,11,2,28,9,2,4,7,2,15,1,
-        27,1,28,17,4,5,10,7,3,24,10,11,6,26,3,2,7,2,2,49,16,10,16,15,4,5,27,61,30,14,38,22,2,7,5,1,3,12,23,24,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,7,5,1,1,5,1,1,9,4,
-        1,3,6,1,8,2,8,4,14,3,5,11,4,1,3,32,1,19,4,1,13,11,5,2,1,8,6,8,1,6,5,13,3,23,11,5,3,16,3,9,10,1,24,3,198,52,4,2,2,5,14,5,4,22,5,20,4,11,6,41,
-        1,5,2,2,11,5,2,28,35,8,22,3,18,3,10,7,5,3,4,1,5,3,8,9,3,6,2,16,22,4,5,5,3,3,18,23,2,6,23,5,27,8,1,33,2,12,43,16,5,2,3,6,1,20,4,2,9,7,1,11,2,
-        10,3,14,31,9,3,25,18,20,2,5,5,26,14,1,11,17,12,40,19,9,6,31,83,2,7,9,19,78,12,14,21,76,12,113,79,34,4,1,1,61,18,85,10,2,2,13,31,11,50,6,33,159,
-        179,6,6,7,4,4,2,4,2,5,8,7,20,32,22,1,3,10,6,7,28,5,10,9,2,77,19,13,2,5,1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,31,17,3,26,2,6,6,5,4,1,7,11,3,4,2,1,6,2,20,4,1,9,2,6,
-        3,7,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,5,13,8,4,11,23,1,10,6,2,1,3,21,2,2,4,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,192,15,4,16,7,9,51,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,2,1,3,5,3,1,3,4,1,
-        3,1,3,3,9,8,1,2,2,2,4,4,18,12,92,2,10,4,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,14,4,2,21,5,126,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,20,12,1,14,12,87,3,19,1,8,2,9,9,3,3,23,2,
-        3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16,
-        4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
-        1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65,
-        51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39,
+        0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1,
+        1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3,
+        2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8,
+        2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5,
+        2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1,
+        1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30,
+        2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3,
+        13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4,
+        5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14,
+        2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1,
+        1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1,
+        7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,
+        1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,
+        6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2,
+        10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7,
+        2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5,
+        3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1,
+        6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7,
+        4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
+        4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5,
+        1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6,
+        12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2,
+        1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16,
+        22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11,
+        2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18,
+        18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9,
+        14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3,
+        1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6,
+        40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1,
+        12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8,
+        2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1,
+        1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10,
+        1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5,
+        3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2,
+        14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5,
+        12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1,
+        2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5,
+        1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4,
+        3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7,
+        2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5,
+        13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13,
+        18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,
+        37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,
+        5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38,
+        32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4,
+        1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4,
+        4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,
+        3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,
     };
     static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
     {

external/ImGui/source/imgui_freetype.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+// dear imgui: wrapper to use FreeType (instead of stb_truetype)
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/misc/freetype
+// Original code by @vuhdo (Aleksei Skriabin). Improvements by @mikesart. Maintained and v0.60+ by @ocornut.
+
+// Changelog:
+// - v0.50: (2017/08/16) imported from https://github.com/Vuhdo/imgui_freetype into http://www.github.com/ocornut/imgui_club, updated for latest changes in ImFontAtlas, minor tweaks.
+// - v0.51: (2017/08/26) cleanup, optimizations, support for ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags, ImFontConfig::RasterizerMultiply.
+// - v0.52: (2017/09/26) fixes for imgui internal changes.
+// - v0.53: (2017/10/22) minor inconsequential change to match change in master (removed an unnecessary statement).
+// - v0.54: (2018/01/22) fix for addition of ImFontAtlas::TexUvscale member.
+// - v0.55: (2018/02/04) moved to main imgui repository (away from http://www.github.com/ocornut/imgui_club)
+// - v0.56: (2018/06/08) added support for ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMaxAdvanceX.
+// - v0.60: (2019/01/10) re-factored to match big update in STB builder. fixed texture height waste. fixed redundant glyphs when merging. support for glyph padding.
+// - v0.61: (2019/01/15) added support for imgui allocators + added FreeType only override function SetAllocatorFunctions().
+// - v0.62: (2019/02/09) added RasterizerFlags::Monochrome flag to disable font anti-aliasing (combine with ::MonoHinting for best results!)
+// - v0.63: (2020/06/04) fix for rare case where FT_Get_Char_Index() succeed but FT_Load_Glyph() fails.
+
+// Gamma Correct Blending:
+//  FreeType assumes blending in linear space rather than gamma space.
+//  See https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html#FT_Render_Glyph
+//  For correct results you need to be using sRGB and convert to linear space in the pixel shader output.
+//  The default imgui styles will be impacted by this change (alpha values will need tweaking).
+
+// FIXME: cfg.OversampleH, OversampleV are not supported (but perhaps not so necessary with this rasterizer).
+
+#include "imgui_freetype.h"
+#include "imgui_internal.h"     // ImMin,ImMax,ImFontAtlasBuild*,
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H          // <freetype/freetype.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H            // <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H             // <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+#include FT_SYNTHESIS_H         // <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#endif
+
+namespace
+{
+    // Glyph metrics:
+    // --------------
+    //
+    //                       xmin                     xmax
+    //                        |                         |
+    //                        |<-------- width -------->|
+    //                        |                         |
+    //              |         +-------------------------+----------------- ymax
+    //              |         |    ggggggggg   ggggg    |     ^        ^
+    //              |         |   g:::::::::ggg::::g    |     |        |
+    //              |         |  g:::::::::::::::::g    |     |        |
+    //              |         | g::::::ggggg::::::gg    |     |        |
+    //              |         | g:::::g     g:::::g     |     |        |
+    //    offsetX  -|-------->| g:::::g     g:::::g     |  offsetY     |
+    //              |         | g:::::g     g:::::g     |     |        |
+    //              |         | g::::::g    g:::::g     |     |        |
+    //              |         | g:::::::ggggg:::::g     |     |        |
+    //              |         |  g::::::::::::::::g     |     |      height
+    //              |         |   gg::::::::::::::g     |     |        |
+    //  baseline ---*---------|---- gggggggg::::::g-----*--------      |
+    //            / |         |             g:::::g     |              |
+    //     origin   |         | gggggg      g:::::g     |              |
+    //              |         | g:::::gg   gg:::::g     |              |
+    //              |         |  g::::::ggg:::::::g     |              |
+    //              |         |   gg:::::::::::::g      |              |
+    //              |         |     ggg::::::ggg        |              |
+    //              |         |         gggggg          |              v
+    //              |         +-------------------------+----------------- ymin
+    //              |                                   |
+    //              |------------- advanceX ----------->|
+
+    /// A structure that describe a glyph.
+    struct GlyphInfo
+    {
+        int         Width;              // Glyph's width in pixels.
+        int         Height;             // Glyph's height in pixels.
+        FT_Int      OffsetX;            // The distance from the origin ("pen position") to the left of the glyph.
+        FT_Int      OffsetY;            // The distance from the origin to the top of the glyph. This is usually a value < 0.
+        float       AdvanceX;           // The distance from the origin to the origin of the next glyph. This is usually a value > 0.
+    };
+
+    // Font parameters and metrics.
+    struct FontInfo
+    {
+        uint32_t    PixelHeight;        // Size this font was generated with.
+        float       Ascender;           // The pixel extents above the baseline in pixels (typically positive).
+        float       Descender;          // The extents below the baseline in pixels (typically negative).
+        float       LineSpacing;        // The baseline-to-baseline distance. Note that it usually is larger than the sum of the ascender and descender taken as absolute values. There is also no guarantee that no glyphs extend above or below subsequent baselines when using this distance. Think of it as a value the designer of the font finds appropriate.
+        float       LineGap;            // The spacing in pixels between one row's descent and the next row's ascent.
+        float       MaxAdvanceWidth;    // This field gives the maximum horizontal cursor advance for all glyphs in the font.
+    };
+
+    // FreeType glyph rasterizer.
+    // NB: No ctor/dtor, explicitly call Init()/Shutdown()
+    struct FreeTypeFont
+    {
+        bool                    InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_user_flags); // Initialize from an external data buffer. Doesn't copy data, and you must ensure it stays valid up to this object lifetime.
+        void                    CloseFont();
+        void                    SetPixelHeight(int pixel_height); // Change font pixel size. All following calls to RasterizeGlyph() will use this size
+        const FT_Glyph_Metrics* LoadGlyph(uint32_t in_codepoint);
+        const FT_Bitmap*        RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(GlyphInfo* out_glyph_info);
+        void                    BlitGlyph(const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap, uint8_t* dst, uint32_t dst_pitch, unsigned char* multiply_table = NULL);
+        ~FreeTypeFont()         { CloseFont(); }
+
+        // [Internals]
+        FontInfo        Info;               // Font descriptor of the current font.
+        FT_Face         Face;
+        unsigned int    UserFlags;          // = ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags
+        FT_Int32        LoadFlags;
+        FT_Render_Mode  RenderMode;
+    };
+
+    // From SDL_ttf: Handy routines for converting from fixed point
+    #define FT_CEIL(X)  (((X + 63) & -64) / 64)
+
+    bool FreeTypeFont::InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_user_flags)
+    {
+        FT_Error error = FT_New_Memory_Face(ft_library, (uint8_t*)cfg.FontData, (uint32_t)cfg.FontDataSize, (uint32_t)cfg.FontNo, &Face);
+        if (error != 0)
+            return false;
+        error = FT_Select_Charmap(Face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE);
+        if (error != 0)
+            return false;
+
+        memset(&Info, 0, sizeof(Info));
+        SetPixelHeight((uint32_t)cfg.SizePixels);
+
+        // Convert to FreeType flags (NB: Bold and Oblique are processed separately)
+        UserFlags = cfg.RasterizerFlags | extra_user_flags;
+        LoadFlags = FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::NoHinting)
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::NoAutoHint)
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT;
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::ForceAutoHint)
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT;
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::LightHinting)
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT;
+        else if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::MonoHinting)
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO;
+        else
+            LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL;
+
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::Monochrome)
+            RenderMode = FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO;
+        else
+            RenderMode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL;
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    void FreeTypeFont::CloseFont()
+    {
+        if (Face)
+        {
+            FT_Done_Face(Face);
+            Face = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    void FreeTypeFont::SetPixelHeight(int pixel_height)
+    {
+        // Vuhdo: I'm not sure how to deal with font sizes properly. As far as I understand, currently ImGui assumes that the 'pixel_height'
+        // is a maximum height of an any given glyph, i.e. it's the sum of font's ascender and descender. Seems strange to me.
+        // NB: FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes() doesn't seem to get us the same result.
+        FT_Size_RequestRec req;
+        req.type = FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM;
+        req.width = 0;
+        req.height = (uint32_t)pixel_height * 64;
+        req.horiResolution = 0;
+        req.vertResolution = 0;
+        FT_Request_Size(Face, &req);
+
+        // Update font info
+        FT_Size_Metrics metrics = Face->size->metrics;
+        Info.PixelHeight = (uint32_t)pixel_height;
+        Info.Ascender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.ascender);
+        Info.Descender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.descender);
+        Info.LineSpacing = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height);
+        Info.LineGap = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height - metrics.ascender + metrics.descender);
+        Info.MaxAdvanceWidth = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.max_advance);
+    }
+
+    const FT_Glyph_Metrics* FreeTypeFont::LoadGlyph(uint32_t codepoint)
+    {
+        uint32_t glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index(Face, codepoint);
+        if (glyph_index == 0)
+            return NULL;
+        FT_Error error = FT_Load_Glyph(Face, glyph_index, LoadFlags);
+        if (error)
+            return NULL;
+
+        // Need an outline for this to work
+        FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph;
+        IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE);
+
+        // Apply convenience transform (this is not picking from real "Bold"/"Italic" fonts! Merely applying FreeType helper transform. Oblique == Slanting)
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::Bold)
+            FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden(slot);
+        if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeType::Oblique)
+        {
+            FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique(slot);
+            //FT_BBox bbox;
+            //FT_Outline_Get_BBox(&slot->outline, &bbox);
+            //slot->metrics.width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
+            //slot->metrics.height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
+        }
+
+        return &slot->metrics;
+    }
+
+    const FT_Bitmap* FreeTypeFont::RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(GlyphInfo* out_glyph_info)
+    {
+        FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph;
+        FT_Error error = FT_Render_Glyph(slot, RenderMode);
+        if (error != 0)
+            return NULL;
+
+        FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap = &Face->glyph->bitmap;
+        out_glyph_info->Width = (int)ft_bitmap->width;
+        out_glyph_info->Height = (int)ft_bitmap->rows;
+        out_glyph_info->OffsetX = Face->glyph->bitmap_left;
+        out_glyph_info->OffsetY = -Face->glyph->bitmap_top;
+        out_glyph_info->AdvanceX = (float)FT_CEIL(slot->advance.x);
+
+        return ft_bitmap;
+    }
+
+    void FreeTypeFont::BlitGlyph(const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap, uint8_t* dst, uint32_t dst_pitch, unsigned char* multiply_table)
+    {
+        IM_ASSERT(ft_bitmap != NULL);
+        const uint32_t w = ft_bitmap->width;
+        const uint32_t h = ft_bitmap->rows;
+        const uint8_t* src = ft_bitmap->buffer;
+        const uint32_t src_pitch = ft_bitmap->pitch;
+
+        switch (ft_bitmap->pixel_mode)
+        {
+        case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY: // Grayscale image, 1 byte per pixel.
+            {
+                if (multiply_table == NULL)
+                {
+                    for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch)
+                        memcpy(dst, src, w);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch)
+                        for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++)
+                            dst[x] = multiply_table[src[x]];
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO: // Monochrome image, 1 bit per pixel. The bits in each byte are ordered from MSB to LSB.
+            {
+                uint8_t color0 = multiply_table ? multiply_table[0] : 0;
+                uint8_t color1 = multiply_table ? multiply_table[255] : 255;
+                for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch)
+                {
+                    uint8_t bits = 0;
+                    const uint8_t* bits_ptr = src;
+                    for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++, bits <<= 1)
+                    {
+                        if ((x & 7) == 0)
+                            bits = *bits_ptr++;
+                        dst[x] = (bits & 0x80) ? color1 : color0;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        default:
+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "FreeTypeFont::BlitGlyph(): Unknown bitmap pixel mode!");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION                        // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define STBRP_ASSERT(x)     do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
+#define STBRP_STATIC
+#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#endif
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
+#else
+#include "imstb_rectpack.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+struct ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT
+{
+    GlyphInfo           Info;
+    uint32_t            Codepoint;
+    unsigned char*      BitmapData;         // Point within one of the dst_tmp_bitmap_buffers[] array
+};
+
+struct ImFontBuildSrcDataFT
+{
+    FreeTypeFont        Font;
+    stbrp_rect*         Rects;              // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
+    const ImWchar*      SrcRanges;          // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
+    int                 DstIndex;           // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;      // Highest requested codepoint
+    int                 GlyphsCount;        // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT>   GlyphsList;
+};
+
+// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
+struct ImFontBuildDstDataFT
+{
+    int                 SrcCount;           // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
+    int                 GlyphsHighest;
+    int                 GlyphsCount;
+    ImBitVector         GlyphsSet;          // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
+};
+
+bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int extra_flags)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas);
+
+    // Clear atlas
+    atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
+    atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+    atlas->ClearTexData();
+
+    // Temporary storage for building
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildSrcDataFT> src_tmp_array;
+    ImVector<ImFontBuildDstDataFT> dst_tmp_array;
+    src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
+    dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
+    memset((void*)src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+    memset((void*)dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        FreeTypeFont& font_face = src_tmp.Font;
+        IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
+
+        // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
+        src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
+        for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
+            if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
+                src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
+        if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
+            return false;
+
+        // Load font
+        if (!font_face.InitFont(ft_library, cfg, extra_flags))
+            return false;
+
+        // Measure highest codepoints
+        ImFontBuildDstDataFT& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
+        dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
+        dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
+    }
+
+    // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
+    int total_glyphs_count = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontBuildDstDataFT& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+        if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
+            dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
+
+        for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
+            for (int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= (int)src_range[1]; codepoint++)
+            {
+                if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint))    // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option (e.g. MergeOverwrite)
+                    continue;
+                uint32_t glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index(src_tmp.Font.Face, codepoint); // It is actually in the font? (FIXME-OPT: We are not storing the glyph_index..)
+                if (glyph_index == 0)
+                    continue;
+
+                // Add to avail set/counters
+                src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
+                src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
+                total_glyphs_count++;
+            }
+    }
+
+    // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        IM_ASSERT(sizeof(src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(ImU32));
+        const ImU32* it_begin = src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.begin();
+        const ImU32* it_end = src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.end();
+        for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
+            if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it)
+                for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
+                    if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n))
+                    {
+                        ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT src_glyph;
+                        memset(&src_glyph, 0, sizeof(src_glyph));
+                        src_glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n);
+                        //src_glyph.GlyphIndex = 0; // FIXME-OPT: We had this info in the previous step and lost it..
+                        src_tmp.GlyphsList.push_back(src_glyph);
+                    }
+        src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
+        IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+    }
+    for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
+        dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
+    dst_tmp_array.clear();
+
+    // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
+    // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
+    ImVector<stbrp_rect> buf_rects;
+    buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
+    memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
+
+    // Allocate temporary rasterization data buffers.
+    // We could not find a way to retrieve accurate glyph size without rendering them.
+    // (e.g. slot->metrics->width not always matching bitmap->width, especially considering the Oblique transform)
+    // We allocate in chunks of 256 KB to not waste too much extra memory ahead. Hopefully users of FreeType won't find the temporary allocations.
+    const int BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE = 256 * 1024;
+    int buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes = 0;
+    ImVector<unsigned char*> buf_bitmap_buffers;
+    buf_bitmap_buffers.push_back((unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE));
+
+    // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
+    // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
+    int total_surface = 0;
+    int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
+        buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
+
+        // Compute multiply table if requested
+        const bool multiply_enabled = (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f);
+        unsigned char multiply_table[256];
+        if (multiply_enabled)
+            ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
+
+        // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
+        {
+            ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT& src_glyph = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+
+            const FT_Glyph_Metrics* metrics = src_tmp.Font.LoadGlyph(src_glyph.Codepoint);
+            if (metrics == NULL)
+                continue;
+
+            // Render glyph into a bitmap (currently held by FreeType)
+            const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap = src_tmp.Font.RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(&src_glyph.Info);
+            IM_ASSERT(ft_bitmap);
+
+            // Allocate new temporary chunk if needed
+            const int bitmap_size_in_bytes = src_glyph.Info.Width * src_glyph.Info.Height;
+            if (buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes + bitmap_size_in_bytes > BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE)
+            {
+                buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes = 0;
+                buf_bitmap_buffers.push_back((unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE));
+            }
+
+            // Blit rasterized pixels to our temporary buffer and keep a pointer to it.
+            src_glyph.BitmapData = buf_bitmap_buffers.back() + buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes;
+            buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes += bitmap_size_in_bytes;
+            src_tmp.Font.BlitGlyph(ft_bitmap, src_glyph.BitmapData, src_glyph.Info.Width * 1, multiply_enabled ? multiply_table : NULL);
+
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(src_glyph.Info.Width + padding);
+            src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(src_glyph.Info.Height + padding);
+            total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
+    // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
+    // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
+    atlas->TexHeight = 0;
+    if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
+        atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
+    else
+        atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
+
+    // 5. Start packing
+    // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+    const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
+    const int num_nodes_for_packing_algorithm = atlas->TexWidth - atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+    ImVector<stbrp_node> pack_nodes;
+    pack_nodes.resize(num_nodes_for_packing_algorithm);
+    stbrp_context pack_context;
+    stbrp_init_target(&pack_context, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, pack_nodes.Data, pack_nodes.Size);
+    ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, &pack_context);
+
+    // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        stbrp_pack_rects(&pack_context, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
+
+        // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
+        // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+            if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
+                atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
+    }
+
+    // 7. Allocate texture
+    atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
+    atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+    memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
+
+    // 8. Copy rasterized font characters back into the main texture
+    // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+    {
+        ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
+        if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
+            continue;
+
+        // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true:
+        // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font.
+        // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration.
+        ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
+        ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
+
+        const float ascent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Ascender;
+        const float descent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Descender;
+        ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
+        const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
+        const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
+
+        const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
+        for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
+        {
+            ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT& src_glyph = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
+            stbrp_rect& pack_rect = src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i];
+            IM_ASSERT(pack_rect.was_packed);
+            if (pack_rect.w == 0 && pack_rect.h == 0)
+                continue;
+
+            GlyphInfo& info = src_glyph.Info;
+            IM_ASSERT(info.Width + padding <= pack_rect.w);
+            IM_ASSERT(info.Height + padding <= pack_rect.h);
+            const int tx = pack_rect.x + padding;
+            const int ty = pack_rect.y + padding;
+
+            // Blit from temporary buffer to final texture
+            size_t blit_src_stride = (size_t)src_glyph.Info.Width;
+            size_t blit_dst_stride = (size_t)atlas->TexWidth;
+            unsigned char* blit_src = src_glyph.BitmapData;
+            unsigned char* blit_dst = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + (ty * blit_dst_stride) + tx;
+            for (int y = info.Height; y > 0; y--, blit_dst += blit_dst_stride, blit_src += blit_src_stride)
+                memcpy(blit_dst, blit_src, blit_src_stride);
+
+            // Register glyph
+            float x0 = info.OffsetX + font_off_x;
+            float y0 = info.OffsetY + font_off_y;
+            float x1 = x0 + info.Width;
+            float y1 = y0 + info.Height;
+            float u0 = (tx) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
+            float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
+            float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth;
+            float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight;
+            dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX);
+        }
+
+        src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
+    }
+
+    // Cleanup
+    for (int buf_i = 0; buf_i < buf_bitmap_buffers.Size; buf_i++)
+        IM_FREE(buf_bitmap_buffers[buf_i]);
+    for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
+        src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcDataFT();
+
+    ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+// Default memory allocators
+static void* ImFreeTypeDefaultAllocFunc(size_t size, void* user_data)   { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return IM_ALLOC(size); }
+static void  ImFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc(void* ptr, void* user_data)      { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_FREE(ptr); }
+
+// Current memory allocators
+static void* (*GImFreeTypeAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = ImFreeTypeDefaultAllocFunc;
+static void  (*GImFreeTypeFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = ImFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc;
+static void* GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = NULL;
+
+// FreeType memory allocation callbacks
+static void* FreeType_Alloc(FT_Memory /*memory*/, long size)
+{
+    return GImFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)size, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+static void FreeType_Free(FT_Memory /*memory*/, void* block)
+{
+    GImFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+static void* FreeType_Realloc(FT_Memory /*memory*/, long cur_size, long new_size, void* block)
+{
+    // Implement realloc() as we don't ask user to provide it.
+    if (block == NULL)
+        return GImFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)new_size, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+
+    if (new_size == 0)
+    {
+        GImFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (new_size > cur_size)
+    {
+        void* new_block = GImFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)new_size, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+        memcpy(new_block, block, (size_t)cur_size);
+        GImFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData);
+        return new_block;
+    }
+
+    return block;
+}
+
+bool ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int extra_flags)
+{
+    // FreeType memory management: https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/design/design-4.html
+    FT_MemoryRec_ memory_rec = {};
+    memory_rec.user = NULL;
+    memory_rec.alloc = &FreeType_Alloc;
+    memory_rec.free = &FreeType_Free;
+    memory_rec.realloc = &FreeType_Realloc;
+
+    // https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html#FT_New_Library
+    FT_Library ft_library;
+    FT_Error error = FT_New_Library(&memory_rec, &ft_library);
+    if (error != 0)
+        return false;
+
+    // If you don't call FT_Add_Default_Modules() the rest of code may work, but FreeType won't use our custom allocator.
+    FT_Add_Default_Modules(ft_library);
+
+    bool ret = ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType(ft_library, atlas, extra_flags);
+    FT_Done_Library(ft_library);
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
+{
+    GImFreeTypeAllocFunc = alloc_func;
+    GImFreeTypeFreeFunc = free_func;
+    GImFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = user_data;
+}

external/ImGui/source/imgui_imhex_extensions.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+#include <imgui_imhex_extensions.h>
+
+#include <imgui.h>
+#include <imgui_freetype.h>
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#include <imgui_internal.h>
+#undef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+
+#define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include <stb_image.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+#include <glad/glad.h>
+
+namespace ImGui {
+
+    bool Hyperlink(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+        if (window->SkipItems)
+            return false;
+
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+        const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+        const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+        ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x, label_size.y);
+
+        const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+            return false;
+
+        if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+            flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+        bool hovered, held;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+        // Render
+        const ImU32 col = hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered) : GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive);
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImU32(col));
+        TextEx(label, NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
+        GetWindowDrawList()->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + size.y), pos + size, ImU32(col));
+        PopStyleColor();
+
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+        return pressed;
+    }
+
+    bool BulletHyperlink(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+        if (window->SkipItems)
+            return false;
+
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+        const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+        const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+        ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x, label_size.y) + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f);
+
+        const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+            return false;
+
+        if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+            flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+        bool hovered, held;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+        // Render
+        const ImU32 col = hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered) : GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive);
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImU32(col));
+        RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), col);
+        RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), label, nullptr, false);
+        GetWindowDrawList()->AddLine(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, size.y), pos + size, ImU32(col));
+        ImGui::NewLine();
+        PopStyleColor();
+
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+        return pressed;
+    }
+
+    bool DescriptionButton(const char* label, const char* description, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+        if (window->SkipItems)
+            return false;
+
+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+        const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+        const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+        const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize((std::string(label) + "\n  " + std::string(description)).c_str(), NULL, true);
+        const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+        ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+            pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+        ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, text_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 4.0f, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 4.0f);
+
+        const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+        ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y);
+        if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+            return false;
+
+        if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+            flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+        bool hovered, held;
+        bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+        ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, ImVec2(0.0, 0.5));
+
+        // Render
+        const ImU32 col = GetCustomColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonHovered : ImGuiCustomCol_DescButton);
+        RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+        RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive));
+        RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding * 2, label, nullptr, CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.TextWrapPos));
+        PopStyleColor();
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+        RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding * 2 + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x * 2, label_size.y), bb.Max - style.FramePadding, description, NULL, &text_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+        PopStyleColor();
+
+        ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+        // Automatically close popups
+        //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+        //    CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags);
+        return pressed;
+    }
+
+    void UnderlinedText(const char* label, ImColor color, const ImVec2& size_arg) {
+        ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+        const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+        ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+        ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x, label_size.y);
+
+        PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImU32(color));
+        TextEx(label, NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting
+        GetWindowDrawList()->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + size.y), pos + size, ImU32(color));
+        PopStyleColor();
+    }
+
+    void Disabled(const std::function<void()> &widgets, bool disabled) {
+        if (disabled) {
+            ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled, true);
+            ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, ImGui::GetStyle().Alpha * 0.5F);
+            widgets();
+            ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+            ImGui::PopItemFlag();
+        } else {
+            widgets();
+        }
+    }
+
+    void TextSpinner(const char* label) {
+        ImGui::Text("[%c] %s", "|/-\\"[ImU32(ImGui::GetTime() * 20) % 4], label);
+    }
+
+    void Header(const char *label, bool firstEntry) {
+        if (!firstEntry)
+            ImGui::NewLine();
+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(label);
+        ImGui::Separator();
+    }
+
+    ImU32 GetCustomColorU32(ImGuiCustomCol idx, float alpha_mul) {
+        auto& customData = *static_cast<ImHexCustomData*>(GImGui->IO.UserData);
+        ImVec4 c = customData.Colors[idx];
+        c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+        return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+    }
+
+    void StyleCustomColorsDark() {
+        auto &colors = static_cast<ImHexCustomData*>(GImGui->IO.UserData)->Colors;
+
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButton]           = ImColor(20, 20, 20);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonHovered]    = ImColor(40, 40, 40);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonActive]     = ImColor(60, 60, 60);
+    }
+
+    void StyleCustomColorsLight() {
+        auto &colors = static_cast<ImHexCustomData*>(GImGui->IO.UserData)->Colors;
+
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButton]           = ImColor(230, 230, 230);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonHovered]    = ImColor(210, 210, 210);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonActive]     = ImColor(190, 190, 190);
+    }
+
+    void StyleCustomColorsClassic() {
+        auto &colors = static_cast<ImHexCustomData*>(GImGui->IO.UserData)->Colors;
+
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButton]           = ImColor(40, 40, 80);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonHovered]    = ImColor(60, 60, 100);
+        colors[ImGuiCustomCol_DescButtonActive]     = ImColor(80, 80, 120);
+    }
+
+    std::tuple<ImTextureID, int, int> LoadImageFromPath(const char *path) {
+        int imageWidth = 0;
+        int imageHeight = 0;
+
+        unsigned char* imageData = stbi_load(path, &imageWidth, &imageHeight, nullptr, 4);
+        if (imageData == nullptr)
+            return { nullptr, -1, -1 };
+
+        GLuint texture;
+        glGenTextures(1, &texture);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, texture);
+
+        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+        glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+
+        #if defined(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH)
+            glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);
+        #endif
+        glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, imageData);
+        stbi_image_free(imageData);
+
+        return { reinterpret_cast<ImTextureID>(static_cast<intptr_t>(texture)), imageWidth, imageHeight };
+    }
+
+    void UnloadImage(ImTextureID texture) {
+        auto glTextureId = static_cast<GLuint>(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(texture));
+        glDeleteTextures(1, &glTextureId);
+    }
+
+}

external/ImGui/source/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
-//  2020-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2021-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
 //  2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors.
 //  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor).
 //  2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown.

external/ImGui/source/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp

@@ -14,8 +14,9 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
-//  2020-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
-//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Save and restore current GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
+//  2021-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface.
+//  2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
+//  2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
 //  2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
 //  2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
 //  2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
@@ -260,6 +261,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
     glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
     glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
     glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
     glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
     if (g_GlVersion >= 310)
@@ -270,8 +272,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
 #endif
 
     // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
-    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
 #if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) && !defined(__APPLE__)
+    bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
     GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
     if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
         clip_origin_lower_left = false;
@@ -284,23 +286,25 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
     float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
     float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
     float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
+#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) && !defined(__APPLE__)
     if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
+#endif
     const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
-    {
-        { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
-        { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
-        { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
-        { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
-    };
+            {
+                    { 2.0f/(R-L),   0.0f,         0.0f,   0.0f },
+                    { 0.0f,         2.0f/(T-B),   0.0f,   0.0f },
+                    { 0.0f,         0.0f,        -1.0f,   0.0f },
+                    { (R+L)/(L-R),  (T+B)/(B-T),  0.0f,   1.0f },
+            };
     glUseProgram(g_ShaderHandle);
     glUniform1i(g_AttribLocationTex, 0);
     glUniformMatrix4fv(g_AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
-    
+
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
     if (g_GlVersion >= 330)
         glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise.
 #endif
-    
+
     (void)vertex_array_object;
 #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
     glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
@@ -354,6 +358,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
     GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
     GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
     GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
     GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (g_GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
@@ -414,7 +419,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
                         glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset);
                     else
 #endif
-                    glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)));
+                        glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)));
                 }
             }
         }
@@ -442,6 +447,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
     if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
     if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
     if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
     if (g_GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
@@ -546,104 +552,104 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
     sscanf(g_GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
 
     const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
-        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
-        "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
-        "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
-        "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
-        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
-        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
-        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+            "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
+            "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
+            "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
+            "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+            "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+            "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
-        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
-        "in vec2 Position;\n"
-        "in vec2 UV;\n"
-        "in vec4 Color;\n"
-        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
-        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
-        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+            "in vec2 Position;\n"
+            "in vec2 UV;\n"
+            "in vec4 Color;\n"
+            "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+            "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+            "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
-        "precision mediump float;\n"
-        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
-        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
-        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
-        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
-        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
-        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
-        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "precision mediump float;\n"
+            "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+            "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+            "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+            "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+            "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+            "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+            "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
-        "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
-        "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
-        "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
-        "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
-        "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
-        "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
-        "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
+            "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
+            "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
+            "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
+            "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Frag_UV = UV;\n"
+            "    Frag_Color = Color;\n"
+            "    gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
-        "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
-        "    precision mediump float;\n"
-        "#endif\n"
-        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
-        "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
+            "    precision mediump float;\n"
+            "#endif\n"
+            "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+            "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
-        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
-        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+            "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
-        "precision mediump float;\n"
-        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
-        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "precision mediump float;\n"
+            "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+            "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
-        "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
-        "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
-        "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
-        "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
-        "void main()\n"
-        "{\n"
-        "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
-        "}\n";
+            "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
+            "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
+            "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
+            "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
+            "void main()\n"
+            "{\n"
+            "    Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
+            "}\n";
 
     // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
     const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL;
@@ -749,4 +755,4 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitPlatformInterface()
 static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface()
 {
     ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows();
-}
+}

external/glad/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
+project(glad)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+
+add_library(glad STATIC
+    source/glad.c
+)
+
+target_include_directories(glad PUBLIC include)
+
+target_link_libraries(glad PRIVATE dl)

external/llvm/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
+project(LLVMDemangle)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+
+add_library(LLVMDemangle STATIC
+        Demangle/Demangle.cpp
+        Demangle/ItaniumDemangle.cpp
+        Demangle/MicrosoftDemangle.cpp
+        Demangle/MicrosoftDemangleNodes.cpp
+)
+
+target_include_directories(LLVMDemangle PUBLIC include)

external/llvm/Demangle/Demangle.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+//===-- Demangle.cpp - Common demangling functions ------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file This file contains definitions of common demangling functions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/Demangle/Demangle.h"
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+static bool isItaniumEncoding(const std::string &MangledName) {
+  size_t Pos = MangledName.find_first_not_of('_');
+  // A valid Itanium encoding requires 1-4 leading underscores, followed by 'Z'.
+  return Pos > 0 && Pos <= 4 && MangledName[Pos] == 'Z';
+}
+
+std::string llvm::demangle(const std::string &MangledName) {
+  char *Demangled;
+  if (isItaniumEncoding(MangledName))
+    Demangled = itaniumDemangle(MangledName.c_str(), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+  else
+    Demangled = microsoftDemangle(MangledName.c_str(), nullptr, nullptr,
+                                  nullptr, nullptr);
+
+  if (!Demangled)
+    return MangledName;
+
+  std::string Ret = Demangled;
+  free(Demangled);
+  return Ret;
+}

external/llvm/Demangle/ItaniumDemangle.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+//===------------------------- ItaniumDemangle.cpp ------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// FIXME: (possibly) incomplete list of features that clang mangles that this
+// file does not yet support:
+//   - C++ modules TS
+
+#include "llvm/Demangle/Demangle.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/ItaniumDemangle.h"
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cctype>
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <functional>
+#include <numeric>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+using namespace llvm::itanium_demangle;
+
+constexpr const char *itanium_demangle::FloatData<float>::spec;
+constexpr const char *itanium_demangle::FloatData<double>::spec;
+constexpr const char *itanium_demangle::FloatData<long double>::spec;
+
+// <discriminator> := _ <non-negative number>      # when number < 10
+//                 := __ <non-negative number> _   # when number >= 10
+//  extension      := decimal-digit+               # at the end of string
+const char *itanium_demangle::parse_discriminator(const char *first,
+                                                  const char *last) {
+  // parse but ignore discriminator
+  if (first != last) {
+    if (*first == '_') {
+      const char *t1 = first + 1;
+      if (t1 != last) {
+        if (std::isdigit(*t1))
+          first = t1 + 1;
+        else if (*t1 == '_') {
+          for (++t1; t1 != last && std::isdigit(*t1); ++t1)
+            ;
+          if (t1 != last && *t1 == '_')
+            first = t1 + 1;
+        }
+      }
+    } else if (std::isdigit(*first)) {
+      const char *t1 = first + 1;
+      for (; t1 != last && std::isdigit(*t1); ++t1)
+        ;
+      if (t1 == last)
+        first = last;
+    }
+  }
+  return first;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+namespace {
+struct DumpVisitor {
+  unsigned Depth = 0;
+  bool PendingNewline = false;
+
+  template<typename NodeT> static constexpr bool wantsNewline(const NodeT *) {
+    return true;
+  }
+  static bool wantsNewline(NodeArray A) { return !A.empty(); }
+  static constexpr bool wantsNewline(...) { return false; }
+
+  template<typename ...Ts> static bool anyWantNewline(Ts ...Vs) {
+    for (bool B : {wantsNewline(Vs)...})
+      if (B)
+        return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  void printStr(const char *S) { fprintf(stderr, "%s", S); }
+  void print(StringView SV) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "\"%.*s\"", (int)SV.size(), SV.begin());
+  }
+  void print(const Node *N) {
+    if (N)
+      N->visit(std::ref(*this));
+    else
+      printStr("<null>");
+  }
+  void print(NodeArray A) {
+    ++Depth;
+    printStr("{");
+    bool First = true;
+    for (const Node *N : A) {
+      if (First)
+        print(N);
+      else
+        printWithComma(N);
+      First = false;
+    }
+    printStr("}");
+    --Depth;
+  }
+
+  // Overload used when T is exactly 'bool', not merely convertible to 'bool'.
+  void print(bool B) { printStr(B ? "true" : "false"); }
+
+  template <class T> std::enable_if_t<std::is_unsigned<T>::value> print(T N) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%llu", (unsigned long long)N);
+  }
+
+  template <class T> std::enable_if_t<std::is_signed<T>::value> print(T N) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "%lld", (long long)N);
+  }
+
+  void print(ReferenceKind RK) {
+    switch (RK) {
+    case ReferenceKind::LValue:
+      return printStr("ReferenceKind::LValue");
+    case ReferenceKind::RValue:
+      return printStr("ReferenceKind::RValue");
+    }
+  }
+  void print(FunctionRefQual RQ) {
+    switch (RQ) {
+    case FunctionRefQual::FrefQualNone:
+      return printStr("FunctionRefQual::FrefQualNone");
+    case FunctionRefQual::FrefQualLValue:
+      return printStr("FunctionRefQual::FrefQualLValue");
+    case FunctionRefQual::FrefQualRValue:
+      return printStr("FunctionRefQual::FrefQualRValue");
+    }
+  }
+  void print(Qualifiers Qs) {
+    if (!Qs) return printStr("QualNone");
+    struct QualName { Qualifiers Q; const char *Name; } Names[] = {
+      {QualConst, "QualConst"},
+      {QualVolatile, "QualVolatile"},
+      {QualRestrict, "QualRestrict"},
+    };
+    for (QualName Name : Names) {
+      if (Qs & Name.Q) {
+        printStr(Name.Name);
+        Qs = Qualifiers(Qs & ~Name.Q);
+        if (Qs) printStr(" | ");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  void print(SpecialSubKind SSK) {
+    switch (SSK) {
+    case SpecialSubKind::allocator:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::allocator");
+    case SpecialSubKind::basic_string:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::basic_string");
+    case SpecialSubKind::string:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::string");
+    case SpecialSubKind::istream:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::istream");
+    case SpecialSubKind::ostream:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::ostream");
+    case SpecialSubKind::iostream:
+      return printStr("SpecialSubKind::iostream");
+    }
+  }
+  void print(TemplateParamKind TPK) {
+    switch (TPK) {
+    case TemplateParamKind::Type:
+      return printStr("TemplateParamKind::Type");
+    case TemplateParamKind::NonType:
+      return printStr("TemplateParamKind::NonType");
+    case TemplateParamKind::Template:
+      return printStr("TemplateParamKind::Template");
+    }
+  }
+
+  void newLine() {
+    printStr("\n");
+    for (unsigned I = 0; I != Depth; ++I)
+      printStr(" ");
+    PendingNewline = false;
+  }
+
+  template<typename T> void printWithPendingNewline(T V) {
+    print(V);
+    if (wantsNewline(V))
+      PendingNewline = true;
+  }
+
+  template<typename T> void printWithComma(T V) {
+    if (PendingNewline || wantsNewline(V)) {
+      printStr(",");
+      newLine();
+    } else {
+      printStr(", ");
+    }
+
+    printWithPendingNewline(V);
+  }
+
+  struct CtorArgPrinter {
+    DumpVisitor &Visitor;
+
+    template<typename T, typename ...Rest> void operator()(T V, Rest ...Vs) {
+      if (Visitor.anyWantNewline(V, Vs...))
+        Visitor.newLine();
+      Visitor.printWithPendingNewline(V);
+      int PrintInOrder[] = { (Visitor.printWithComma(Vs), 0)..., 0 };
+      (void)PrintInOrder;
+    }
+  };
+
+  template<typename NodeT> void operator()(const NodeT *Node) {
+    Depth += 2;
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s(", itanium_demangle::NodeKind<NodeT>::name());
+    Node->match(CtorArgPrinter{*this});
+    fprintf(stderr, ")");
+    Depth -= 2;
+  }
+
+  void operator()(const ForwardTemplateReference *Node) {
+    Depth += 2;
+    fprintf(stderr, "ForwardTemplateReference(");
+    if (Node->Ref && !Node->Printing) {
+      Node->Printing = true;
+      CtorArgPrinter{*this}(Node->Ref);
+      Node->Printing = false;
+    } else {
+      CtorArgPrinter{*this}(Node->Index);
+    }
+    fprintf(stderr, ")");
+    Depth -= 2;
+  }
+};
+}
+
+void itanium_demangle::Node::dump() const {
+  DumpVisitor V;
+  visit(std::ref(V));
+  V.newLine();
+}
+#endif
+
+namespace {
+class BumpPointerAllocator {
+  struct BlockMeta {
+    BlockMeta* Next;
+    size_t Current;
+  };
+
+  static constexpr size_t AllocSize = 4096;
+  static constexpr size_t UsableAllocSize = AllocSize - sizeof(BlockMeta);
+
+  alignas(long double) char InitialBuffer[AllocSize];
+  BlockMeta* BlockList = nullptr;
+
+  void grow() {
+    char* NewMeta = static_cast<char *>(std::malloc(AllocSize));
+    if (NewMeta == nullptr)
+      std::terminate();
+    BlockList = new (NewMeta) BlockMeta{BlockList, 0};
+  }
+
+  void* allocateMassive(size_t NBytes) {
+    NBytes += sizeof(BlockMeta);
+    BlockMeta* NewMeta = reinterpret_cast<BlockMeta*>(std::malloc(NBytes));
+    if (NewMeta == nullptr)
+      std::terminate();
+    BlockList->Next = new (NewMeta) BlockMeta{BlockList->Next, 0};
+    return static_cast<void*>(NewMeta + 1);
+  }
+
+public:
+  BumpPointerAllocator()
+      : BlockList(new (InitialBuffer) BlockMeta{nullptr, 0}) {}
+
+  void* allocate(size_t N) {
+    N = (N + 15u) & ~15u;
+    if (N + BlockList->Current >= UsableAllocSize) {
+      if (N > UsableAllocSize)
+        return allocateMassive(N);
+      grow();
+    }
+    BlockList->Current += N;
+    return static_cast<void*>(reinterpret_cast<char*>(BlockList + 1) +
+                              BlockList->Current - N);
+  }
+
+  void reset() {
+    while (BlockList) {
+      BlockMeta* Tmp = BlockList;
+      BlockList = BlockList->Next;
+      if (reinterpret_cast<char*>(Tmp) != InitialBuffer)
+        std::free(Tmp);
+    }
+    BlockList = new (InitialBuffer) BlockMeta{nullptr, 0};
+  }
+
+  ~BumpPointerAllocator() { reset(); }
+};
+
+class DefaultAllocator {
+  BumpPointerAllocator Alloc;
+
+public:
+  void reset() { Alloc.reset(); }
+
+  template<typename T, typename ...Args> T *makeNode(Args &&...args) {
+    return new (Alloc.allocate(sizeof(T)))
+        T(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+  }
+
+  void *allocateNodeArray(size_t sz) {
+    return Alloc.allocate(sizeof(Node *) * sz);
+  }
+};
+}  // unnamed namespace
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Code beyond this point should not be synchronized with libc++abi.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+using Demangler = itanium_demangle::ManglingParser<DefaultAllocator>;
+
+char *llvm::itaniumDemangle(const char *MangledName, char *Buf,
+                            size_t *N, int *Status) {
+  if (MangledName == nullptr || (Buf != nullptr && N == nullptr)) {
+    if (Status)
+      *Status = demangle_invalid_args;
+    return nullptr;
+  }
+
+  int InternalStatus = demangle_success;
+  Demangler Parser(MangledName, MangledName + std::strlen(MangledName));
+  OutputStream S;
+
+  Node *AST = Parser.parse();
+
+  if (AST == nullptr)
+    InternalStatus = demangle_invalid_mangled_name;
+  else if (!initializeOutputStream(Buf, N, S, 1024))
+    InternalStatus = demangle_memory_alloc_failure;
+  else {
+    assert(Parser.ForwardTemplateRefs.empty());
+    AST->print(S);
+    S += '\0';
+    if (N != nullptr)
+      *N = S.getCurrentPosition();
+    Buf = S.getBuffer();
+  }
+
+  if (Status)
+    *Status = InternalStatus;
+  return InternalStatus == demangle_success ? Buf : nullptr;
+}
+
+ItaniumPartialDemangler::ItaniumPartialDemangler()
+    : RootNode(nullptr), Context(new Demangler{nullptr, nullptr}) {}
+
+ItaniumPartialDemangler::~ItaniumPartialDemangler() {
+  delete static_cast<Demangler *>(Context);
+}
+
+ItaniumPartialDemangler::ItaniumPartialDemangler(
+    ItaniumPartialDemangler &&Other)
+    : RootNode(Other.RootNode), Context(Other.Context) {
+  Other.Context = Other.RootNode = nullptr;
+}
+
+ItaniumPartialDemangler &ItaniumPartialDemangler::
+operator=(ItaniumPartialDemangler &&Other) {
+  std::swap(RootNode, Other.RootNode);
+  std::swap(Context, Other.Context);
+  return *this;
+}
+
+// Demangle MangledName into an AST, storing it into this->RootNode.
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::partialDemangle(const char *MangledName) {
+  Demangler *Parser = static_cast<Demangler *>(Context);
+  size_t Len = std::strlen(MangledName);
+  Parser->reset(MangledName, MangledName + Len);
+  RootNode = Parser->parse();
+  return RootNode == nullptr;
+}
+
+static char *printNode(const Node *RootNode, char *Buf, size_t *N) {
+  OutputStream S;
+  if (!initializeOutputStream(Buf, N, S, 128))
+    return nullptr;
+  RootNode->print(S);
+  S += '\0';
+  if (N != nullptr)
+    *N = S.getCurrentPosition();
+  return S.getBuffer();
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::getFunctionBaseName(char *Buf, size_t *N) const {
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  const Node *Name = static_cast<const FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode)->getName();
+
+  while (true) {
+    switch (Name->getKind()) {
+    case Node::KAbiTagAttr:
+      Name = static_cast<const AbiTagAttr *>(Name)->Base;
+      continue;
+    case Node::KStdQualifiedName:
+      Name = static_cast<const StdQualifiedName *>(Name)->Child;
+      continue;
+    case Node::KNestedName:
+      Name = static_cast<const NestedName *>(Name)->Name;
+      continue;
+    case Node::KLocalName:
+      Name = static_cast<const LocalName *>(Name)->Entity;
+      continue;
+    case Node::KNameWithTemplateArgs:
+      Name = static_cast<const NameWithTemplateArgs *>(Name)->Name;
+      continue;
+    default:
+      return printNode(Name, Buf, N);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::getFunctionDeclContextName(char *Buf,
+                                                          size_t *N) const {
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return nullptr;
+  const Node *Name = static_cast<const FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode)->getName();
+
+  OutputStream S;
+  if (!initializeOutputStream(Buf, N, S, 128))
+    return nullptr;
+
+ KeepGoingLocalFunction:
+  while (true) {
+    if (Name->getKind() == Node::KAbiTagAttr) {
+      Name = static_cast<const AbiTagAttr *>(Name)->Base;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (Name->getKind() == Node::KNameWithTemplateArgs) {
+      Name = static_cast<const NameWithTemplateArgs *>(Name)->Name;
+      continue;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  switch (Name->getKind()) {
+  case Node::KStdQualifiedName:
+    S += "std";
+    break;
+  case Node::KNestedName:
+    static_cast<const NestedName *>(Name)->Qual->print(S);
+    break;
+  case Node::KLocalName: {
+    auto *LN = static_cast<const LocalName *>(Name);
+    LN->Encoding->print(S);
+    S += "::";
+    Name = LN->Entity;
+    goto KeepGoingLocalFunction;
+  }
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+  S += '\0';
+  if (N != nullptr)
+    *N = S.getCurrentPosition();
+  return S.getBuffer();
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::getFunctionName(char *Buf, size_t *N) const {
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return nullptr;
+  auto *Name = static_cast<FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode)->getName();
+  return printNode(Name, Buf, N);
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::getFunctionParameters(char *Buf,
+                                                     size_t *N) const {
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return nullptr;
+  NodeArray Params = static_cast<FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode)->getParams();
+
+  OutputStream S;
+  if (!initializeOutputStream(Buf, N, S, 128))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  S += '(';
+  Params.printWithComma(S);
+  S += ')';
+  S += '\0';
+  if (N != nullptr)
+    *N = S.getCurrentPosition();
+  return S.getBuffer();
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::getFunctionReturnType(
+    char *Buf, size_t *N) const {
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return nullptr;
+
+  OutputStream S;
+  if (!initializeOutputStream(Buf, N, S, 128))
+    return nullptr;
+
+  if (const Node *Ret =
+          static_cast<const FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode)->getReturnType())
+    Ret->print(S);
+
+  S += '\0';
+  if (N != nullptr)
+    *N = S.getCurrentPosition();
+  return S.getBuffer();
+}
+
+char *ItaniumPartialDemangler::finishDemangle(char *Buf, size_t *N) const {
+  assert(RootNode != nullptr && "must call partialDemangle()");
+  return printNode(static_cast<Node *>(RootNode), Buf, N);
+}
+
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::hasFunctionQualifiers() const {
+  assert(RootNode != nullptr && "must call partialDemangle()");
+  if (!isFunction())
+    return false;
+  auto *E = static_cast<const FunctionEncoding *>(RootNode);
+  return E->getCVQuals() != QualNone || E->getRefQual() != FrefQualNone;
+}
+
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::isCtorOrDtor() const {
+  const Node *N = static_cast<const Node *>(RootNode);
+  while (N) {
+    switch (N->getKind()) {
+    default:
+      return false;
+    case Node::KCtorDtorName:
+      return true;
+
+    case Node::KAbiTagAttr:
+      N = static_cast<const AbiTagAttr *>(N)->Base;
+      break;
+    case Node::KFunctionEncoding:
+      N = static_cast<const FunctionEncoding *>(N)->getName();
+      break;
+    case Node::KLocalName:
+      N = static_cast<const LocalName *>(N)->Entity;
+      break;
+    case Node::KNameWithTemplateArgs:
+      N = static_cast<const NameWithTemplateArgs *>(N)->Name;
+      break;
+    case Node::KNestedName:
+      N = static_cast<const NestedName *>(N)->Name;
+      break;
+    case Node::KStdQualifiedName:
+      N = static_cast<const StdQualifiedName *>(N)->Child;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::isFunction() const {
+  assert(RootNode != nullptr && "must call partialDemangle()");
+  return static_cast<const Node *>(RootNode)->getKind() ==
+         Node::KFunctionEncoding;
+}
+
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::isSpecialName() const {
+  assert(RootNode != nullptr && "must call partialDemangle()");
+  auto K = static_cast<const Node *>(RootNode)->getKind();
+  return K == Node::KSpecialName || K == Node::KCtorVtableSpecialName;
+}
+
+bool ItaniumPartialDemangler::isData() const {
+  return !isFunction() && !isSpecialName();
+}

external/llvm/Demangle/MicrosoftDemangleNodes.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+//===- MicrosoftDemangle.cpp ----------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines a demangler for MSVC-style mangled symbols.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/Demangle/MicrosoftDemangleNodes.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/DemangleConfig.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/Utility.h"
+#include <cctype>
+#include <string>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+using namespace ms_demangle;
+
+#define OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(Enum, Value, Desc)                             \
+  case Enum::Value:                                                            \
+    OS << Desc;                                                                \
+    break;
+
+// Writes a space if the last token does not end with a punctuation.
+static void outputSpaceIfNecessary(OutputStream &OS) {
+  if (OS.empty())
+    return;
+
+  char C = OS.back();
+  if (std::isalnum(C) || C == '>')
+    OS << " ";
+}
+
+static void outputSingleQualifier(OutputStream &OS, Qualifiers Q) {
+  switch (Q) {
+  case Q_Const:
+    OS << "const";
+    break;
+  case Q_Volatile:
+    OS << "volatile";
+    break;
+  case Q_Restrict:
+    OS << "__restrict";
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+static bool outputQualifierIfPresent(OutputStream &OS, Qualifiers Q,
+                                     Qualifiers Mask, bool NeedSpace) {
+  if (!(Q & Mask))
+    return NeedSpace;
+
+  if (NeedSpace)
+    OS << " ";
+
+  outputSingleQualifier(OS, Mask);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static void outputQualifiers(OutputStream &OS, Qualifiers Q, bool SpaceBefore,
+                             bool SpaceAfter) {
+  if (Q == Q_None)
+    return;
+
+  size_t Pos1 = OS.getCurrentPosition();
+  SpaceBefore = outputQualifierIfPresent(OS, Q, Q_Const, SpaceBefore);
+  SpaceBefore = outputQualifierIfPresent(OS, Q, Q_Volatile, SpaceBefore);
+  SpaceBefore = outputQualifierIfPresent(OS, Q, Q_Restrict, SpaceBefore);
+  size_t Pos2 = OS.getCurrentPosition();
+  if (SpaceAfter && Pos2 > Pos1)
+    OS << " ";
+}
+
+static void outputCallingConvention(OutputStream &OS, CallingConv CC) {
+  outputSpaceIfNecessary(OS);
+
+  switch (CC) {
+  case CallingConv::Cdecl:
+    OS << "__cdecl";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Fastcall:
+    OS << "__fastcall";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Pascal:
+    OS << "__pascal";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Regcall:
+    OS << "__regcall";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Stdcall:
+    OS << "__stdcall";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Thiscall:
+    OS << "__thiscall";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Eabi:
+    OS << "__eabi";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Vectorcall:
+    OS << "__vectorcall";
+    break;
+  case CallingConv::Clrcall:
+    OS << "__clrcall";
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+std::string Node::toString(OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OutputStream OS;
+  initializeOutputStream(nullptr, nullptr, OS, 1024);
+  this->output(OS, Flags);
+  OS << '\0';
+  return {OS.getBuffer()};
+}
+
+void PrimitiveTypeNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  switch (PrimKind) {
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Void, "void");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Bool, "bool");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Char, "char");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Schar, "signed char");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Uchar, "unsigned char");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Char8, "char8_t");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Char16, "char16_t");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Char32, "char32_t");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Short, "short");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Ushort, "unsigned short");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Int, "int");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Uint, "unsigned int");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Long, "long");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Ulong, "unsigned long");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Int64, "__int64");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Uint64, "unsigned __int64");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Wchar, "wchar_t");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Float, "float");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Double, "double");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Ldouble, "long double");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(PrimitiveKind, Nullptr, "std::nullptr_t");
+  }
+  outputQualifiers(OS, Quals, true, false);
+}
+
+void NodeArrayNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  output(OS, Flags, ", ");
+}
+
+void NodeArrayNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags,
+                           StringView Separator) const {
+  if (Count == 0)
+    return;
+  if (Nodes[0])
+    Nodes[0]->output(OS, Flags);
+  for (size_t I = 1; I < Count; ++I) {
+    OS << Separator;
+    Nodes[I]->output(OS, Flags);
+  }
+}
+
+void EncodedStringLiteralNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                      OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  switch (Char) {
+  case CharKind::Wchar:
+    OS << "L\"";
+    break;
+  case CharKind::Char:
+    OS << "\"";
+    break;
+  case CharKind::Char16:
+    OS << "u\"";
+    break;
+  case CharKind::Char32:
+    OS << "U\"";
+    break;
+  }
+  OS << DecodedString << "\"";
+  if (IsTruncated)
+    OS << "...";
+}
+
+void IntegerLiteralNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (IsNegative)
+    OS << '-';
+  OS << Value;
+}
+
+void TemplateParameterReferenceNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                            OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (ThunkOffsetCount > 0)
+    OS << "{";
+  else if (Affinity == PointerAffinity::Pointer)
+    OS << "&";
+
+  if (Symbol) {
+    Symbol->output(OS, Flags);
+    if (ThunkOffsetCount > 0)
+      OS << ", ";
+  }
+
+  if (ThunkOffsetCount > 0)
+    OS << ThunkOffsets[0];
+  for (int I = 1; I < ThunkOffsetCount; ++I) {
+    OS << ", " << ThunkOffsets[I];
+  }
+  if (ThunkOffsetCount > 0)
+    OS << "}";
+}
+
+void IdentifierNode::outputTemplateParameters(OutputStream &OS,
+                                              OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (!TemplateParams)
+    return;
+  OS << "<";
+  TemplateParams->output(OS, Flags);
+  OS << ">";
+}
+
+void DynamicStructorIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                           OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (IsDestructor)
+    OS << "`dynamic atexit destructor for ";
+  else
+    OS << "`dynamic initializer for ";
+
+  if (Variable) {
+    OS << "`";
+    Variable->output(OS, Flags);
+    OS << "''";
+  } else {
+    OS << "'";
+    Name->output(OS, Flags);
+    OS << "''";
+  }
+}
+
+void NamedIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << Name;
+  outputTemplateParameters(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void IntrinsicFunctionIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                             OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  switch (Operator) {
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, New, "operator new");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Delete, "operator delete");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Assign, "operator=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, RightShift, "operator>>");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LeftShift, "operator<<");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LogicalNot, "operator!");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Equals, "operator==");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, NotEquals, "operator!=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ArraySubscript,
+                            "operator[]");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Pointer, "operator->");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Increment, "operator++");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Decrement, "operator--");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Minus, "operator-");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Plus, "operator+");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Dereference, "operator*");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseAnd, "operator&");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, MemberPointer,
+                            "operator->*");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Divide, "operator/");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Modulus, "operator%");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LessThan, "operator<");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LessThanEqual, "operator<=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, GreaterThan, "operator>");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, GreaterThanEqual,
+                            "operator>=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Comma, "operator,");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Parens, "operator()");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseNot, "operator~");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseXor, "operator^");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseOr, "operator|");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LogicalAnd, "operator&&");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LogicalOr, "operator||");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, TimesEqual, "operator*=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, PlusEqual, "operator+=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, MinusEqual, "operator-=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, DivEqual, "operator/=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ModEqual, "operator%=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, RshEqual, "operator>>=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LshEqual, "operator<<=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseAndEqual,
+                            "operator&=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseOrEqual,
+                            "operator|=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, BitwiseXorEqual,
+                            "operator^=");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VbaseDtor, "`vbase dtor'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VecDelDtor,
+                            "`vector deleting dtor'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, DefaultCtorClosure,
+                            "`default ctor closure'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ScalarDelDtor,
+                            "`scalar deleting dtor'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VecCtorIter,
+                            "`vector ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VecDtorIter,
+                            "`vector dtor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VecVbaseCtorIter,
+                            "`vector vbase ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VdispMap,
+                            "`virtual displacement map'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, EHVecCtorIter,
+                            "`eh vector ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, EHVecDtorIter,
+                            "`eh vector dtor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, EHVecVbaseCtorIter,
+                            "`eh vector vbase ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, CopyCtorClosure,
+                            "`copy ctor closure'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, LocalVftableCtorClosure,
+                            "`local vftable ctor closure'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ArrayNew, "operator new[]");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ArrayDelete,
+                            "operator delete[]");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ManVectorCtorIter,
+                            "`managed vector ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ManVectorDtorIter,
+                            "`managed vector dtor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, EHVectorCopyCtorIter,
+                            "`EH vector copy ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, EHVectorVbaseCopyCtorIter,
+                            "`EH vector vbase copy ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VectorCopyCtorIter,
+                            "`vector copy ctor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, VectorVbaseCopyCtorIter,
+                            "`vector vbase copy constructor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, ManVectorVbaseCopyCtorIter,
+                            "`managed vector vbase copy constructor iterator'");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, CoAwait,
+                            "operator co_await");
+    OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(IntrinsicFunctionKind, Spaceship, "operator<=>");
+  case IntrinsicFunctionKind::MaxIntrinsic:
+  case IntrinsicFunctionKind::None:
+    break;
+  }
+  outputTemplateParameters(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void LocalStaticGuardIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                            OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (IsThread)
+    OS << "`local static thread guard'";
+  else
+    OS << "`local static guard'";
+  if (ScopeIndex > 0)
+    OS << "{" << ScopeIndex << "}";
+}
+
+void ConversionOperatorIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                              OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "operator";
+  outputTemplateParameters(OS, Flags);
+  OS << " ";
+  TargetType->output(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void StructorIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (IsDestructor)
+    OS << "~";
+  Class->output(OS, Flags);
+  outputTemplateParameters(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void LiteralOperatorIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                           OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "operator \"\"" << Name;
+  outputTemplateParameters(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void FunctionSignatureNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS,
+                                      OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoAccessSpecifier)) {
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_Public)
+      OS << "public: ";
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_Protected)
+      OS << "protected: ";
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_Private)
+      OS << "private: ";
+  }
+
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoMemberType)) {
+    if (!(FunctionClass & FC_Global)) {
+      if (FunctionClass & FC_Static)
+        OS << "static ";
+    }
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_Virtual)
+      OS << "virtual ";
+
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_ExternC)
+      OS << "extern \"C\" ";
+  }
+
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoReturnType) && ReturnType) {
+    ReturnType->outputPre(OS, Flags);
+    OS << " ";
+  }
+
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoCallingConvention))
+    outputCallingConvention(OS, CallConvention);
+}
+
+void FunctionSignatureNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS,
+                                       OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (!(FunctionClass & FC_NoParameterList)) {
+    OS << "(";
+    if (Params)
+      Params->output(OS, Flags);
+    else
+      OS << "void";
+
+    if (IsVariadic) {
+      if (OS.back() != '(')
+        OS << ", ";
+      OS << "...";
+    }
+    OS << ")";
+  }
+
+  if (Quals & Q_Const)
+    OS << " const";
+  if (Quals & Q_Volatile)
+    OS << " volatile";
+  if (Quals & Q_Restrict)
+    OS << " __restrict";
+  if (Quals & Q_Unaligned)
+    OS << " __unaligned";
+
+  if (IsNoexcept)
+    OS << " noexcept";
+
+  if (RefQualifier == FunctionRefQualifier::Reference)
+    OS << " &";
+  else if (RefQualifier == FunctionRefQualifier::RValueReference)
+    OS << " &&";
+
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoReturnType) && ReturnType)
+    ReturnType->outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void ThunkSignatureNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "[thunk]: ";
+
+  FunctionSignatureNode::outputPre(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void ThunkSignatureNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (FunctionClass & FC_StaticThisAdjust) {
+    OS << "`adjustor{" << ThisAdjust.StaticOffset << "}'";
+  } else if (FunctionClass & FC_VirtualThisAdjust) {
+    if (FunctionClass & FC_VirtualThisAdjustEx) {
+      OS << "`vtordispex{" << ThisAdjust.VBPtrOffset << ", "
+         << ThisAdjust.VBOffsetOffset << ", " << ThisAdjust.VtordispOffset
+         << ", " << ThisAdjust.StaticOffset << "}'";
+    } else {
+      OS << "`vtordisp{" << ThisAdjust.VtordispOffset << ", "
+         << ThisAdjust.StaticOffset << "}'";
+    }
+  }
+
+  FunctionSignatureNode::outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void PointerTypeNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (Pointee->kind() == NodeKind::FunctionSignature) {
+    // If this is a pointer to a function, don't output the calling convention.
+    // It needs to go inside the parentheses.
+    const FunctionSignatureNode *Sig =
+        static_cast<const FunctionSignatureNode *>(Pointee);
+    Sig->outputPre(OS, OF_NoCallingConvention);
+  } else
+    Pointee->outputPre(OS, Flags);
+
+  outputSpaceIfNecessary(OS);
+
+  if (Quals & Q_Unaligned)
+    OS << "__unaligned ";
+
+  if (Pointee->kind() == NodeKind::ArrayType) {
+    OS << "(";
+  } else if (Pointee->kind() == NodeKind::FunctionSignature) {
+    OS << "(";
+    const FunctionSignatureNode *Sig =
+        static_cast<const FunctionSignatureNode *>(Pointee);
+    outputCallingConvention(OS, Sig->CallConvention);
+    OS << " ";
+  }
+
+  if (ClassParent) {
+    ClassParent->output(OS, Flags);
+    OS << "::";
+  }
+
+  switch (Affinity) {
+  case PointerAffinity::Pointer:
+    OS << "*";
+    break;
+  case PointerAffinity::Reference:
+    OS << "&";
+    break;
+  case PointerAffinity::RValueReference:
+    OS << "&&";
+    break;
+  default:
+    assert(false);
+  }
+  outputQualifiers(OS, Quals, false, false);
+}
+
+void PointerTypeNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (Pointee->kind() == NodeKind::ArrayType ||
+      Pointee->kind() == NodeKind::FunctionSignature)
+    OS << ")";
+
+  Pointee->outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void TagTypeNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoTagSpecifier)) {
+    switch (Tag) {
+      OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(TagKind, Class, "class");
+      OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(TagKind, Struct, "struct");
+      OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(TagKind, Union, "union");
+      OUTPUT_ENUM_CLASS_VALUE(TagKind, Enum, "enum");
+    }
+    OS << " ";
+  }
+  QualifiedName->output(OS, Flags);
+  outputQualifiers(OS, Quals, true, false);
+}
+
+void TagTypeNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {}
+
+void ArrayTypeNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  ElementType->outputPre(OS, Flags);
+  outputQualifiers(OS, Quals, true, false);
+}
+
+void ArrayTypeNode::outputOneDimension(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags,
+                                       Node *N) const {
+  assert(N->kind() == NodeKind::IntegerLiteral);
+  IntegerLiteralNode *ILN = static_cast<IntegerLiteralNode *>(N);
+  if (ILN->Value != 0)
+    ILN->output(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void ArrayTypeNode::outputDimensionsImpl(OutputStream &OS,
+                                         OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  if (Dimensions->Count == 0)
+    return;
+
+  outputOneDimension(OS, Flags, Dimensions->Nodes[0]);
+  for (size_t I = 1; I < Dimensions->Count; ++I) {
+    OS << "][";
+    outputOneDimension(OS, Flags, Dimensions->Nodes[I]);
+  }
+}
+
+void ArrayTypeNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "[";
+  outputDimensionsImpl(OS, Flags);
+  OS << "]";
+
+  ElementType->outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void SymbolNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  Name->output(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void FunctionSymbolNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  Signature->outputPre(OS, Flags);
+  outputSpaceIfNecessary(OS);
+  Name->output(OS, Flags);
+  Signature->outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void VariableSymbolNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  const char *AccessSpec = nullptr;
+  bool IsStatic = true;
+  switch (SC) {
+  case StorageClass::PrivateStatic:
+    AccessSpec = "private";
+    break;
+  case StorageClass::PublicStatic:
+    AccessSpec = "public";
+    break;
+  case StorageClass::ProtectedStatic:
+    AccessSpec = "protected";
+    break;
+  default:
+    IsStatic = false;
+    break;
+  }
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoAccessSpecifier) && AccessSpec)
+    OS << AccessSpec << ": ";
+  if (!(Flags & OF_NoMemberType) && IsStatic)
+    OS << "static ";
+
+  if (Type) {
+    Type->outputPre(OS, Flags);
+    outputSpaceIfNecessary(OS);
+  }
+  Name->output(OS, Flags);
+  if (Type)
+    Type->outputPost(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void CustomTypeNode::outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  Identifier->output(OS, Flags);
+}
+void CustomTypeNode::outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {}
+
+void QualifiedNameNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  Components->output(OS, Flags, "::");
+}
+
+void RttiBaseClassDescriptorNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                         OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "`RTTI Base Class Descriptor at (";
+  OS << NVOffset << ", " << VBPtrOffset << ", " << VBTableOffset << ", "
+     << this->Flags;
+  OS << ")'";
+}
+
+void LocalStaticGuardVariableNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                          OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  Name->output(OS, Flags);
+}
+
+void VcallThunkIdentifierNode::output(OutputStream &OS,
+                                      OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  OS << "`vcall'{" << OffsetInVTable << ", {flat}}";
+}
+
+void SpecialTableSymbolNode::output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const {
+  outputQualifiers(OS, Quals, false, true);
+  Name->output(OS, Flags);
+  if (TargetName) {
+    OS << "{for `";
+    TargetName->output(OS, Flags);
+    OS << "'}";
+  }
+  return;
+}

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/Demangle.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+//===--- Demangle.h ---------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_DEMANGLE_DEMANGLE_H
+#define LLVM_DEMANGLE_DEMANGLE_H
+
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+/// This is a llvm local version of __cxa_demangle. Other than the name and
+/// being in the llvm namespace it is identical.
+///
+/// The mangled_name is demangled into buf and returned. If the buffer is not
+/// large enough, realloc is used to expand it.
+///
+/// The *status will be set to a value from the following enumeration
+enum : int {
+  demangle_unknown_error = -4,
+  demangle_invalid_args = -3,
+  demangle_invalid_mangled_name = -2,
+  demangle_memory_alloc_failure = -1,
+  demangle_success = 0,
+};
+
+char *itaniumDemangle(const char *mangled_name, char *buf, size_t *n,
+                      int *status);
+
+
+enum MSDemangleFlags {
+  MSDF_None = 0,
+  MSDF_DumpBackrefs = 1 << 0,
+  MSDF_NoAccessSpecifier = 1 << 1,
+  MSDF_NoCallingConvention = 1 << 2,
+  MSDF_NoReturnType = 1 << 3,
+  MSDF_NoMemberType = 1 << 4,
+};
+
+/// Demangles the Microsoft symbol pointed at by mangled_name and returns it.
+/// Returns a pointer to the start of a null-terminated demangled string on
+/// success, or nullptr on error.
+/// If n_read is non-null and demangling was successful, it receives how many
+/// bytes of the input string were consumed.
+/// buf can point to a *n_buf bytes large buffer where the demangled name is
+/// stored. If the buffer is too small, it is grown with realloc(). If buf is
+/// nullptr, then this malloc()s memory for the result.
+/// *n_buf stores the size of buf on input if buf is non-nullptr, and it
+/// receives the size of the demangled string on output if n_buf is not nullptr.
+/// status receives one of the demangle_ enum entries above if it's not nullptr.
+/// Flags controls various details of the demangled representation.
+char *microsoftDemangle(const char *mangled_name, size_t *n_read,
+                        char *buf, size_t *n_buf,
+                        int *status, MSDemangleFlags Flags = MSDF_None);
+
+/// Attempt to demangle a string using different demangling schemes.
+/// The function uses heuristics to determine which demangling scheme to use.
+/// \param MangledName - reference to string to demangle.
+/// \returns - the demangled string, or a copy of the input string if no
+/// demangling occurred.
+std::string demangle(const std::string &MangledName);
+
+/// "Partial" demangler. This supports demangling a string into an AST
+/// (typically an intermediate stage in itaniumDemangle) and querying certain
+/// properties or partially printing the demangled name.
+struct ItaniumPartialDemangler {
+  ItaniumPartialDemangler();
+
+  ItaniumPartialDemangler(ItaniumPartialDemangler &&Other);
+  ItaniumPartialDemangler &operator=(ItaniumPartialDemangler &&Other);
+
+  /// Demangle into an AST. Subsequent calls to the rest of the member functions
+  /// implicitly operate on the AST this produces.
+  /// \return true on error, false otherwise
+  bool partialDemangle(const char *MangledName);
+
+  /// Just print the entire mangled name into Buf. Buf and N behave like the
+  /// second and third parameters to itaniumDemangle.
+  char *finishDemangle(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+
+  /// Get the base name of a function. This doesn't include trailing template
+  /// arguments, ie for "a::b<int>" this function returns "b".
+  char *getFunctionBaseName(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+
+  /// Get the context name for a function. For "a::b::c", this function returns
+  /// "a::b".
+  char *getFunctionDeclContextName(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+
+  /// Get the entire name of this function.
+  char *getFunctionName(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+
+  /// Get the parameters for this function.
+  char *getFunctionParameters(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+  char *getFunctionReturnType(char *Buf, size_t *N) const;
+
+  /// If this function has any any cv or reference qualifiers. These imply that
+  /// the function is a non-static member function.
+  bool hasFunctionQualifiers() const;
+
+  /// If this symbol describes a constructor or destructor.
+  bool isCtorOrDtor() const;
+
+  /// If this symbol describes a function.
+  bool isFunction() const;
+
+  /// If this symbol describes a variable.
+  bool isData() const;
+
+  /// If this symbol is a <special-name>. These are generally implicitly
+  /// generated by the implementation, such as vtables and typeinfo names.
+  bool isSpecialName() const;
+
+  ~ItaniumPartialDemangler();
+private:
+  void *RootNode;
+  void *Context;
+};
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/DemangleConfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+//===--- DemangleConfig.h ---------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains a variety of feature test macros copied from
+// include/llvm/Support/Compiler.h so that LLVMDemangle does not need to take
+// a dependency on LLVMSupport.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_DEMANGLE_COMPILER_H
+#define LLVM_DEMANGLE_COMPILER_H
+
+#ifndef __has_feature
+#define __has_feature(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __has_cpp_attribute
+#define __has_cpp_attribute(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __has_attribute
+#define __has_attribute(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __has_builtin
+#define __has_builtin(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
+#define DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min, patch)                           \
+  ((__GNUC__ << 20) + (__GNUC_MINOR__ << 10) + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ >=          \
+   ((maj) << 20) + ((min) << 10) + (patch))
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#define DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min, patch)                           \
+  ((__GNUC__ << 20) + (__GNUC_MINOR__ << 10) >= ((maj) << 20) + ((min) << 10))
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min, patch) 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if __has_attribute(used) || DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 1, 0)
+#define DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_USED __attribute__((__used__))
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_USED
+#endif
+
+#if __has_builtin(__builtin_unreachable) || DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(4, 5, 0)
+#define DEMANGLE_UNREACHABLE __builtin_unreachable()
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define DEMANGLE_UNREACHABLE __assume(false)
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_UNREACHABLE
+#endif
+
+#if __has_attribute(noinline) || DEMANGLE_GNUC_PREREQ(3, 4, 0)
+#define DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG)
+#define DEMANGLE_DUMP_METHOD DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_USED
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_DUMP_METHOD DEMANGLE_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
+#endif
+
+#if __cplusplus > 201402L && __has_cpp_attribute(fallthrough)
+#define DEMANGLE_FALLTHROUGH [[fallthrough]]
+#elif __has_cpp_attribute(gnu::fallthrough)
+#define DEMANGLE_FALLTHROUGH [[gnu::fallthrough]]
+#elif !__cplusplus
+// Workaround for llvm.org/PR23435, since clang 3.6 and below emit a spurious
+// error when __has_cpp_attribute is given a scoped attribute in C mode.
+#define DEMANGLE_FALLTHROUGH
+#elif __has_cpp_attribute(clang::fallthrough)
+#define DEMANGLE_FALLTHROUGH [[clang::fallthrough]]
+#else
+#define DEMANGLE_FALLTHROUGH
+#endif
+
+#define DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_BEGIN namespace llvm { namespace itanium_demangle {
+#define DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_END } }
+
+#endif

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/MicrosoftDemangle.h

@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+//===------------------------- MicrosoftDemangle.h --------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_DEMANGLE_MICROSOFT_DEMANGLE_H
+#define LLVM_DEMANGLE_MICROSOFT_DEMANGLE_H
+
+#include "llvm/Demangle/DemangleConfig.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/MicrosoftDemangleNodes.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/StringView.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/Utility.h"
+
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace ms_demangle {
+// This memory allocator is extremely fast, but it doesn't call dtors
+// for allocated objects. That means you can't use STL containers
+// (such as std::vector) with this allocator. But it pays off --
+// the demangler is 3x faster with this allocator compared to one with
+// STL containers.
+constexpr size_t AllocUnit = 4096;
+
+class ArenaAllocator {
+  struct AllocatorNode {
+    uint8_t *Buf = nullptr;
+    size_t Used = 0;
+    size_t Capacity = 0;
+    AllocatorNode *Next = nullptr;
+  };
+
+  void addNode(size_t Capacity) {
+    AllocatorNode *NewHead = new AllocatorNode;
+    NewHead->Buf = new uint8_t[Capacity];
+    NewHead->Next = Head;
+    NewHead->Capacity = Capacity;
+    Head = NewHead;
+    NewHead->Used = 0;
+  }
+
+public:
+  ArenaAllocator() { addNode(AllocUnit); }
+
+  ~ArenaAllocator() {
+    while (Head) {
+      assert(Head->Buf);
+      delete[] Head->Buf;
+      AllocatorNode *Next = Head->Next;
+      delete Head;
+      Head = Next;
+    }
+  }
+
+  char *allocUnalignedBuffer(size_t Size) {
+    assert(Head && Head->Buf);
+
+    uint8_t *P = Head->Buf + Head->Used;
+
+    Head->Used += Size;
+    if (Head->Used <= Head->Capacity)
+      return reinterpret_cast<char *>(P);
+
+    addNode(std::max(AllocUnit, Size));
+    Head->Used = Size;
+    return reinterpret_cast<char *>(Head->Buf);
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename... Args> T *allocArray(size_t Count) {
+    size_t Size = Count * sizeof(T);
+    assert(Head && Head->Buf);
+
+    size_t P = (size_t)Head->Buf + Head->Used;
+    uintptr_t AlignedP =
+        (((size_t)P + alignof(T) - 1) & ~(size_t)(alignof(T) - 1));
+    uint8_t *PP = (uint8_t *)AlignedP;
+    size_t Adjustment = AlignedP - P;
+
+    Head->Used += Size + Adjustment;
+    if (Head->Used <= Head->Capacity)
+      return new (PP) T[Count]();
+
+    addNode(std::max(AllocUnit, Size));
+    Head->Used = Size;
+    return new (Head->Buf) T[Count]();
+  }
+
+  template <typename T, typename... Args> T *alloc(Args &&... ConstructorArgs) {
+    constexpr size_t Size = sizeof(T);
+    assert(Head && Head->Buf);
+
+    size_t P = (size_t)Head->Buf + Head->Used;
+    uintptr_t AlignedP =
+        (((size_t)P + alignof(T) - 1) & ~(size_t)(alignof(T) - 1));
+    uint8_t *PP = (uint8_t *)AlignedP;
+    size_t Adjustment = AlignedP - P;
+
+    Head->Used += Size + Adjustment;
+    if (Head->Used <= Head->Capacity)
+      return new (PP) T(std::forward<Args>(ConstructorArgs)...);
+
+    static_assert(Size < AllocUnit, "");
+    addNode(AllocUnit);
+    Head->Used = Size;
+    return new (Head->Buf) T(std::forward<Args>(ConstructorArgs)...);
+  }
+
+private:
+  AllocatorNode *Head = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct BackrefContext {
+  static constexpr size_t Max = 10;
+
+  TypeNode *FunctionParams[Max];
+  size_t FunctionParamCount = 0;
+
+  // The first 10 BackReferences in a mangled name can be back-referenced by
+  // special name @[0-9]. This is a storage for the first 10 BackReferences.
+  NamedIdentifierNode *Names[Max];
+  size_t NamesCount = 0;
+};
+
+enum class QualifierMangleMode { Drop, Mangle, Result };
+
+enum NameBackrefBehavior : uint8_t {
+  NBB_None = 0,          // don't save any names as backrefs.
+  NBB_Template = 1 << 0, // save template instanations.
+  NBB_Simple = 1 << 1,   // save simple names.
+};
+
+enum class FunctionIdentifierCodeGroup { Basic, Under, DoubleUnder };
+
+// Demangler class takes the main role in demangling symbols.
+// It has a set of functions to parse mangled symbols into Type instances.
+// It also has a set of functions to convert Type instances to strings.
+class Demangler {
+public:
+  Demangler() = default;
+  virtual ~Demangler() = default;
+
+  // You are supposed to call parse() first and then check if error is true.  If
+  // it is false, call output() to write the formatted name to the given stream.
+  SymbolNode *parse(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  TagTypeNode *parseTagUniqueName(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  // True if an error occurred.
+  bool Error = false;
+
+  void dumpBackReferences();
+
+private:
+  SymbolNode *demangleEncodedSymbol(StringView &MangledName,
+                                    QualifiedNameNode *QN);
+  SymbolNode *demangleDeclarator(StringView &MangledName);
+  SymbolNode *demangleMD5Name(StringView &MangledName);
+  SymbolNode *demangleTypeinfoName(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  VariableSymbolNode *demangleVariableEncoding(StringView &MangledName,
+                                               StorageClass SC);
+  FunctionSymbolNode *demangleFunctionEncoding(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  Qualifiers demanglePointerExtQualifiers(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  // Parser functions. This is a recursive-descent parser.
+  TypeNode *demangleType(StringView &MangledName, QualifierMangleMode QMM);
+  PrimitiveTypeNode *demanglePrimitiveType(StringView &MangledName);
+  CustomTypeNode *demangleCustomType(StringView &MangledName);
+  TagTypeNode *demangleClassType(StringView &MangledName);
+  PointerTypeNode *demanglePointerType(StringView &MangledName);
+  PointerTypeNode *demangleMemberPointerType(StringView &MangledName);
+  FunctionSignatureNode *demangleFunctionType(StringView &MangledName,
+                                              bool HasThisQuals);
+
+  ArrayTypeNode *demangleArrayType(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  NodeArrayNode *demangleFunctionParameterList(StringView &MangledName,
+                                               bool &IsVariadic);
+  NodeArrayNode *demangleTemplateParameterList(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  std::pair<uint64_t, bool> demangleNumber(StringView &MangledName);
+  uint64_t demangleUnsigned(StringView &MangledName);
+  int64_t demangleSigned(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  void memorizeString(StringView s);
+  void memorizeIdentifier(IdentifierNode *Identifier);
+
+  /// Allocate a copy of \p Borrowed into memory that we own.
+  StringView copyString(StringView Borrowed);
+
+  QualifiedNameNode *demangleFullyQualifiedTypeName(StringView &MangledName);
+  QualifiedNameNode *demangleFullyQualifiedSymbolName(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  IdentifierNode *demangleUnqualifiedTypeName(StringView &MangledName,
+                                              bool Memorize);
+  IdentifierNode *demangleUnqualifiedSymbolName(StringView &MangledName,
+                                                NameBackrefBehavior NBB);
+
+  QualifiedNameNode *demangleNameScopeChain(StringView &MangledName,
+                                            IdentifierNode *UnqualifiedName);
+  IdentifierNode *demangleNameScopePiece(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  NamedIdentifierNode *demangleBackRefName(StringView &MangledName);
+  IdentifierNode *demangleTemplateInstantiationName(StringView &MangledName,
+                                                    NameBackrefBehavior NBB);
+  IntrinsicFunctionKind
+  translateIntrinsicFunctionCode(char CH, FunctionIdentifierCodeGroup Group);
+  IdentifierNode *demangleFunctionIdentifierCode(StringView &MangledName);
+  IdentifierNode *
+  demangleFunctionIdentifierCode(StringView &MangledName,
+                                 FunctionIdentifierCodeGroup Group);
+  StructorIdentifierNode *demangleStructorIdentifier(StringView &MangledName,
+                                                     bool IsDestructor);
+  ConversionOperatorIdentifierNode *
+  demangleConversionOperatorIdentifier(StringView &MangledName);
+  LiteralOperatorIdentifierNode *
+  demangleLiteralOperatorIdentifier(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  SymbolNode *demangleSpecialIntrinsic(StringView &MangledName);
+  SpecialTableSymbolNode *
+  demangleSpecialTableSymbolNode(StringView &MangledName,
+                                 SpecialIntrinsicKind SIK);
+  LocalStaticGuardVariableNode *
+  demangleLocalStaticGuard(StringView &MangledName, bool IsThread);
+  VariableSymbolNode *demangleUntypedVariable(ArenaAllocator &Arena,
+                                              StringView &MangledName,
+                                              StringView VariableName);
+  VariableSymbolNode *
+  demangleRttiBaseClassDescriptorNode(ArenaAllocator &Arena,
+                                      StringView &MangledName);
+  FunctionSymbolNode *demangleInitFiniStub(StringView &MangledName,
+                                           bool IsDestructor);
+
+  NamedIdentifierNode *demangleSimpleName(StringView &MangledName,
+                                          bool Memorize);
+  NamedIdentifierNode *demangleAnonymousNamespaceName(StringView &MangledName);
+  NamedIdentifierNode *demangleLocallyScopedNamePiece(StringView &MangledName);
+  EncodedStringLiteralNode *demangleStringLiteral(StringView &MangledName);
+  FunctionSymbolNode *demangleVcallThunkNode(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  StringView demangleSimpleString(StringView &MangledName, bool Memorize);
+
+  FuncClass demangleFunctionClass(StringView &MangledName);
+  CallingConv demangleCallingConvention(StringView &MangledName);
+  StorageClass demangleVariableStorageClass(StringView &MangledName);
+  bool demangleThrowSpecification(StringView &MangledName);
+  wchar_t demangleWcharLiteral(StringView &MangledName);
+  uint8_t demangleCharLiteral(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  std::pair<Qualifiers, bool> demangleQualifiers(StringView &MangledName);
+
+  // Memory allocator.
+  ArenaAllocator Arena;
+
+  // A single type uses one global back-ref table for all function params.
+  // This means back-refs can even go "into" other types.  Examples:
+  //
+  //  // Second int* is a back-ref to first.
+  //  void foo(int *, int*);
+  //
+  //  // Second int* is not a back-ref to first (first is not a function param).
+  //  int* foo(int*);
+  //
+  //  // Second int* is a back-ref to first (ALL function types share the same
+  //  // back-ref map.
+  //  using F = void(*)(int*);
+  //  F G(int *);
+  BackrefContext Backrefs;
+};
+
+} // namespace ms_demangle
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif // LLVM_DEMANGLE_MICROSOFT_DEMANGLE_H

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/MicrosoftDemangleNodes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+//===- MicrosoftDemangleNodes.h ---------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the AST nodes used in the MSVC demangler.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_MICROSOFTDEMANGLENODES_H
+#define LLVM_SUPPORT_MICROSOFTDEMANGLENODES_H
+
+#include "llvm/Demangle/DemangleConfig.h"
+#include "llvm/Demangle/StringView.h"
+#include <array>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace itanium_demangle {
+class OutputStream;
+}
+}
+
+using llvm::itanium_demangle::OutputStream;
+using llvm::itanium_demangle::StringView;
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace ms_demangle {
+
+// Storage classes
+enum Qualifiers : uint8_t {
+  Q_None = 0,
+  Q_Const = 1 << 0,
+  Q_Volatile = 1 << 1,
+  Q_Far = 1 << 2,
+  Q_Huge = 1 << 3,
+  Q_Unaligned = 1 << 4,
+  Q_Restrict = 1 << 5,
+  Q_Pointer64 = 1 << 6
+};
+
+enum class StorageClass : uint8_t {
+  None,
+  PrivateStatic,
+  ProtectedStatic,
+  PublicStatic,
+  Global,
+  FunctionLocalStatic,
+};
+
+enum class PointerAffinity { None, Pointer, Reference, RValueReference };
+enum class FunctionRefQualifier { None, Reference, RValueReference };
+
+// Calling conventions
+enum class CallingConv : uint8_t {
+  None,
+  Cdecl,
+  Pascal,
+  Thiscall,
+  Stdcall,
+  Fastcall,
+  Clrcall,
+  Eabi,
+  Vectorcall,
+  Regcall,
+};
+
+enum class ReferenceKind : uint8_t { None, LValueRef, RValueRef };
+
+enum OutputFlags {
+  OF_Default = 0,
+  OF_NoCallingConvention = 1,
+  OF_NoTagSpecifier = 2,
+  OF_NoAccessSpecifier = 4,
+  OF_NoMemberType = 8,
+  OF_NoReturnType = 16,
+};
+
+// Types
+enum class PrimitiveKind {
+  Void,
+  Bool,
+  Char,
+  Schar,
+  Uchar,
+  Char8,
+  Char16,
+  Char32,
+  Short,
+  Ushort,
+  Int,
+  Uint,
+  Long,
+  Ulong,
+  Int64,
+  Uint64,
+  Wchar,
+  Float,
+  Double,
+  Ldouble,
+  Nullptr,
+};
+
+enum class CharKind {
+  Char,
+  Char16,
+  Char32,
+  Wchar,
+};
+
+enum class IntrinsicFunctionKind : uint8_t {
+  None,
+  New,                        // ?2 # operator new
+  Delete,                     // ?3 # operator delete
+  Assign,                     // ?4 # operator=
+  RightShift,                 // ?5 # operator>>
+  LeftShift,                  // ?6 # operator<<
+  LogicalNot,                 // ?7 # operator!
+  Equals,                     // ?8 # operator==
+  NotEquals,                  // ?9 # operator!=
+  ArraySubscript,             // ?A # operator[]
+  Pointer,                    // ?C # operator->
+  Dereference,                // ?D # operator*
+  Increment,                  // ?E # operator++
+  Decrement,                  // ?F # operator--
+  Minus,                      // ?G # operator-
+  Plus,                       // ?H # operator+
+  BitwiseAnd,                 // ?I # operator&
+  MemberPointer,              // ?J # operator->*
+  Divide,                     // ?K # operator/
+  Modulus,                    // ?L # operator%
+  LessThan,                   // ?M operator<
+  LessThanEqual,              // ?N operator<=
+  GreaterThan,                // ?O operator>
+  GreaterThanEqual,           // ?P operator>=
+  Comma,                      // ?Q operator,
+  Parens,                     // ?R operator()
+  BitwiseNot,                 // ?S operator~
+  BitwiseXor,                 // ?T operator^
+  BitwiseOr,                  // ?U operator|
+  LogicalAnd,                 // ?V operator&&
+  LogicalOr,                  // ?W operator||
+  TimesEqual,                 // ?X operator*=
+  PlusEqual,                  // ?Y operator+=
+  MinusEqual,                 // ?Z operator-=
+  DivEqual,                   // ?_0 operator/=
+  ModEqual,                   // ?_1 operator%=
+  RshEqual,                   // ?_2 operator>>=
+  LshEqual,                   // ?_3 operator<<=
+  BitwiseAndEqual,            // ?_4 operator&=
+  BitwiseOrEqual,             // ?_5 operator|=
+  BitwiseXorEqual,            // ?_6 operator^=
+  VbaseDtor,                  // ?_D # vbase destructor
+  VecDelDtor,                 // ?_E # vector deleting destructor
+  DefaultCtorClosure,         // ?_F # default constructor closure
+  ScalarDelDtor,              // ?_G # scalar deleting destructor
+  VecCtorIter,                // ?_H # vector constructor iterator
+  VecDtorIter,                // ?_I # vector destructor iterator
+  VecVbaseCtorIter,           // ?_J # vector vbase constructor iterator
+  VdispMap,                   // ?_K # virtual displacement map
+  EHVecCtorIter,              // ?_L # eh vector constructor iterator
+  EHVecDtorIter,              // ?_M # eh vector destructor iterator
+  EHVecVbaseCtorIter,         // ?_N # eh vector vbase constructor iterator
+  CopyCtorClosure,            // ?_O # copy constructor closure
+  LocalVftableCtorClosure,    // ?_T # local vftable constructor closure
+  ArrayNew,                   // ?_U operator new[]
+  ArrayDelete,                // ?_V operator delete[]
+  ManVectorCtorIter,          // ?__A managed vector ctor iterator
+  ManVectorDtorIter,          // ?__B managed vector dtor iterator
+  EHVectorCopyCtorIter,       // ?__C EH vector copy ctor iterator
+  EHVectorVbaseCopyCtorIter,  // ?__D EH vector vbase copy ctor iterator
+  VectorCopyCtorIter,         // ?__G vector copy constructor iterator
+  VectorVbaseCopyCtorIter,    // ?__H vector vbase copy constructor iterator
+  ManVectorVbaseCopyCtorIter, // ?__I managed vector vbase copy constructor
+  CoAwait,                    // ?__L operator co_await
+  Spaceship,                  // ?__M operator<=>
+  MaxIntrinsic
+};
+
+enum class SpecialIntrinsicKind {
+  None,
+  Vftable,
+  Vbtable,
+  Typeof,
+  VcallThunk,
+  LocalStaticGuard,
+  StringLiteralSymbol,
+  UdtReturning,
+  Unknown,
+  DynamicInitializer,
+  DynamicAtexitDestructor,
+  RttiTypeDescriptor,
+  RttiBaseClassDescriptor,
+  RttiBaseClassArray,
+  RttiClassHierarchyDescriptor,
+  RttiCompleteObjLocator,
+  LocalVftable,
+  LocalStaticThreadGuard,
+};
+
+// Function classes
+enum FuncClass : uint16_t {
+  FC_None = 0,
+  FC_Public = 1 << 0,
+  FC_Protected = 1 << 1,
+  FC_Private = 1 << 2,
+  FC_Global = 1 << 3,
+  FC_Static = 1 << 4,
+  FC_Virtual = 1 << 5,
+  FC_Far = 1 << 6,
+  FC_ExternC = 1 << 7,
+  FC_NoParameterList = 1 << 8,
+  FC_VirtualThisAdjust = 1 << 9,
+  FC_VirtualThisAdjustEx = 1 << 10,
+  FC_StaticThisAdjust = 1 << 11,
+};
+
+enum class TagKind { Class, Struct, Union, Enum };
+
+enum class NodeKind {
+  Unknown,
+  Md5Symbol,
+  PrimitiveType,
+  FunctionSignature,
+  Identifier,
+  NamedIdentifier,
+  VcallThunkIdentifier,
+  LocalStaticGuardIdentifier,
+  IntrinsicFunctionIdentifier,
+  ConversionOperatorIdentifier,
+  DynamicStructorIdentifier,
+  StructorIdentifier,
+  LiteralOperatorIdentifier,
+  ThunkSignature,
+  PointerType,
+  TagType,
+  ArrayType,
+  Custom,
+  IntrinsicType,
+  NodeArray,
+  QualifiedName,
+  TemplateParameterReference,
+  EncodedStringLiteral,
+  IntegerLiteral,
+  RttiBaseClassDescriptor,
+  LocalStaticGuardVariable,
+  FunctionSymbol,
+  VariableSymbol,
+  SpecialTableSymbol
+};
+
+struct Node {
+  explicit Node(NodeKind K) : Kind(K) {}
+  virtual ~Node() = default;
+
+  NodeKind kind() const { return Kind; }
+
+  virtual void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const = 0;
+
+  std::string toString(OutputFlags Flags = OF_Default) const;
+
+private:
+  NodeKind Kind;
+};
+
+struct TypeNode;
+struct PrimitiveTypeNode;
+struct FunctionSignatureNode;
+struct IdentifierNode;
+struct NamedIdentifierNode;
+struct VcallThunkIdentifierNode;
+struct IntrinsicFunctionIdentifierNode;
+struct LiteralOperatorIdentifierNode;
+struct ConversionOperatorIdentifierNode;
+struct StructorIdentifierNode;
+struct ThunkSignatureNode;
+struct PointerTypeNode;
+struct ArrayTypeNode;
+struct CustomNode;
+struct TagTypeNode;
+struct IntrinsicTypeNode;
+struct NodeArrayNode;
+struct QualifiedNameNode;
+struct TemplateParameterReferenceNode;
+struct EncodedStringLiteralNode;
+struct IntegerLiteralNode;
+struct RttiBaseClassDescriptorNode;
+struct LocalStaticGuardVariableNode;
+struct SymbolNode;
+struct FunctionSymbolNode;
+struct VariableSymbolNode;
+struct SpecialTableSymbolNode;
+
+struct TypeNode : public Node {
+  explicit TypeNode(NodeKind K) : Node(K) {}
+
+  virtual void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const = 0;
+  virtual void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const = 0;
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override {
+    outputPre(OS, Flags);
+    outputPost(OS, Flags);
+  }
+
+  Qualifiers Quals = Q_None;
+};
+
+struct PrimitiveTypeNode : public TypeNode {
+  explicit PrimitiveTypeNode(PrimitiveKind K)
+      : TypeNode(NodeKind::PrimitiveType), PrimKind(K) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override {}
+
+  PrimitiveKind PrimKind;
+};
+
+struct FunctionSignatureNode : public TypeNode {
+  explicit FunctionSignatureNode(NodeKind K) : TypeNode(K) {}
+  FunctionSignatureNode() : TypeNode(NodeKind::FunctionSignature) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  // Valid if this FunctionTypeNode is the Pointee of a PointerType or
+  // MemberPointerType.
+  PointerAffinity Affinity = PointerAffinity::None;
+
+  // The function's calling convention.
+  CallingConv CallConvention = CallingConv::None;
+
+  // Function flags (gloabl, public, etc)
+  FuncClass FunctionClass = FC_Global;
+
+  FunctionRefQualifier RefQualifier = FunctionRefQualifier::None;
+
+  // The return type of the function.
+  TypeNode *ReturnType = nullptr;
+
+  // True if this is a C-style ... varargs function.
+  bool IsVariadic = false;
+
+  // Function parameters
+  NodeArrayNode *Params = nullptr;
+
+  // True if the function type is noexcept.
+  bool IsNoexcept = false;
+};
+
+struct IdentifierNode : public Node {
+  explicit IdentifierNode(NodeKind K) : Node(K) {}
+
+  NodeArrayNode *TemplateParams = nullptr;
+
+protected:
+  void outputTemplateParameters(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const;
+};
+
+struct VcallThunkIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  VcallThunkIdentifierNode() : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::VcallThunkIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  uint64_t OffsetInVTable = 0;
+};
+
+struct DynamicStructorIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  DynamicStructorIdentifierNode()
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::DynamicStructorIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  VariableSymbolNode *Variable = nullptr;
+  QualifiedNameNode *Name = nullptr;
+  bool IsDestructor = false;
+};
+
+struct NamedIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  NamedIdentifierNode() : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::NamedIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  StringView Name;
+};
+
+struct IntrinsicFunctionIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  explicit IntrinsicFunctionIdentifierNode(IntrinsicFunctionKind Operator)
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::IntrinsicFunctionIdentifier),
+        Operator(Operator) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  IntrinsicFunctionKind Operator;
+};
+
+struct LiteralOperatorIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  LiteralOperatorIdentifierNode()
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::LiteralOperatorIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  StringView Name;
+};
+
+struct LocalStaticGuardIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  LocalStaticGuardIdentifierNode()
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::LocalStaticGuardIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  bool IsThread = false;
+  uint32_t ScopeIndex = 0;
+};
+
+struct ConversionOperatorIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  ConversionOperatorIdentifierNode()
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::ConversionOperatorIdentifier) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  // The type that this operator converts too.
+  TypeNode *TargetType = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct StructorIdentifierNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  StructorIdentifierNode() : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::StructorIdentifier) {}
+  explicit StructorIdentifierNode(bool IsDestructor)
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::StructorIdentifier),
+        IsDestructor(IsDestructor) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  // The name of the class that this is a structor of.
+  IdentifierNode *Class = nullptr;
+  bool IsDestructor = false;
+};
+
+struct ThunkSignatureNode : public FunctionSignatureNode {
+  ThunkSignatureNode() : FunctionSignatureNode(NodeKind::ThunkSignature) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  struct ThisAdjustor {
+    uint32_t StaticOffset = 0;
+    int32_t VBPtrOffset = 0;
+    int32_t VBOffsetOffset = 0;
+    int32_t VtordispOffset = 0;
+  };
+
+  ThisAdjustor ThisAdjust;
+};
+
+struct PointerTypeNode : public TypeNode {
+  PointerTypeNode() : TypeNode(NodeKind::PointerType) {}
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  // Is this a pointer, reference, or rvalue-reference?
+  PointerAffinity Affinity = PointerAffinity::None;
+
+  // If this is a member pointer, this is the class that the member is in.
+  QualifiedNameNode *ClassParent = nullptr;
+
+  // Represents a type X in "a pointer to X", "a reference to X", or
+  // "rvalue-reference to X"
+  TypeNode *Pointee = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct TagTypeNode : public TypeNode {
+  explicit TagTypeNode(TagKind Tag) : TypeNode(NodeKind::TagType), Tag(Tag) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  QualifiedNameNode *QualifiedName = nullptr;
+  TagKind Tag;
+};
+
+struct ArrayTypeNode : public TypeNode {
+  ArrayTypeNode() : TypeNode(NodeKind::ArrayType) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  void outputDimensionsImpl(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const;
+  void outputOneDimension(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags, Node *N) const;
+
+  // A list of array dimensions.  e.g. [3,4,5] in `int Foo[3][4][5]`
+  NodeArrayNode *Dimensions = nullptr;
+
+  // The type of array element.
+  TypeNode *ElementType = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct IntrinsicNode : public TypeNode {
+  IntrinsicNode() : TypeNode(NodeKind::IntrinsicType) {}
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override {}
+};
+
+struct CustomTypeNode : public TypeNode {
+  CustomTypeNode() : TypeNode(NodeKind::Custom) {}
+
+  void outputPre(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  void outputPost(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  IdentifierNode *Identifier = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct NodeArrayNode : public Node {
+  NodeArrayNode() : Node(NodeKind::NodeArray) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags, StringView Separator) const;
+
+  Node **Nodes = nullptr;
+  size_t Count = 0;
+};
+
+struct QualifiedNameNode : public Node {
+  QualifiedNameNode() : Node(NodeKind::QualifiedName) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  NodeArrayNode *Components = nullptr;
+
+  IdentifierNode *getUnqualifiedIdentifier() {
+    Node *LastComponent = Components->Nodes[Components->Count - 1];
+    return static_cast<IdentifierNode *>(LastComponent);
+  }
+};
+
+struct TemplateParameterReferenceNode : public Node {
+  TemplateParameterReferenceNode()
+      : Node(NodeKind::TemplateParameterReference) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  SymbolNode *Symbol = nullptr;
+
+  int ThunkOffsetCount = 0;
+  std::array<int64_t, 3> ThunkOffsets;
+  PointerAffinity Affinity = PointerAffinity::None;
+  bool IsMemberPointer = false;
+};
+
+struct IntegerLiteralNode : public Node {
+  IntegerLiteralNode() : Node(NodeKind::IntegerLiteral) {}
+  IntegerLiteralNode(uint64_t Value, bool IsNegative)
+      : Node(NodeKind::IntegerLiteral), Value(Value), IsNegative(IsNegative) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  uint64_t Value = 0;
+  bool IsNegative = false;
+};
+
+struct RttiBaseClassDescriptorNode : public IdentifierNode {
+  RttiBaseClassDescriptorNode()
+      : IdentifierNode(NodeKind::RttiBaseClassDescriptor) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  uint32_t NVOffset = 0;
+  int32_t VBPtrOffset = 0;
+  uint32_t VBTableOffset = 0;
+  uint32_t Flags = 0;
+};
+
+struct SymbolNode : public Node {
+  explicit SymbolNode(NodeKind K) : Node(K) {}
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  QualifiedNameNode *Name = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct SpecialTableSymbolNode : public SymbolNode {
+  explicit SpecialTableSymbolNode()
+      : SymbolNode(NodeKind::SpecialTableSymbol) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+  QualifiedNameNode *TargetName = nullptr;
+  Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::Q_None;
+};
+
+struct LocalStaticGuardVariableNode : public SymbolNode {
+  LocalStaticGuardVariableNode()
+      : SymbolNode(NodeKind::LocalStaticGuardVariable) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  bool IsVisible = false;
+};
+
+struct EncodedStringLiteralNode : public SymbolNode {
+  EncodedStringLiteralNode() : SymbolNode(NodeKind::EncodedStringLiteral) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  StringView DecodedString;
+  bool IsTruncated = false;
+  CharKind Char = CharKind::Char;
+};
+
+struct VariableSymbolNode : public SymbolNode {
+  VariableSymbolNode() : SymbolNode(NodeKind::VariableSymbol) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  StorageClass SC = StorageClass::None;
+  TypeNode *Type = nullptr;
+};
+
+struct FunctionSymbolNode : public SymbolNode {
+  FunctionSymbolNode() : SymbolNode(NodeKind::FunctionSymbol) {}
+
+  void output(OutputStream &OS, OutputFlags Flags) const override;
+
+  FunctionSignatureNode *Signature = nullptr;
+};
+
+} // namespace ms_demangle
+} // namespace llvm
+
+#endif

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/StringView.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+//===--- StringView.h -------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// FIXME: Use std::string_view instead when we support C++17.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef DEMANGLE_STRINGVIEW_H
+#define DEMANGLE_STRINGVIEW_H
+
+#include "DemangleConfig.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstring>
+
+DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+class StringView {
+  const char *First;
+  const char *Last;
+
+public:
+  static const size_t npos = ~size_t(0);
+
+  template <size_t N>
+  StringView(const char (&Str)[N]) : First(Str), Last(Str + N - 1) {}
+  StringView(const char *First_, const char *Last_)
+      : First(First_), Last(Last_) {}
+  StringView(const char *First_, size_t Len)
+      : First(First_), Last(First_ + Len) {}
+  StringView(const char *Str) : First(Str), Last(Str + std::strlen(Str)) {}
+  StringView() : First(nullptr), Last(nullptr) {}
+
+  StringView substr(size_t From) const {
+    return StringView(begin() + From, size() - From);
+  }
+
+  size_t find(char C, size_t From = 0) const {
+    size_t FindBegin = std::min(From, size());
+    // Avoid calling memchr with nullptr.
+    if (FindBegin < size()) {
+      // Just forward to memchr, which is faster than a hand-rolled loop.
+      if (const void *P = ::memchr(First + FindBegin, C, size() - FindBegin))
+        return size_t(static_cast<const char *>(P) - First);
+    }
+    return npos;
+  }
+
+  StringView substr(size_t From, size_t To) const {
+    if (To >= size())
+      To = size() - 1;
+    if (From >= size())
+      From = size() - 1;
+    return StringView(First + From, First + To);
+  }
+
+  StringView dropFront(size_t N = 1) const {
+    if (N >= size())
+      N = size();
+    return StringView(First + N, Last);
+  }
+
+  StringView dropBack(size_t N = 1) const {
+    if (N >= size())
+      N = size();
+    return StringView(First, Last - N);
+  }
+
+  char front() const {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return *begin();
+  }
+
+  char back() const {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return *(end() - 1);
+  }
+
+  char popFront() {
+    assert(!empty());
+    return *First++;
+  }
+
+  bool consumeFront(char C) {
+    if (!startsWith(C))
+      return false;
+    *this = dropFront(1);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool consumeFront(StringView S) {
+    if (!startsWith(S))
+      return false;
+    *this = dropFront(S.size());
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  bool startsWith(char C) const { return !empty() && *begin() == C; }
+
+  bool startsWith(StringView Str) const {
+    if (Str.size() > size())
+      return false;
+    return std::equal(Str.begin(), Str.end(), begin());
+  }
+
+  const char &operator[](size_t Idx) const { return *(begin() + Idx); }
+
+  const char *begin() const { return First; }
+  const char *end() const { return Last; }
+  size_t size() const { return static_cast<size_t>(Last - First); }
+  bool empty() const { return First == Last; }
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(const StringView &LHS, const StringView &RHS) {
+  return LHS.size() == RHS.size() &&
+         std::equal(LHS.begin(), LHS.end(), RHS.begin());
+}
+
+DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif

external/llvm/include/llvm/Demangle/Utility.h

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+//===--- Utility.h ----------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Provide some utility classes for use in the demangler(s).
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef DEMANGLE_UTILITY_H
+#define DEMANGLE_UTILITY_H
+
+#include "StringView.h"
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <limits>
+
+DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
+
+// Stream that AST nodes write their string representation into after the AST
+// has been parsed.
+class OutputStream {
+  char *Buffer = nullptr;
+  size_t CurrentPosition = 0;
+  size_t BufferCapacity = 0;
+
+  // Ensure there is at least n more positions in buffer.
+  void grow(size_t N) {
+    if (N + CurrentPosition >= BufferCapacity) {
+      BufferCapacity *= 2;
+      if (BufferCapacity < N + CurrentPosition)
+        BufferCapacity = N + CurrentPosition;
+      Buffer = static_cast<char *>(std::realloc(Buffer, BufferCapacity));
+      if (Buffer == nullptr)
+        std::terminate();
+    }
+  }
+
+  void writeUnsigned(uint64_t N, bool isNeg = false) {
+    // Handle special case...
+    if (N == 0) {
+      *this << '0';
+      return;
+    }
+
+    char Temp[21];
+    char *TempPtr = std::end(Temp);
+
+    while (N) {
+      *--TempPtr = '0' + char(N % 10);
+      N /= 10;
+    }
+
+    // Add negative sign...
+    if (isNeg)
+      *--TempPtr = '-';
+    this->operator<<(StringView(TempPtr, std::end(Temp)));
+  }
+
+public:
+  OutputStream(char *StartBuf, size_t Size)
+      : Buffer(StartBuf), CurrentPosition(0), BufferCapacity(Size) {}
+  OutputStream() = default;
+  void reset(char *Buffer_, size_t BufferCapacity_) {
+    CurrentPosition = 0;
+    Buffer = Buffer_;
+    BufferCapacity = BufferCapacity_;
+  }
+
+  /// If a ParameterPackExpansion (or similar type) is encountered, the offset
+  /// into the pack that we're currently printing.
+  unsigned CurrentPackIndex = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
+  unsigned CurrentPackMax = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
+
+  OutputStream &operator+=(StringView R) {
+    size_t Size = R.size();
+    if (Size == 0)
+      return *this;
+    grow(Size);
+    std::memmove(Buffer + CurrentPosition, R.begin(), Size);
+    CurrentPosition += Size;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator+=(char C) {
+    grow(1);
+    Buffer[CurrentPosition++] = C;
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(StringView R) { return (*this += R); }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(char C) { return (*this += C); }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(long long N) {
+    if (N < 0)
+      writeUnsigned(static_cast<unsigned long long>(-N), true);
+    else
+      writeUnsigned(static_cast<unsigned long long>(N));
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(unsigned long long N) {
+    writeUnsigned(N, false);
+    return *this;
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(long N) {
+    return this->operator<<(static_cast<long long>(N));
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(unsigned long N) {
+    return this->operator<<(static_cast<unsigned long long>(N));
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(int N) {
+    return this->operator<<(static_cast<long long>(N));
+  }
+
+  OutputStream &operator<<(unsigned int N) {
+    return this->operator<<(static_cast<unsigned long long>(N));
+  }
+
+  size_t getCurrentPosition() const { return CurrentPosition; }
+  void setCurrentPosition(size_t NewPos) { CurrentPosition = NewPos; }
+
+  char back() const {
+    return CurrentPosition ? Buffer[CurrentPosition - 1] : '\0';
+  }
+
+  bool empty() const { return CurrentPosition == 0; }
+
+  char *getBuffer() { return Buffer; }
+  char *getBufferEnd() { return Buffer + CurrentPosition - 1; }
+  size_t getBufferCapacity() const { return BufferCapacity; }
+};
+
+template <class T> class SwapAndRestore {
+  T &Restore;
+  T OriginalValue;
+  bool ShouldRestore = true;
+
+public:
+  SwapAndRestore(T &Restore_) : SwapAndRestore(Restore_, Restore_) {}
+
+  SwapAndRestore(T &Restore_, T NewVal)
+      : Restore(Restore_), OriginalValue(Restore) {
+    Restore = std::move(NewVal);
+  }
+  ~SwapAndRestore() {
+    if (ShouldRestore)
+      Restore = std::move(OriginalValue);
+  }
+
+  void shouldRestore(bool ShouldRestore_) { ShouldRestore = ShouldRestore_; }
+
+  void restoreNow(bool Force) {
+    if (!Force && !ShouldRestore)
+      return;
+
+    Restore = std::move(OriginalValue);
+    ShouldRestore = false;
+  }
+
+  SwapAndRestore(const SwapAndRestore &) = delete;
+  SwapAndRestore &operator=(const SwapAndRestore &) = delete;
+};
+
+inline bool initializeOutputStream(char *Buf, size_t *N, OutputStream &S,
+                                   size_t InitSize) {
+  size_t BufferSize;
+  if (Buf == nullptr) {
+    Buf = static_cast<char *>(std::malloc(InitSize));
+    if (Buf == nullptr)
+      return false;
+    BufferSize = InitSize;
+  } else
+    BufferSize = *N;
+
+  S.reset(Buf, BufferSize);
+  return true;
+}
+
+DEMANGLE_NAMESPACE_END
+
+#endif

external/nlohmann_json/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
+project(nlohmann_json)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
+
+add_library(nlohmann_json INTERFACE)
+
+target_include_directories(nlohmann_json INTERFACE include)

external/yara/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16)
+
+set(LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yara/libyara")
+
+set(LIBYARA_INCLUDES
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/ahocorasick.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/arena.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/atoms.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/bitmask.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/compiler.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/error.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/exec.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/exefiles.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/filemap.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/hash.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/integers.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/libyara.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/limits.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/mem.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/modules.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/object.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/parser.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/proc.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/re.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/rules.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/scan.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/scanner.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/sizedstr.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/stack.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/stopwatch.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/stream.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/strutils.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/threading.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/types.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include/yara/utils.h
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/crypto.h
+        )
+
+set(LIBYARA_SOURCE
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/grammar.y
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/ahocorasick.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/arena.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/atoms.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/base64.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/bitmask.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/compiler.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/endian.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/exec.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/exefiles.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/filemap.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/hash.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/hex_grammar.y
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/hex_lexer.l
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/lexer.l
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/libyara.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/mem.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/notebook.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/object.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/parser.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/proc.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/re.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/re_grammar.y
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/re_lexer.l
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/rules.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/scan.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/scanner.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/sizedstr.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/stack.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/stopwatch.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/strutils.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/stream.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/threading.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/lexer.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/hex_lexer.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/grammar.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/re_lexer.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/hex_grammar.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/re_grammar.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/proc/none.c
+        )
+
+set(LIBYARA_MODULES
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/tests/tests.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/pe/pe.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/pe/pe_utils.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/elf/elf.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/math/math.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/time/time.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/macho/macho.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/hash/hash.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/dex/dex.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/dotnet/dotnet.c
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/modules/magic/magic.c)
+
+# Add mbedtls crypto wrappers
+file(READ crypto_mbedtls.h MBEDTLS_CRYPTO_H)
+file(WRITE ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/crypto.h "${MBEDTLS_CRYPTO_H}")
+add_compile_definitions("HAVE_MBEDTLS")
+
+add_compile_definitions("USE_NO_PROC")
+
+add_compile_definitions("HASH_MODULE")
+add_compile_definitions("DOTNET_MODULE")
+add_compile_definitions("MAGIC_MODULE")
+add_compile_definitions("MACHO_MODULE")
+add_compile_definitions("DEX_MODULE")
+
+
+set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-shift-count-overflow")
+add_library(libyara STATIC ${LIBYARA_SOURCE} ${LIBYARA_INCLUDES} ${LIBYARA_MODULES})
+
+target_include_directories(
+        libyara
+        PUBLIC $<BUILD_INTERFACE:${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/include> $<INSTALL_INTERFACE:include>
+        PRIVATE ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH} ${MBEDTLS_INCLUDE_DIR}
+)
+
+if (UNIX)
+    target_link_libraries(libyara magic pthread)
+else ()
+    target_link_libraries(libyara magic)
+endif ()
+
+include(GNUInstallDirs)
+configure_file(${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/yara.pc.in
+        ${LIBYARA_SOURCE_PATH}/yara.pc @ONLY)
+set(CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX "")

external/yara/crypto_mbedtls.h

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+Copyright (c) 2017. The YARA Authors. All Rights Reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
+other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors
+may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
+ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef YR_CRYPTO_H
+#define YR_CRYPTO_H
+
+#define YR_MD5_LEN    16
+#define YR_SHA1_LEN   20
+#define YR_SHA256_LEN 32
+
+#if defined(HAVE_LIBCRYPTO)
+#include <openssl/crypto.h>
+#include <openssl/md5.h>
+#include <openssl/sha.h>
+
+typedef MD5_CTX yr_md5_ctx;
+typedef SHA_CTX yr_sha1_ctx;
+typedef SHA256_CTX yr_sha256_ctx;
+
+#define yr_md5_init(ctx)              MD5_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_md5_update(ctx, data, len) MD5_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_md5_final(digest, ctx)     MD5_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#define yr_sha1_init(ctx)              SHA1_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_sha1_update(ctx, data, len) SHA1_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha1_final(digest, ctx)     SHA1_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#define yr_sha256_init(ctx)              SHA256_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_sha256_update(ctx, data, len) SHA256_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha256_final(digest, ctx)     SHA256_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_WINCRYPT_H)
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <wincrypt.h>
+
+extern HCRYPTPROV yr_cryptprov;
+
+typedef HCRYPTHASH yr_md5_ctx;
+typedef HCRYPTHASH yr_sha1_ctx;
+typedef HCRYPTHASH yr_sha256_ctx;
+
+#define yr_md5_init(ctx) CryptCreateHash(yr_cryptprov, CALG_MD5, 0, 0, ctx)
+#define yr_md5_update(ctx, data, len) \
+  CryptHashData(*ctx, (const BYTE*) data, len, 0)
+#define yr_md5_final(digest, ctx)                         \
+  {                                                       \
+    DWORD len = YR_MD5_LEN;                               \
+    CryptGetHashParam(*ctx, HP_HASHVAL, digest, &len, 0); \
+    CryptDestroyHash(*ctx);                               \
+  }
+
+#define yr_sha1_init(ctx) CryptCreateHash(yr_cryptprov, CALG_SHA1, 0, 0, ctx)
+#define yr_sha1_update(ctx, data, len) \
+  CryptHashData(*ctx, (const BYTE*) data, len, 0)
+#define yr_sha1_final(digest, ctx)                        \
+  {                                                       \
+    DWORD len = YR_SHA1_LEN;                              \
+    CryptGetHashParam(*ctx, HP_HASHVAL, digest, &len, 0); \
+    CryptDestroyHash(*ctx);                               \
+  }
+
+#define yr_sha256_init(ctx) \
+  CryptCreateHash(yr_cryptprov, CALG_SHA_256, 0, 0, ctx)
+#define yr_sha256_update(ctx, data, len) \
+  CryptHashData(*ctx, (const BYTE*) data, len, 0)
+#define yr_sha256_final(digest, ctx)                      \
+  {                                                       \
+    DWORD len = YR_SHA256_LEN;                            \
+    CryptGetHashParam(*ctx, HP_HASHVAL, digest, &len, 0); \
+    CryptDestroyHash(*ctx);                               \
+  }
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO_COMMONCRYPTO_H)
+#include <CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h>
+
+typedef CC_MD5_CTX yr_md5_ctx;
+typedef CC_SHA1_CTX yr_sha1_ctx;
+typedef CC_SHA256_CTX yr_sha256_ctx;
+
+#define yr_md5_init(ctx)              CC_MD5_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_md5_update(ctx, data, len) CC_MD5_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_md5_final(digest, ctx)     CC_MD5_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#define yr_sha1_init(ctx)              CC_SHA1_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_sha1_update(ctx, data, len) CC_SHA1_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha1_final(digest, ctx)     CC_SHA1_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#define yr_sha256_init(ctx)              CC_SHA256_Init(ctx)
+#define yr_sha256_update(ctx, data, len) CC_SHA256_Update(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha256_final(digest, ctx)     CC_SHA256_Final(digest, ctx)
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_MBEDTLS)
+#include <mbedtls/md5.h>
+#include <mbedtls/sha1.h>
+#include <mbedtls/sha256.h>
+
+typedef mbedtls_md5_context yr_md5_ctx;
+typedef mbedtls_sha1_context yr_sha1_ctx;
+typedef mbedtls_sha256_context yr_sha256_ctx;
+
+#define yr_md5_init(ctx)                    { mbedtls_md5_init(ctx); mbedtls_md5_starts_ret(ctx); }
+#define yr_md5_update(ctx, data, len)       mbedtls_md5_update_ret(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_md5_final(digest, ctx)           { mbedtls_md5_finish_ret(ctx, digest); mbedtls_md5_free(ctx); }
+
+#define yr_sha1_init(ctx)                   { mbedtls_sha1_init(ctx); mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret(ctx); }
+#define yr_sha1_update(ctx, data, len)      mbedtls_sha1_update_ret(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha1_final(digest, ctx)          { mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret(ctx, digest); mbedtls_sha1_free(ctx); }
+
+#define yr_sha256_init(ctx)                 { mbedtls_sha256_init(ctx); mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret(ctx, false); }
+#define yr_sha256_update(ctx, data, len)    mbedtls_sha256_update_ret(ctx, data, len)
+#define yr_sha256_final(digest, ctx)        { mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret(ctx, digest); mbedtls_sha256_free(ctx); }
+
+#define HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO_COMMONCRYPTO_H
+#endif
+
+#endif

include/crypto.hpp

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-
-#include <array>
-#include <optional>
-#include <string>
-
-namespace hex {
-
-    namespace prv { class Provider; }
-
-    u16 crc16(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size, u16 polynomial, u16 init);
-    u32 crc32(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size, u32 polynomial, u32 init);
-
-    std::array<u32, 4> md4(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 4> md5(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 5> sha1(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 7> sha224(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 8> sha256(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 12> sha384(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-    std::array<u32, 16> sha512(prv::Provider* &data, u64 offset, size_t size);
-
-}

include/event.hpp

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <vector>
-#include <functional>
-
-namespace hex {
-
-    enum class Events {
-        DataChanged,
-        PatternChanged,
-        FileDropped,
-        ByteSelected
-    };
-
-    struct EventHandler {
-        void *sender;
-        Events eventType;
-        std::function<void(const void*)> callback;
-    };
-
-    class EventManager {
-    public:
-
-        void post(Events eventType, const void *userData) {
-            for (auto &handler : this->m_eventHandlers)
-                if (eventType == handler.eventType)
-                    handler.callback(userData);
-        }
-
-        void subscribe(Events eventType, void *sender, std::function<void(const void*)> callback) {
-            for (auto &handler : this->m_eventHandlers)
-                if (eventType == handler.eventType && sender == handler.sender)
-                    return;
-
-            this->m_eventHandlers.push_back(EventHandler { sender, eventType, callback });
-        }
-
-        void unsubscribe(Events eventType, void *sender) {
-            std::erase_if(this->m_eventHandlers, [&eventType, &sender](EventHandler handler) {
-                return eventType == handler.eventType && sender == handler.sender;
-            });
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::vector<EventHandler> m_eventHandlers;
-    };
-
-}

include/helpers/disassembler.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#if __has_include(<capstone/capstone.h>)
+#include <capstone/capstone.h>
+#else
+#include <capstone.h>
+#endif
+#include <hex.hpp>
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    enum class Architecture : s32 {
+        ARM,
+        ARM64,
+        MIPS,
+        X86,
+        PPC,
+        SPARC,
+        SYSZ,
+        XCORE,
+        M68K,
+        TMS320C64X,
+        M680X,
+        EVM,
+
+        MAX,
+        MIN = ARM
+    };
+
+    class Disassembler {
+    public:
+        static constexpr cs_arch toCapstoneArchictecture(Architecture architecture) {
+            return static_cast<cs_arch>(architecture);
+        }
+
+        static inline bool isSupported(Architecture architecture) {
+            return cs_support(toCapstoneArchictecture(architecture));
+        }
+
+        constexpr static const char * const ArchitectureNames[] = { "ARM32", "ARM64", "MIPS", "x86", "PowerPC", "Sparc", "SystemZ", "XCore", "68K", "TMS320C64x", "680X", "Ethereum" };
+
+        static inline s32 getArchitectureSupportedCount() {
+            static s32 supportedCount = -1;
+
+            if (supportedCount != -1) {
+                return supportedCount;
+            }
+
+            for (supportedCount = static_cast<s32>(Architecture::MIN); supportedCount < static_cast<s32>(Architecture::MAX); supportedCount++) {
+                if (!cs_support(supportedCount)) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            return supportedCount;
+        }
+    };
+}

include/helpers/encoding_file.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <hex.hpp>
+
+#include <map>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    template<typename T>
+    struct SizeSorter {
+        bool operator() (const T& lhs, const T& rhs) const {
+            return lhs.size() < rhs.size();
+        }
+    };
+
+    class EncodingFile {
+    public:
+        enum class Type {
+            Thingy,
+            CSV
+        };
+
+        EncodingFile() = default;
+        EncodingFile(Type type, std::string_view path);
+
+        std::pair<std::string_view, size_t> getEncodingFor(const std::vector<u8> &buffer) const;
+        size_t getLongestSequence() const { return this->m_longestSequence; }
+
+    private:
+        void parseThingyFile(std::ifstream &content);
+
+        std::map<u32, std::map<std::vector<u8>, std::string>> m_mapping;
+        size_t m_longestSequence = 0;
+    };
+
+}

include/helpers/loader_script_handler.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <string>
+#include <string_view>
+
+struct _object;
+typedef struct _object PyObject;
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    namespace prv { class Provider; }
+
+    class LoaderScript {
+    public:
+        LoaderScript() = delete;
+
+        static bool processFile(std::string_view scriptPath);
+
+        static void setFilePath(std::string_view filePath) { LoaderScript::s_filePath = filePath; }
+        static void setDataProvider(prv::Provider* provider) { LoaderScript::s_dataProvider = provider; }
+    private:
+        static inline std::string s_filePath;
+        static inline prv::Provider* s_dataProvider;
+
+        static PyObject* Py_getFilePath(PyObject *self, PyObject *args);
+        static PyObject* Py_addPatch(PyObject *self, PyObject *args);
+        static PyObject* Py_addBookmark(PyObject *self, PyObject *args);
+
+        static PyObject* Py_addStruct(PyObject *self, PyObject *args);
+        static PyObject* Py_addUnion(PyObject *self, PyObject *args);
+    };
+
+}

include/helpers/patches.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <hex.hpp>
+
+#include <map>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    using Patches = std::map<u64, u8>;
+
+    std::vector<u8> generateIPSPatch(const Patches &patches);
+    std::vector<u8> generateIPS32Patch(const Patches &patches);
+
+    Patches loadIPSPatch(const std::vector<u8> &ipsPatch);
+    Patches loadIPS32Patch(const std::vector<u8> &ipsPatch);
+}

include/helpers/plugin_manager.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <hex.hpp>
+
+#include <hex/views/view.hpp>
+#include <hex/providers/provider.hpp>
+#include <hex/helpers/utils.hpp>
+
+#include <string_view>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    class Plugin {
+    public:
+        Plugin(std::string_view path);
+        Plugin(const Plugin&) = delete;
+        Plugin(Plugin &&other) noexcept;
+        ~Plugin();
+
+        void initializePlugin() const;
+        std::string getPluginName() const;
+        std::string getPluginAuthor() const;
+        std::string getPluginDescription() const;
+
+
+    private:
+        using InitializePluginFunc      = void(*)();
+        using GetPluginNameFunc         = const char*(*)();
+        using GetPluginAuthorFunc       = const char*(*)();
+        using GetPluginDescriptionFunc  = const char*(*)();
+
+        void *m_handle = nullptr;
+
+        InitializePluginFunc m_initializePluginFunction             = nullptr;
+        GetPluginNameFunc m_getPluginNameFunction                   = nullptr;
+        GetPluginAuthorFunc m_getPluginAuthorFunction               = nullptr;
+        GetPluginDescriptionFunc m_getPluginDescriptionFunction     = nullptr;
+
+        template<typename T>
+        auto getPluginFunction(std::string_view pluginName, std::string_view symbol) {
+            auto symbolName = hex::format(symbol.data(), pluginName.length(), pluginName.data());
+            return reinterpret_cast<T>(dlsym(this->m_handle, symbolName.c_str()));
+        };
+    };
+
+    class PluginManager {
+    public:
+        PluginManager() = delete;
+
+        static bool load(std::string_view pluginFolder);
+        static void unload();
+        static void reload();
+
+        static const auto& getPlugins() {
+            return PluginManager::s_plugins;
+        }
+
+    private:
+        static inline std::string s_pluginFolder;
+        static inline std::vector<Plugin> s_plugins;
+    };
+
+}

include/helpers/project_file_handler.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+#include <string_view>
+
+#include "patches.hpp"
+#include <hex/api/imhex_api.hpp>
+
+namespace hex {
+
+    class ProjectFile {
+    public:
+        ProjectFile() = delete;
+
+        static bool load(std::string_view filePath);
+        static bool store(std::string_view filePath = "");
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static bool hasUnsavedChanges()       { return ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged; }
+        static void markDirty()                             { if (!ProjectFile::s_currProjectFilePath.empty()) ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged = true; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static std::string getProjectFilePath() { return ProjectFile::s_currProjectFilePath; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static std::string getFilePath()      { return ProjectFile::s_filePath; }
+        static void setFilePath(std::string_view filePath)  { ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged = true; ProjectFile::s_filePath = filePath; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static std::string getPattern()       { return ProjectFile::s_pattern; }
+        static void setPattern(std::string_view pattern)    { ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged = true; ProjectFile::s_pattern = pattern; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static const Patches& getPatches()    { return ProjectFile::s_patches; }
+        static void setPatches(const Patches &patches)      { ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged = true; ProjectFile::s_patches = patches; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static const std::list<ImHexApi::Bookmarks::Entry>& getBookmarks()  { return ProjectFile::s_bookmarks; }
+        static void setBookmarks(const std::list<ImHexApi::Bookmarks::Entry> &bookmarks)  { ProjectFile::s_hasUnsavedChanged = true; ProjectFile::s_bookmarks = bookmarks; }
+
+        [[nodiscard]] static const std::string_view getDataProcessorContent()   { return ProjectFile::s_dataProcessorContent; }
+        static void setDataProcessorContent(std::string_view json)              { ProjectFile::s_dataProcessorContent = json; }
+
+    private:
+        static inline std::string s_currProjectFilePath;
+        static inline bool s_hasUnsavedChanged = false;
+
+        static inline std::string s_filePath;
+        static inline std::string s_pattern;
+        static inline Patches s_patches;
+        static inline std::list<ImHexApi::Bookmarks::Entry> s_bookmarks;
+        static inline std::string s_dataProcessorContent;
+    };
+
+}

include/init/splash_window.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <future>
+#include <vector>
+
+#include <mutex>
+
+struct GLFWwindow;
+
+namespace hex::init {
+
+    class WindowSplash {
+    public:
+        WindowSplash(int &argc, char **&argv);
+        ~WindowSplash();
+
+        bool loop();
+
+        void addStartupTask(std::string_view taskName, const std::function<bool()> &task) {
+            this->m_tasks.emplace_back(taskName, task);
+        }
+
+    private:
+        GLFWwindow *m_window;
+        std::mutex m_progressMutex;
+        float m_progress = 0;
+        std::string m_currTaskName;
+
+        void initGLFW();
+        void initImGui();
+
+        void deinitGLFW();
+        void deinitImGui();
+
+        std::future<bool> processTasksAsync();
+
+        std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::function<bool()>>> m_tasks;
+    };
+
+}

include/init/tasks.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace hex::init {
+
+    struct Task {
+        std::string name;
+        std::function<bool()> function;
+    };
+
+    struct Argument {
+        std::string name, value;
+    };
+
+    std::vector<Task> getInitTasks();
+    std::vector<Task> getExitTasks();
+
+    std::vector<Argument>& getInitArguments();
+}

include/lang/ast_node.hpp

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include "token.hpp"
-
-#include <optional>
-#include <unordered_map>
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class ASTNode {
-    public:
-        enum class Type {
-            VariableDecl,
-            TypeDecl,
-            Struct,
-            Union,
-            Enum,
-            Bitfield,
-            Scope,
-        };
-
-        explicit ASTNode(Type type) : m_type(type) {}
-        virtual ~ASTNode() = default;
-
-        Type getType() { return this->m_type; }
-
-    private:
-        Type m_type;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeVariableDecl : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeVariableDecl(const Token::TypeToken::Type &type, const std::string &name, const std::string& customTypeName = "", std::optional<u64> offset = { }, size_t arraySize = 1)
-            : ASTNode(Type::VariableDecl), m_type(type), m_name(name), m_customTypeName(customTypeName), m_offset(offset), m_arraySize(arraySize) { }
-
-        const Token::TypeToken::Type& getVariableType() const { return this->m_type; }
-        const std::string& getCustomVariableTypeName() const { return this->m_customTypeName; }
-        const std::string& getVariableName() const { return this->m_name; };
-        std::optional<u64> getOffset() const { return this->m_offset; }
-        size_t getArraySize() const { return this->m_arraySize; }
-
-    private:
-        Token::TypeToken::Type m_type;
-        std::string m_name, m_customTypeName;
-        std::optional<u64> m_offset;
-        size_t m_arraySize;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeScope : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeScope(std::vector<ASTNode*> nodes) : ASTNode(Type::Scope), m_nodes(nodes) { }
-
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> &getNodes() { return this->m_nodes; }
-    private:
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> m_nodes;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeStruct : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeStruct(std::string name, std::vector<ASTNode*> nodes)
-            : ASTNode(Type::Struct), m_name(name), m_nodes(nodes) { }
-
-        const std::string& getName() const { return this->m_name; }
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> &getNodes() { return this->m_nodes; }
-    private:
-        std::string m_name;
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> m_nodes;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeUnion : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeUnion(std::string name, std::vector<ASTNode*> nodes)
-                : ASTNode(Type::Union), m_name(name), m_nodes(nodes) { }
-
-        const std::string& getName() const { return this->m_name; }
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> &getNodes() { return this->m_nodes; }
-    private:
-        std::string m_name;
-        std::vector<ASTNode*> m_nodes;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeBitField : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeBitField(std::string name, std::vector<std::pair<std::string, size_t>> fields)
-        : ASTNode(Type::Bitfield), m_name(name), m_fields(fields) { }
-
-        const std::string& getName() const { return this->m_name; }
-        std::vector<std::pair<std::string, size_t>> &getFields() { return this->m_fields; }
-    private:
-        std::string m_name;
-        std::vector<std::pair<std::string, size_t>> m_fields;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeTypeDecl : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeTypeDecl(const Token::TypeToken::Type &type, const std::string &name, const std::string& customTypeName = "")
-                : ASTNode(Type::TypeDecl), m_type(type), m_name(name), m_customTypeName(customTypeName) { }
-
-        const std::string& getTypeName() const { return this->m_name; };
-
-        const Token::TypeToken::Type& getAssignedType() const { return this->m_type; }
-        const std::string& getAssignedCustomTypeName() const { return this->m_customTypeName; }
-    private:
-        Token::TypeToken::Type m_type;
-        std::string m_name, m_customTypeName;
-    };
-
-    class ASTNodeEnum : public ASTNode {
-    public:
-        explicit ASTNodeEnum(const Token::TypeToken::Type &type, const std::string &name)
-                : ASTNode(Type::Enum), m_type(type), m_name(name) { }
-
-        const std::string& getName() const { return this->m_name; };
-
-        const Token::TypeToken::Type& getUnderlyingType() const { return this->m_type; }
-        std::vector<std::pair<u64, std::string>>& getValues() { return this->m_values; }
-    private:
-        Token::TypeToken::Type m_type;
-        std::string m_name;
-        std::vector<std::pair<u64, std::string>> m_values;
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/evaluator.hpp

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-
-#include "lang/pattern_data.hpp"
-#include "ast_node.hpp"
-
-#include <string>
-#include <unordered_map>
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class Evaluator {
-    public:
-        Evaluator();
-
-        std::pair<Result, std::vector<PatternData*>> evaluate(const std::vector<ASTNode*>& ast);
-
-    private:
-        std::unordered_map<std::string, ASTNode*> m_types;
-
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createStructPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createUnionPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createEnumPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createBitfieldPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createArrayPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createStringPattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createCustomTypePattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-        std::pair<PatternData*, size_t> createBuiltInTypePattern(ASTNodeVariableDecl *varDeclNode, u64 offset);
-
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/lexer.hpp

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-
-#include "token.hpp"
-
-#include <string>
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class Lexer {
-    public:
-        Lexer();
-
-        std::pair<Result, std::vector<Token>> lex(const std::string& code);
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/parser.hpp

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-#include "token.hpp"
-#include "ast_node.hpp"
-
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class Parser {
-    public:
-        Parser();
-
-        std::pair<Result, std::vector<ASTNode*>> parse(const std::vector<Token> &tokens);
-
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/pattern_data.hpp

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-#include <string>
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#include "imgui_memory_editor.h"
-
-#include "providers/provider.hpp"
-#include "utils.hpp"
-
-#include <random>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    namespace {
-
-        std::string makeDisplayable(u8 *data, size_t size) {
-            std::string result;
-            for (u8* c = data; c < (data + size); c++) {
-                if (iscntrl(*c) || *c > 0x7F)
-                    result += " ";
-                else
-                    result += *c;
-            }
-
-            return result;
-        }
-
-    }
-
-    class PatternData {
-    public:
-        enum class Type { Padding, Unsigned, Signed, Float, Character, String, Struct, Union, Array, Enum };
-
-        PatternData(Type type, u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0)
-        : m_type(type), m_offset(offset), m_size(size), m_color(color), m_name(name) {
-            constexpr u32 Palette[] = { 0x50b4771f, 0x500e7fff, 0x502ca02c, 0x502827d6, 0x50bd6794, 0x504b568c, 0x50c277e3, 0x507f7f7f, 0x5022bdbc, 0x50cfbe17 };
-
-            if (color != 0)
-                return;
-
-            this->m_color = Palette[PatternData::s_paletteOffset++];
-
-            if (PatternData::s_paletteOffset >= (sizeof(Palette) / sizeof(u32)))
-                PatternData::s_paletteOffset = 0;
-        }
-        virtual ~PatternData() = default;
-
-        [[nodiscard]] Type getPatternType() const { return this->m_type; }
-        [[nodiscard]] u64 getOffset() const { return this->m_offset; }
-        [[nodiscard]] size_t getSize() const { return this->m_size; }
-
-        [[nodiscard]] u32 getColor() const { return this->m_color; }
-        [[nodiscard]] const std::string& getName() const { return this->m_name; }
-
-        virtual void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) = 0;
-        virtual std::string getTypeName() = 0;
-
-        virtual std::optional<u32> highlightBytes(size_t offset) {
-            if (offset >= this->getOffset() && offset < (this->getOffset() + this->getSize()))
-                return this->getColor();
-            else
-                return { };
-        }
-
-        virtual void sort(ImGuiTableSortSpecs *sortSpecs, prv::Provider *provider) { }
-
-        static bool sortPatternDataTable(ImGuiTableSortSpecs *sortSpecs, prv::Provider *provider, lang::PatternData* left, lang::PatternData* right) {
-            if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("name")) {
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return left->getName() > right->getName();
-                else
-                    return left->getName() < right->getName();
-            }
-            else if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("offset")) {
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return left->getOffset() > right->getOffset();
-                else
-                    return left->getOffset() < right->getOffset();
-            }
-            else if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("size")) {
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return left->getSize() > right->getSize();
-                else
-                    return left->getSize() < right->getSize();
-            }
-            else if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("value")) {
-                size_t biggerSize = std::max(left->getSize(), right->getSize());
-                std::vector<u8> leftBuffer(biggerSize, 0x00), rightBuffer(biggerSize, 0x00);
-
-                provider->read(left->getOffset(), leftBuffer.data(), left->getSize());
-                provider->read(right->getOffset(), rightBuffer.data(), right->getSize());
-
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return leftBuffer > rightBuffer;
-                else
-                    return leftBuffer < rightBuffer;
-            }
-            else if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("type")) {
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return left->getTypeName() > right->getTypeName();
-                else
-                    return left->getTypeName() < right->getTypeName();
-            }
-            else if (sortSpecs->Specs->ColumnUserID == ImGui::GetID("color")) {
-                if (sortSpecs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)
-                    return left->getColor() > right->getColor();
-                else
-                    return left->getColor() < right->getColor();
-            }
-
-            return false;
-        }
-
-        static void resetPalette() { PatternData::s_paletteOffset = 0; }
-
-    protected:
-        void createDefaultEntry(std::string value) {
-            ImGui::TableNextRow();
-            ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(this->getColor()), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset(), this->getOffset() + this->getSize() - 1);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%04lx", this->getSize());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getTypeName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", value.c_str());
-        }
-
-    private:
-        Type m_type;
-        u64 m_offset;
-        size_t m_size;
-
-        u32 m_color;
-        std::string m_name;
-
-        static inline u8 s_paletteOffset = 0;
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataPadding : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataPadding(u64 offset, size_t size) : PatternData(Type::Padding, offset, size, "", 0x00FFFFFF) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "";
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataUnsigned : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataUnsigned(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0) : PatternData(Type::Unsigned, offset, size, name, color) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            u64 data = 0;
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), &data, this->getSize());
-
-            this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("%lu (0x%0*lx)", data, this->getSize() * 2, data));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            switch (this->getSize()) {
-                case 1:     return "u8";
-                case 2:     return "u16";
-                case 4:     return "u32";
-                case 8:     return "u64";
-                case 16:    return "u128";
-                default:    return "Unsigned data";
-            }
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataSigned : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataSigned(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0) : PatternData(Type::Signed, offset, size, name, color) { }
-
-       void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            u64 data = 0;
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), &data, this->getSize());
-
-            s64 signedData = signedData = hex::signExtend(data, this->getSize(), 64);
-
-           this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("%ld (0x%0*lx)", signedData, this->getSize() * 2, data));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            switch (this->getSize()) {
-                case 1:     return "s8";
-                case 2:     return "s16";
-                case 4:     return "s32";
-                case 8:     return "s64";
-                case 16:    return "s128";
-                default:    return "Signed data";
-            }
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataFloat : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataFloat(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0) : PatternData(Type::Float, offset, size, name, color) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            double formatData = 0;
-            if (this->getSize() == 4) {
-                float data = 0;
-                provider->read(this->getOffset(), &data, 4);
-                formatData = data;
-            } else if (this->getSize() == 8) {
-                double data = 0;
-                provider->read(this->getOffset(), &data, 8);
-                formatData = data;
-            }
-
-            this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("%f (0x%0*lx)", formatData, this->getSize() * 2, formatData));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            switch (this->getSize()) {
-                case 4:     return "float";
-                case 8:     return "double";
-                default:    return "Floating point data";
-            }
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataCharacter : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataCharacter(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0) : PatternData(Type::Character, offset, size, name, color) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            char character;
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), &character, 1);
-
-            this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("'%c'", character));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "Character";
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataString : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataString(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, u32 color = 0) : PatternData(Type::String, offset, size, name, color) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            std::vector<u8> buffer(this->getSize() + 1, 0x00);
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), buffer.data(), this->getSize());
-            buffer[this->getSize()] = '\0';
-
-            this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("\"%s\"", makeDisplayable(buffer.data(), this->getSize()).c_str()));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-           return "String";
-        }
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataArray : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataArray(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, const std::vector<PatternData*> & entries, u32 color = 0)
-            : PatternData(Type::Array, offset, size, name, color), m_entries(entries) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(this->getColor()), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset(), this->getOffset() + this->getSize() - 1);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%04lx", this->getSize());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getTypeName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", "{ ... }");
-
-            if (open) {
-                for (auto &member : this->m_entries)
-                    member->createEntry(provider);
-
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-        }
-
-        std::optional<u32> highlightBytes(size_t offset) override{
-            for (auto &entry : this->m_entries) {
-                if (auto color = entry->highlightBytes(offset); color.has_value())
-                    return color.value();
-            }
-
-            return { };
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return this->m_entries[0]->getTypeName() + "[" + std::to_string(this->m_entries.size()) + "]";
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::vector<PatternData*> m_entries;
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataStruct : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataStruct(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, const std::string &structName, const std::vector<PatternData*> & members, u32 color = 0)
-                : PatternData(Type::Struct, offset, size, name, color), m_structName(structName), m_members(members), m_sortedMembers(members) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(this->getColor()), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset(), this->getOffset() + this->getSize() - 1);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%04lx", this->getSize());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getTypeName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", "{ ... }");
-
-            if (open) {
-                for (auto &member : this->m_sortedMembers)
-                    member->createEntry(provider);
-
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-        }
-
-        std::optional<u32> highlightBytes(size_t offset) override{
-            for (auto &member : this->m_members) {
-                if (auto color = member->highlightBytes(offset); color.has_value())
-                    return color.value();
-            }
-
-            return { };
-        }
-
-        void sort(ImGuiTableSortSpecs *sortSpecs, prv::Provider *provider) override {
-            this->m_sortedMembers = this->m_members;
-
-            std::sort(this->m_sortedMembers.begin(), this->m_sortedMembers.end(), [&sortSpecs, &provider](PatternData *left, PatternData *right) {
-                return PatternData::sortPatternDataTable(sortSpecs, provider, left, right);
-            });
-
-            for (auto &member : this->m_members)
-                member->sort(sortSpecs, provider);
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "struct " + this->m_structName;
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::string m_structName;
-        std::vector<PatternData*> m_members;
-        std::vector<PatternData*> m_sortedMembers;
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataUnion : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataUnion(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, const std::string &unionName, const std::vector<PatternData*> & members, u32 color = 0)
-                : PatternData(Type::Union, offset, size, name, color), m_unionName(unionName), m_members(members), m_sortedMembers(members) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(this->getColor()), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset(), this->getOffset() + this->getSize() - 1);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%04lx", this->getSize());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getTypeName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", "{ ... }");
-
-            if (open) {
-                for (auto &member : this->m_sortedMembers)
-                    member->createEntry(provider);
-
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-        }
-
-        std::optional<u32> highlightBytes(size_t offset) override{
-            for (auto &member : this->m_members) {
-                if (auto color = member->highlightBytes(offset); color.has_value())
-                    return color.value();
-            }
-
-            return { };
-        }
-
-        void sort(ImGuiTableSortSpecs *sortSpecs, prv::Provider *provider) override {
-            this->m_sortedMembers = this->m_members;
-
-            std::sort(this->m_sortedMembers.begin(), this->m_sortedMembers.end(), [&sortSpecs, &provider](PatternData *left, PatternData *right) {
-                return PatternData::sortPatternDataTable(sortSpecs, provider, left, right);
-            });
-
-            for (auto &member : this->m_members)
-                member->sort(sortSpecs, provider);
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "union " + this->m_unionName;
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::string m_unionName;
-        std::vector<PatternData*> m_members;
-        std::vector<PatternData*> m_sortedMembers;
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataEnum : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataEnum(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, const std::string &enumName, std::vector<std::pair<u64, std::string>> enumValues, u32 color = 0)
-            : PatternData(Type::Enum, offset, size, name, color), m_enumName(enumName), m_enumValues(enumValues) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            u64 value = 0;
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), &value, this->getSize());
-
-            std::string valueString = this->m_enumName + "::";
-
-            bool foundValue = false;
-            for (auto &[entryValue, entryName] : this->m_enumValues) {
-                if (value == entryValue) {
-                    valueString += entryName;
-                    foundValue = true;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if (!foundValue)
-                valueString += "???";
-
-            this->createDefaultEntry(hex::format("%s (0x0*lx)", valueString.c_str(), this->getSize() * 2, value));
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "enum " + this->m_enumName;
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::string m_enumName;
-        std::vector<std::pair<u64, std::string>> m_enumValues;
-    };
-
-    class PatternDataBitfield : public PatternData {
-    public:
-        PatternDataBitfield(u64 offset, size_t size, const std::string &name, const std::string &bitfieldName, std::vector<std::pair<std::string, size_t>> fields, u32 color = 0)
-                : PatternData(Type::Enum, offset, size, name, color), m_bitfieldName(bitfieldName), m_fields(fields) { }
-
-        void createEntry(prv::Provider* &provider) override {
-            u64 value = 0;
-            provider->read(this->getOffset(), &value, this->getSize());
-
-            ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(0x00FFFFFF), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset(), this->getOffset() + this->getSize() - 1);
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("0x%04lx", this->getSize());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("%s", this->getTypeName().c_str());
-            ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-            ImGui::Text("{ %llx }", value);
-
-            if (open) {
-                u16 bitOffset = 0;
-                for (auto &[entryName, entrySize] : this->m_fields) {
-                    ImGui::TableNextRow();
-                    ImGui::TreeNodeEx(this->getName().c_str(), ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    ImGui::ColorButton("color", ImColor(this->getColor()), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip);
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    ImGui::Text("%s", entryName.c_str());
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    ImGui::Text("0x%08lx : 0x%08lx", this->getOffset() + (bitOffset >> 3), this->getOffset() + ((bitOffset + entrySize) >> 3) - 1);
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    if (entrySize == 1)
-                        ImGui::Text("%llu bit", entrySize);
-                    else
-                        ImGui::Text("%llu bits", entrySize);
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    ImGui::Text("%s", entryName.c_str());
-                    ImGui::TableNextColumn();
-                    ImGui::Text("%llx", hex::extract((bitOffset + entrySize) - 1, bitOffset, value));
-                    bitOffset += entrySize;
-                }
-
-                ImGui::TreePop();
-            }
-
-        }
-
-        std::string getTypeName() override {
-            return "bitfield " + this->m_bitfieldName;
-        }
-
-    private:
-        std::string m_bitfieldName;
-        std::vector<std::pair<std::string, size_t>> m_fields;
-    };
-
-
-}

include/lang/preprocessor.hpp

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-
-#include "token.hpp"
-
-#include <string>
-#include <utility>
-#include <set>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class Preprocessor {
-    public:
-        Preprocessor();
-
-        std::pair<Result, std::string> preprocess(const std::string& code, bool applyDefines = true);
-
-    private:
-        std::set<std::pair<std::string, std::string>> m_defines;
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/result.hpp

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <cstdint>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    class Result {
-    public:
-        constexpr Result(const std::uint8_t module, const std::uint32_t desc) noexcept : m_result((module << 24) | (desc & 0x00FFFFFF)) { }
-
-        constexpr std::uint32_t getResult() const noexcept { return this->m_result; }
-        constexpr std::uint8_t getModule() const noexcept { return this->m_result >> 24; }
-        constexpr std::uint32_t getDescription() const noexcept { return this->m_result & 0x00FFFFFF; }
-
-        constexpr bool succeeded() const noexcept { return this->m_result == 0; }
-        constexpr bool failed() const noexcept { return !succeeded(); }
-    private:
-        const std::uint32_t m_result;
-    };
-
-}

include/lang/results.hpp

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include "result.hpp"
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    constexpr Result ResultSuccess(0, 0);
-
-    constexpr Result ResultPreprocessingError(1, 1);
-    constexpr Result ResultLexicalError(2, 1);
-    constexpr Result ResultParseError(3, 1);
-    constexpr Result ResultEvaluatorError(4, 1);
-
-}

include/lang/token.hpp

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-#pragma once
-
-#include <hex.hpp>
-
-#include <string>
-
-namespace hex::lang {
-
-    struct Token {
-        enum class Type : u64 {
-            Keyword,
-            Type,
-            Operator,
-            Integer,
-            Identifier,
-            EndOfExpression,
-            ScopeOpen,
-            ScopeClose,
-            ArrayOpen,
-            ArrayClose,
-            Separator,
-            EndOfProgram
-        } type;
-
-        struct KeywordToken {
-            enum class Keyword {
-                Struct,
-                Union,
-                Using,
-                Enum,
-                Bitfield
-            } keyword;
-        } keywordToken;
-        struct IdentifierToken {
-            std::string identifier;
-        } identifierToken;
-        struct OperatorToken {
-            enum class Operator {
-                AtDeclaration,
-                Assignment,
-                Inherit
-            } op;
-        } operatorToken;
-        struct IntegerToken {
-            s128 integer;
-        } integerToken;
-        struct TypeToken {
-            enum class Type {
-                Unsigned8Bit        = 0x10,
-                Signed8Bit          = 0x11,
-                Unsigned16Bit       = 0x20,
-                Signed16Bit         = 0x21,
-                Unsigned32Bit       = 0x40,
-                Signed32Bit         = 0x41,
-                Unsigned64Bit       = 0x80,
-                Signed64Bit         = 0x81,
-                Unsigned128Bit      = 0x100,
-                Signed128Bit        = 0x101,
-                Float               = 0x42,
-                Double              = 0x82,
-                CustomType          = 0x00,
-                Padding             = 0x1F
-            } type;
-        } typeToken;
-    };
-}